Proceedings of the Arizona-Nevada Academy of Science, Volume 11 (1976)

Authors Arizona-Nevada Academy of Science

Publisher Arizona-Nevada Academy of Science

Download date 09/10/2021 04:43:55

Link to Item http://hdl.handle.net/10150/316119 1976 Volume 11 Proceedings Supplement Journ 1 of the

TWENTIETH ANNUAL MEETING and THE FIFTY-SECOND A UAL MEETING

Southwestern and Rocky Mountain Division American Association for the Advancement of Science

April 28 - May I, 1976 Braniff Place Hotel Tucson, Arizona

1975-76 Annual Reports

Participating Societies Arizona Junior Academy of Science American Water Resources Association Arizona Beseercb Entomologists

APRIL 1976 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 20th ANNUAL MEETING of the ARIZONA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

April 28 to May 1, 1975-Marriott Hotel, Tucson, Arizona

INDEX

Page

Special Events . • . • . . • ...... • • • • . . 1 Abstracts of Papers Presented at Section Meetings

POSTER SESSION ..•. 2

ANTHROPOLOGY. . . . • 6

ARID ZONE STUDIES. . • • . 15

BOTANICAL SCIENCES. . • •.• 25

CONSERVATION. . . • • . •••.•.. 41

ENTOMOLOGY .....••.•..... 46 GENETICS AND DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY. 52

GEOGRAPHY ...... 64

GEOLOGY • . . . • • • • • . . . . 81

HYDROLOGY ...... • . 98

PHYSICAL SCIENCES . · . 113

PSYCHOLOGY ....•.•... · 120

SCIENCE EDUCATION ...... 130

SOCIAL SCIENCES ...... · . 138

ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES • • . • ...... •• · 144 Reports of Officers and Committees of the AcademY

Officers and Section Chairman. · 168

Committee Roster ...•...... ••• · • 169

President's Report . · 170

Minutes of the Annual Meeting • • . . • • 171

Treasurer's Report •. · . 173

Membership Secretary .. · 175 Nominating Committee. · 175

Fellows Committee . · 176

Scholarship Committee •...... · . 176

State Science Talent Search ... · . 176

Outstanding Science Teacher Award . · 176

Editorial Board . . . • ...... •.. · 177

Necrology Committee ..•...... •. . . . • . 177

Continued History of the AcademY . · 177

Past Outstanding Science Teacher's Award. · 178

Past Science Talent Search Winners ....•. · . 179

Annual Arizona Academy of Science Addresses ...... 180

Address of Retiring Presidents .. · . 180

Past Scholarship Recipients. . . . • . . 181

Past Symposia ...... •.. · '82

Past Officers-Junior AcademY ... · . 183 SPECIAL EVENTS

BANQUETS and LUNCHEONS

Thursday, April 29, 1976

Luncheon and Annual Business Meeting AAAS-SWARM 12:00

Friday, April 30, 1976

Arizona AcademY of Science Business Meeting 11 : 15 - 12: 00

Arizona AcademY of Science Awards Luncheon 12 :00

President's Evening - AAAS 5:30 p.m.

AAAS-SWARM and AAS Banquet - Presidential Address 7:00 p.m.

PROGRAMS

Thursday, April 29, 1976

John Wesley Powell Memorial Lecture Arthur W. Galston, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut "Explorations of an American Biologist in Communist Asia"

1 POSTER SECT! ON

1. ION EXCHANGE DATING OF ARID ZONE SEDIMENTS (POSTER PRESENTATION) J. A. Schufle and R. C. Beckhart (New Mexico Highlands University, Las Vegas, New Mexico)

The ion exchange dating method for arid zone sediments, first proposed in 1963 by Schufle and Hassan, has been used in a number of areas in New Mexico, and one area in Chile, and is proving useful for corroboration of dates for archae­ ological sites. A current project on the Gallinas River in northern New Mexico may help in establishing the date of an archaeological site there which is being studied by the Department of Anthropology of Highlands University.

2. CHROMOSO�1ES, MITOSIS AND MEIEOIS IN MACHAERANTHERA TANACETIFOLIA Max P. Dunford (New Mexico State University, Las Cruces, New Mexico)

The diploid chromosome number in Machaeranthera tanacetifo11a {H.S.K.} Nees is eight. The chromosomes are relatively large and morphologically distinct on the basis of size and centromere position differences. These differences may be recognized in mitotic chromosomes from root tips, and meiotic chromosomes observed at telophase II. At meiosis four bivalents are formed. In the later stages of prophase I 46 percent of the PMC·s have three rod bivalents (with one chiasma) and one ring bivalent (with two chiasmata) while at metaphase I and early anaphase I this configuration occurred in 37.5 percent of the PMC's. One of the rod bivalents begins anaphase I movement early and is often dis­ joined before the other btval ents begtn separation.. Tel ophase I shows four chromosomes pe� group, as does telopnase II, CQunts of pollen grains indicate over' 9'8 'percent of -samples' are vfable�

3. EVOLUTIONARY CONSERVATION OF PLANT HISTONES 1'·1arsha Chery and Robert G. McDaniel (University of Arizona)

Evolutionary stability of histones, the basic proteins of the nucleus considered general repressors of genetic transcription, is striking. Organisms as cow and pea possess histones whose amino acid sequences are nearly identical. We have studied histones representative of the spectrum of evolution within the plant kingdom. Histones were extracted from isolated nuclei of representative cryptogams and angiosperms. These proteins were resolved into five major fractions (I, IIb2, lIb, III, and IV; Bonner, et al.s 1968) by polyacrylamide disc gel electro­ phoresis. Densitometer scans quantitated differences in proportions and migra­ tion rates of individual histone fractions. Previous work has established that histone IV is the most evolutionary stable fraction. Our data indicate nearly identical migration rates of histone IV in both primitive and advanced plants. In contrast, histone I migration rates were highly variable. In primitive plants, such as Equisetum, histone I was more Similar to histone IV than in advanced plants, based on electrophoretic migra­ tion distance. These data support the highly conservative evolution of histone IV and provide a comparative measure of the evolutionary divergence of histone I. A molecular comparison of phytogenetic relatedness of plant species may be made based upon histones.

2 4. DRINKING WATER FROM SEAWATER BY FOR1�ARD OSr·10SIS Charles D. Moody and John O. Kessler (University of Arizona)

One of the most interesting situations where forward osmosis may be applied is in the derivation of emergency potable water supplies for humans in small ocean vessels such as lifeboats. The forward osmosis extractor can reduce the weight required to store food and water by a factor of six by transferring water from the sea into a concentrated nutrient solution. Theoretical and experimental results indicate that the membrane area required to supply the daily water requirement is small and that the product nutrient solution contains water and nutrients in the ,correct proportion to meet human water and caloric requirements.

5. FEASIBILITY OF USING SOLAR ENERGY FOR IRRIGATION PUMPING Dennis Larson, D. D. Fangmeier, W. G. Matlock and John Day (University of Arizona)

Solar energy ;s an alternative continuing energy source which could potentially power irrigation pumps. However, solar energy is availab1e a limited amount of time each day; presently irrigation pumps operate around the clock. Solar energy use might necessitate increased pumping rates, energy storage or reduced water usage. Alternatively, solar energy might be used in conjunction with an another power source such as electricity. The engineering and economic feasi­ bility of solar energy for irrigation pumping in Southwestern agriculture is analyzed and reported in this paper.

6. SIMULATION OF PARTIAL AREA RESPONSE FROM Sr1ALL SEMIARID WATERSHEDS Leonard J. Lane and Delmer E. Wallace (Southwest Watershed' Research Center, Tucson� Arizon�)

The partial area respDns� concept is investigated using rainfall and runoff data from small semiarid watersheds on the Santa Rita Experimental Range and the Walnut Gulch Experimental Watershed in Southern Arizona. A kinematic cas­ cade model is used, which allows infiltration (and thus rainfall excess) to vary in time and space. Components of the model correspond to geomorphically similar subzones of the watershed as determined from aerial photographs. The percent contributing area is determined as an average over a series of rainfall­ runoff events and for individual storms using the calibrated kinematic cascade model. The study also examines the interaction between the complexity of the simulation model and the rainfall-excess estimation procedures. Optimal hydraulic roughness coefficients vary with model complexity and with rainfall­ excess variability. In contrast to more humid areas where partial area response is directly related to subsurface flow, runoff from these semiarid watersheds is ephemeral and is surface runoff. However, the partial area concept appears valid under these conditions.

7. A POTENTIAL FOR SUPPLYING PROTEIN TO MALNOURISHED PEOPLES Vern McMahon (University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming)

A thermophilic alga which was isolated from an acid. hot-springs in Yellowstone National Park contains 65% of its dry weight as protein. Extrapolation of growth yield data from laboratory culture tanks to acre ponds, heated with industrial waste heat (e.g., thermal heat wastes from conventional coal-burning or nuclear power plants), suggests that yields could approach 100 tons of protein per acre per year. While its dietary essential amino acids are adequate as compared to casein and as determined in rat feeding experiments, major pro�lems exist in producing a

3 synthetic food which might be an acceptable product (e.g., high nucleic acid content, palatability and acceptability) for human consumption. On the other hand, such a protein source could be used as feed for livestock or incorporated into a synthetic fish food. Consideration will be given to this food source in terms of design of large culture tanks, economic feasibility of the growth of algae, and the problems inherent in algal growth. Scientific Abstract No. 704, University of WYoming.

CONSTRUCTION, CALIBRATION AND OPERATION OF A r�ONOLITH WEIGHING LYSH'IETER Theodore W. Sammis, Don W. Young and Charles L. Constant (University of Arizona, Tucson, Ari zona)

Construction of a hydraulic monolith weighing lysimeter was undertaken, however, due to inherent design and/or construction errors this proved to be an inade­ quate device for the accurate determination of evapotranspiration from Larrea divaricatta (creosote bush). Prior inability to stabilize the 1ysimeter with respect to barometric and tem­ perature fluctuations, and eventual failure within the hydraulic transducer package led to the eventual abandonment of the hydraulic load cell design, and adoption of an electronic strain gage transducer package. This paper deals with the detailed design and construction phases of the origi­ nal lysimeter, the inherent difficulties encountered, and with the modification and conversion of the 1ysimeter to the electronic transducer assembly. Accom­ panying test data with respect to sensitivity, response time and differential loading characteristics support the premise that the electronic load cell design has inherent maintenance and operational advantages over the hYdraulic trans­ ducer lys imeter ..

BIOENERGETIC INTERACTIONS Of MITOCHONDRIA AND ETIOPLASTS MEDIATED BY ACTINIC LIGHT 1. E. Redlinger and R. G. McDaniel (University of Arizona)

We have developed a system for monitoring the initial photochemical response of dark-grown wheat mitochondria and etioplasts to light. This response can be measured in vitro as judged by the rate of oxygen depletion within the sys­ tem. Our study involved two aspects of the photochemical event: (1) an experi­ mental definition of the parameters of the light receptor pigment and (2) a proposed interaction of the cell organelles to produce the photochemical response. The light receptor pigment had an action spectrum with maximum oxygen utiliza­ tion response between 6500 and 6800 A. This response occurred within 10-15 sec. after initial exposure to light; subsequent alternation of dark and light switched the response on and off. The receptor pigment also showed a positive linear response to increased light intensity between 105 and 9 x 105 ergs/cm2/sec. The pigment also possessed a light destructive and a darkness reversion property. The photo-receptor pigment has been tentatively associated with etioplasts since tissues that do not normally turn green, e.g., scutella, roots, and co1eoptiles, lack the photochemical response. When cell organelles are isolated using differential velocity sedimentation, two enriched organelle fractions may be obtained: an etioplast enriched and a mitochondrial enriched. Each enriched fraction on an equal protein basis showed less light response than a combined fraction. In addition, when mitochondria isolated from nongreening tissue were added to the etiop1ast-enriched fraction, a near normal light response resulted. These data suggest that an etiop1ast light sensitive pigment is involved in the regulation of mitochondrial respiration.

4 10. GENETIC DIFFERENCES IN HEAT TOLERANCE IN A COOL SEASON GRASS DEMONSTRATED BY DIFFERENTIALS IN ROOTING ABILITY AT SUPRA-OPTIHAL TEMPERATURES William R. Kneebone, Dharam P� T. R. Bhola, and Kent W. Kurtz (The University of Arizona)

Optimum temperatures for creeping bentgrass (Agrostis palustris Huds.) range from 20-30°C, much below typical Arizona summers. A heat tolerance selection program is underway in Tucson with support from the United States Golf Associa­ tion, Green Section. Easy vegetative propagation from stolons makes field use of identified superior clones feasible. It also provides one means for rapid screening. Stolons are picked, placed in tap water in half pint milk bottles, and the bottles in �urn exposed to constant high temperatures in a growth cham­ ber. Rooting is observed at intervals of 7 and 14 days. At temperatures above 30°C, lengths and numbers of roots are drastically reduced with the most intol­ erant clones lacking roots after 14 days at 36°C and essentially none rooting at 40°C. Longest roots of clones tested at 36°C range from 1 to 50% those from the same clones tested at 34°C. Root lengths at 38°C are reduced still further, but again with a large range among clones in degree of reduction. Similar results occur for root numbers. The product, average root length X average root number per stolon, provides a quantitative evaluation with wide separation of differing genotypes. A less discriminating but very quick differential is the average percentage of exposed stolon nodes producing roots. The technique is simple, takes little chamber space, and obviously identifies genotypes with differing potentials for heat tolerance. It would be readily adaptable to other species which root easily from vegetative cuttings.

11. VICINAL WATER IN CAPILLARIES J. A. Schufle (New r�exico Hiqhlends University, Las Vegas, New Mexico}

Summary of the history of the vicinal water theory for explaining the anomalous behavior of water in small droplets and small capillaries. Current work on testing the model is presented, showing method for estimating thickness of vicinal water layer, now estimated to be in the neighborhood of one micrometer.

12. SULFUR DIOXIDE EFFECTS ON NATIVE SOUTHWESTERN VEGETATION: FINAL REPORT Roger L. Caldwell and Philip Wilson (University of Arizona)

Fourteen species of native plants selected from 48 potential species, based on districution and availability, were fumigated with sulfur dioxide. Approxi­ mately 40 plants of each species were maintained during winter at Tucson (2,500 ft) and fumigated at a field site in the Santa Cataline Mountains (7,900 ft) during summer and fall. Plants were kept in carbon-filtered clean air, topless chambers before and after fumigations. All fumigations �ere for four hours at sulfur dioxide concentrations ranging from 0.7 to 3.5 ppm; relative humidity ranged from 30% to 55%. The tnreshhold concentration for visible injury was 0.'8 - 1.0 ppm (4 hour). All 14 species were ranked according to susceptibility (Douglas fir and pinon pine were most resistant, and cocklebur, sunflower, and globema110w were most sensitive).

5 ANTHROPOLOGY

13. MANAGING CULTURAL RESOURCES - A 5 YEAR PERSPECTIVE R. Gwinn Vivian (Arizona State �1useum)

The Cultural Resource Management program at the Arizona State Museum will com­ plete five years of operation in June 1976. Though this period is not long, considerable perspective has been gained during this time regarding the manage� ment of historic and prehistoric sites in southern Arizona. A brief history of the program is followed by an analysis of changes that have occurred in management philosophy, research orientation, program administration, and student training. Predicted future changes are briefly discussed.

14. INVISIBLE EXTERMINATORS Paul S. Martin (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

When did ancient people first enter the Southwest? What was their effect on the landscape? Through study of the time of extinction of large mammals in this region and elsewhere, I conclude that apart from bison, no replicatable evidence exists for large mammals of the extinct ice age megafauna in archaeo­ logical sites of the last 10,000 years. Nor is there any replicatable evidence for prehistoric people in America utilizing la_rge mammal resources prior to 12,000 years ago. Between these dates the fauna disappeared. � modeling ,rapid invasion and intense predation over a few decades it is possi­ ble to defend the theory of overkill, despite the small number of known kill or early camp sites. By studying the pattern of extinction of large mammals archaeologists can estimate the maximum age for human invasion of any re_gion ..

15. CURRENT STATUS OF RESEARCH AT THE MUSEUM OF NORTHERN ARIZONA William Lipe (Museum of Northern Arizona, Flagstaff, Arizona)

The Museum of Northern Arizona has been a center forcultural, biological and geological studies in the southwest for many years. A number of the research projects are long range in which data compilation is not as yet completed. New investigations are underway, in various fields, by research workers from the museum. An updated report on this work is discussed.

16. GRAN CHICHIMECAN MERCHANTILISM Charles C. DiPeso (The Amerind Foundation, Inc., Dragoon, Arizona)

A revi ew of the economi c a rchaeology of the Hesoameri can Northern Frontier as seen through the Casa Grande Excavations.

17. CURRENT ANTHROPOLOGICAL RESEARCH, GRAND CANYON NATIONAL PARK Robert C. Euler (Grand Canyon National Park)

The appointment of the first professional anthropologist to the permanent staff at Grand Canyon National Park was made in September, 1974. Current research involves archaeology, ethnography, ethnohistory, and social anthropology. Of first priority in archaeological research is the analysis and synthesis of data gathered by the author in previous years and is being facilitated by the insertion of data from 382 sites ;n the SARG (Southwestern Anthropological Research Group) data bank. Analyses and a final report on the paleoenvironment of Stanton's Cave, a split-twig figurine site also rich in Recent and Pleisto­ cene biological data, are also being completed. Additional projects are planned

6 to conduct archaeological survey on approximately 362,000 acres (144,800 ha) recently added to the Park. Present ethnographical and ethnohistorical studies, coupled with archaeology, relate to traditional land use patterns by the Havasupai Indians of areas pri­ marily below the rim of the Canyon. Social anthropological investigations are beginning with efforts to understand past relationships between the National Park Service at Grand Canyon and the five adjacent Indian cultures - Havasupai, Hualapai, Hopi, Navajo, and Southern Paiute.

18. 1976: RED, WHITE AND BLUE GARBAGE W. L. Rathje (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The current status of the University of Arizona's Garbage Project will be dis­ cussed with emphasis upon latest results, ongoing programs and goals for the

future .. The relevance or garbage analysis results to the Bicentennial will also be explored.

19. THE CURRENT STATUS OF HISTORICAL ARCHAEOLOGY IN THE SOUTHWEST James E. AYres (Arizona State Museum)

This paper reviews the current status of historical archaeology in the south­ west, concentrating particularly on Arizona and New Mexico. Current major pro­ jects are discussed. The progress and problems of this field of study are pre­ sented along with some views on future directions it:must take.

20. THE ANALYSIS OF CHINESE CERAMICS FROM THE TUCSON URBAN RENEWAL PROJECT John W. Olsen (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Recent excavations conducted under the auspices of the Arizona State Museum as part of the Tucson Urban Renewal Project have yielded quantities of Chinese ceramics of which very little is known. Being primarily utilitarian wares, the history of their manufacture, importa­ tion and use is poorly documented, and a wide variety of sources must neces­ sarily be exploited to shed light upon these little-known territorial Chinese cerami cs.

21. BEYOND THE THIRTEENTH YEAR J. Jefferson Reid (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Thirteen years of research and teaching by the University of Arizona Archaeolo­ gical Field School at the Grasshopper Ruin permit observations about behavior of the Mogollon and the archaeologist. A brief summary of what we know of the 14th century MogollQn of Grasshopper Pueblo and how we came by this knowledge will be presented.

22. SOUTHWESTERN RESEARCH AT THE WESTERN ARCHJ\EOLOGI CAL CENTER, NATIONAL PARK SERVICE K. M. Anderson (United States National Park Service)

Current budgetary restraints, stringent preservation policies, and professional standards have had a marked impact on recent archaeological activities at the Hestern Archaeological Center. These now focus primarily on identification and conservation of cultural properties on Park Service and Indian land. These include archaeological overviews, surveys, inventories, resource monitoring, prestabilization studies, limited excavatibn, preservation research, and planning studies.

7 DOCUMENTS OF THE JESUIT HISTORICAL INSTITUTE AT THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA Rev. Charles \�. Polzer, S. J. (University of Arizona, Tucson, Ar-izona)

In Nay, 1975, the microfilm holdings and several tilousand pages of photostats and typescripts of historical documents were transferred from Rome to the Uni­ versity of Arizona at Tucson. The documents contain letters and reports from missionaries serving throughout the northwest of New Spain. The contents deal with Indian contact, observations of customs and organizations of the various tribes, efforts at directed culture change, and plans for expansion of the mission system. The collection also deals with similar information for the southwestern Pacific. The time period in almost every instance is from 1600 through 1773.

HOPI LAND RESTORATION, AFTERr1ATH OF THE HOPI-NAVAJO LAND DISPUTE Emory Sekaquaptewa (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

This is a review of the historical antecedents to the Hopi-Navajo land dispute involving nearly two million acres of the plateau country in northeastern Arizona, leading to a Congressional act providing for a settlement by negotia­ tion between the two Tribes. Partition of this land, agreed to in principle by the two Tribes, awaits confirmation as to its boundary details by the Federal court and raises problems for the restoration of the partitioned land which has been declared seriously over-grazed. Present efforts by the Hopi Tribe to develop plans for land and range management of District 6, the exclu­ sive Hopi reservation, and its application to the Hopi share of the partitioned joint-use land will be discussed.

APPLICATIONS OF ZOOARCHAEOLOGY TO HUM4N PALEOECOLOGY: ZOOARCHAEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION OF VENTANA' CAVE John Beezley (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Zooarchaeological analysis provides information about types of habitats exploi­ ted by human populations. Methods for interpreting quantitative information necessary for studying dietary aspects of human populations could be developed through experimental zooarchaeology.

, THE EVOLUTION OF INBREEDING IN TORBEL, CANTON VALAIS, StHTZERLAND Walter S. Ellis, William T. Starmer, Robert McC. Netting, Larry Manire (Univer­ sity of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Using some of the most complete data available on the population history of a European peasant community, a family reconstitution was performed on the vil­ lage of Torbel, Canton Valais, Switzerland for the period 1675-1974. After reconstructing the complete village geneology, families were organized into twenty-five year birth cohorts. Mean inbreeding coefficients were calculated per cohort using Wright's path coefficient method. Hypothetical parents were randomly selected from the cohorts. These were used to calculate random kin­ ship which had nearly the same mean (.00561) as the inbreeding coefficient (.00496). It would seem that any tendencY to avoid incest is balanced by forced mating of more remote relatives due to a lack of potential mates in a

closed mating system. _ Inbreeding estimates were adjusted for the effect of migration and effective population size with and without correction for variance in reproductive family size. The amount of immigration accounts for the difference in inbreeding based on the pedigree method and that based on effective population size.

8 Parental isonymY (surname concordance) shows little relationship to inbreeding due to polyphYletic surnames and a patrilocal residence preference making female lines harder to trace and overrepresenting male lines which the.n bias inbreeding estimates.

27. THE SYMMETRY AND PATTERN MATHEMATICS DISPLAYED IN HOHOKAM CERAMIC PAINTING Bert Zaslow and Alfred E. Dittert, Jr. (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

In applying paint to ceramics, the Hohokam and other prehistoric Indians of the Southwest used decorations that reflect mathematical concepts. Mirror lines and rotation axes are found in design units and design elements of the Hohokam Pioneer Period, and the repetition of design units to generate one-dimensional patterns or bands is observed. During the Colonial Period, two-dimensional patterns with twofold axes were formed by placing equivalent bands adjacent to each other. Vessels from the early Sedentary Period provide examples showing bands of interlocking scrolls which are oriented in OPPOSite directions. These bands are aligned on the ceramic surface so as to generate patterns with per­ pendicular sets of glide lines. The use of patterns with glide lines extends into the Hohokam Classic Period on Casa Grande red-on-buff pottery, and con­ tinuity in the evolution of these intricate patterns is apparent. Although pattern analysis yields evidence that the Hohokam were under stress during the late Sedentary and early Classic Periods, the continuity in pattern evolution suggests that a total social disruption did not occur between the Sedentary and Classic Periods.

28. WARM MINERAL SPRINGS MAN: 10,000 YEAR OLD INDIAN FROM FLORIDA Morris, Richard A. and f'. Katich State Donalg tL Seybert, Joseph (Arizona" University, ·Tempe, Arizona)

A relatively complete human -skeleton was recovered by archaeologists in 1973 from a ledge at a depth of 45 feet in Warm Mineral springs on the west coast of Florida. Dates on wood samples from the springs indicate that Indians were living there 10,200 radiocarbon years ago (Cockrell 1974) at a time when the sea level was 180 to 300 feet lower than it is today. The skeleton, that of a long-headed male about 40 years at death, suggests a size somewhat less than the 165-168 cm mean of prehistoric Florida males (Hrdlicka 1922). Comparison of the cranium to Paleo-Indian and Archaic crania in general and more specifi­ cally to the controversial finds from Vero and Melbourne, discovered earlier in this century on Florida's east coast, and with two female crania also found on the 45 foot ledge in Warm Mineral Springs, indicates general similarity of the Florida crania to one another and to long-headed Paleo-Indian crania. A cast of the Warm Mineral Springs male crania will be exhibited."

29. A FINAL KICK AT THE FLUORINE DATING METHOD Ronald B. Parker and Heinrich Toots (University of Wyoming and C. W. Post Co 11 ege)

The increase of the fluorine content of bones and teeth undergoing fossilization is a we ll-known phenomenon, and the fl uori ne dati ng method is based on th is observation. However, the amount of fluorine acquired by a bone or tooth is a function of several variables which are (1) the rate at which fluoride ions are transported to the fossil, (2) the rate at which the ions diffuse into the fossil, and (3) the total time over which the processes take place. The rate of supply of fluoride to the fossil is a function of the perme.ability of the deposit and other hydrologic factors and the chemical composition of the circulating water. Teeth from permeable deposits of the Ogallala Group

9 t1 0-15 mybp} have. fl uorine contents. much, �igher than teeth co 11 ected from dense, impermeable clays of the White River Group (25-30 mYbp). The rate of diffusion of fluoride into the fossils is controlled by the physi­ cal properties and the thickness of the phosphatic tissue. Bone and dentine are permeable and fluoridization is aided by circulation. In enamel only the slow process of diffusion is effective. In a given amount of time a thin bone or layer of enamel acquires more fluorine than a thick bone or layer of enamel. Mesohippus (thin enamel} from South Torrington, Wyoming has a mean fluorine con­ tent of 1.33 percent in the enamel. SubhYdracbdon [thicK enamel) from the same locality and stratum has a mean fluorinE' content of O�.74 percent in the enamel.

30. HERDING PATTERNS AND STRUCTURE AMONG THE KASHKULI KUCHEK Ronald L. Holt (Texas Tech University)

The Kashkuli Kuchek are nomadic pastora1ists who live in southern Iran. This paper centers on the herd distribution and pasture allocation of the Kashkuli Kuchek in the face of governmental pressure and dwindling pasture resources. MY central questions concern herd size and composition, environmental effects of and on herding, the maximizing and minimizing agents at work, and the success or failure of governmental efforts to limit the number of animals possessed by the nomads. The Iranian economY's effect on the herds will be discussed. Variation in herd size as an indication of economic standing presents many problems and due to the increase of landholding and agricultural enterprises is not an absolute indication of relative wealth.

31. THE NATIONALIZATION OF GRAZING LANDS AND SOCIAL CHANGE AMONG THE KASHKULI KUCHEK Richard E. Salzer (Texas Tech University)

The nationalization of grazing lands by the Government of Iran and the issuance of Grazing Permits to the Kashku1i Kuchek tribesmen for the first time in the summer of 1975 has radically altered the nature of the tribal political and economic structure. The Kashku1i Kuchek tribal a nobility, single patrilineage,. has been effectively excluded from its traditional chiefly status and as a lineage no longer has a reason for corporate existence. There are three prin­ cipal consequences of this action. First, factions have developed within the lineage as the nobility struggle to regain wealth and prestige through the development of agricultural resources. Second, the tribe has been left without effective leaders in the face of multiple governmental actions effecting their life. Third, flexibility in the allocation of pasturelands within the- tribal area, previously an· annual responsibility of the chief, has ended at a time when the tribe is experiencing increaSing herd pressure on diminishing pas­ turage.

32. r4EAT CONSUMPTION PATTERNS AT ANTELOPE HOUSE, CANYON DE CHELLY: A FAUNAL ANALYSIS Nancy Lee Hamblin (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

This paper represents an excerpt from a longer report originally prepared by John B. Sparling, Victoria Dirst, and Nancy L. Hamblin in August, 1975 for the National Park Service. In this portion, three major topic� are addressed: (1) the relative importance of the various food animals at the site, e2} the rela­ tive amoonts (by weight) of animal protein per species available at the site for human consumpt ion, and (3) the cook.ing techntques most ltkely employed. In addition to the data presented, there is some theoretical discussion of the, methodological difficulties encountered in faunal analysts.

10 33. LITHIC ANALYSIS AND SUBSISTENCE WUHIN THE CONOCQ FLORENCE PROJECT Frank E. Bayham (University 'of Artzona., Tucson, Arizona)

The non-site l tthtc materials dtscussed in this paper were recovered during a survey near the Escalante Ruin Group north of the Gila River in Arizona. Three 1 evel s of investigation are Intended to refine Hohokam subsistence strategies in the area: first, a techno-functtonal analysis providing infonnation to char­ acterize and assess the work-performing capabilities of the lithics; second, the lithic assemblage of the CONOCO survey area is compared,to that of the Escalante Ruin Group; and third, spaUal patterning of discernible behavioral loci are examined with special emphasis on their environmental correlates.

34. BELIEFS AND HEALTH CARE Agnes Aamodt, R.N., Ph.D.

This paper adqresses the question: "What do human beings believe that informs their behavior 'in health and healing situations?" Symbolic forms in a complex social environment of a health and healing system are examined. The child's view of selected beliefs related to decisions of health care are analysed.

35. USE OF CHILD HEALTH CLINIC SERVICES BY MEXICAN AMERICANS Carol J. Lindstrom, R.N., Ph.D.

The study focused on health, illness and health care of young Mexican American children in the context of their culture, including the folk health care system, and in articulation with the Anglo or Western scientific health care system. Utilization of preventive care at the child Health Clinic in Lansl,ng, Mic�igan was of particular interest. Family structure� place of socialization of parents, pattern of migration to Michigan. and experience in the migrant stream were related to utilization �f preventive care.

36. ETHNOSEMANTICS OF MEXICAN AMERICAN FERTILITY Margarita Kay, R.N., Ph.D. (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The objective 0 f this research was to explain the size of the Mexican American family through a study of their point of view based on what Mexican American men and women say and believe about fertility regulation. Research studied words and meanings attached to words used in the culture regardi.ng fertility.

37. HEALTH BELIEFS AND PRACTICES OF LOWER-INCOME ANGLOS IN A MINING COMMUNITY Eleanor E. Bauwens (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

This paper reports some of the findings of research on health and illness beliefs and practices of a group of lower-income Anglos in a mining community. Two phases of health and illness behavior will be discussed: (1) decision­ making and (2) action, i.e., treatment. Determinants within each of these two phases also will be discussed. These data illustrate the importance of recog� nizing the existence of health systems other than the orthodox scientific health system if we are to provide more appropriate health care delivery.

38. AN INVESTIGATION OF POPULATIONS HAVING MORE MALE THAN FEMALE CHILDREN AND NO EVIDENCE OF FEMALE INFANTICIDE Patricia S. Mariel1a (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

In various non-industrial populations distributed worldwide, there are signi­ ficantly more male than female children. All present data indicate that varia-

11 tions in the sex ratio at birth c&nnot account for the high sex ratios in these populations. Therefore, the preponderance of males over females appears to be the result of factors which influence mortality after birth. Such a factor would be female infanticide i.e. the killing of female children soon after birth.. However, there are numerous cases of popul at ions that have hi gh chil d:" hood sex ratios but which do not have evidence of female infanticld�. The most common cause of infant and childhood mortality in non-industrial popu­ lations is disease. Any.factor, then, which leads to a differential incidence of disease between the sexes would influence the sex ratio. As severity of disease is significantly a.ggravated by protein malnutrition, any sexually unequal distribution of scarce protein should result in higher mortality rates for those children who receive less protein. This paper investigates the hypo­ thesis that a distribution of scarce protein favoring males could significantly influence the sex ratio.

39. PALEOENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES AT SMALL SITES PERIPHERAL TO THE SALT RIVER: IMPLI­ CATIONS FOR UNDERSTANDING HOHOKAM SUBSISTANCE AND SETTLEMENT PATTERNS landon D. Smith (USDA, Forest Service)

Pollen analysis of samples from two small prehistoric house units in the Cave Buttes area just north of Phoenix, Arizona, and from a prehistoric house­ ramada-trash mound complex near Superior, Arizona, have been recently completed. Interpretation of these 36 samples �upport the extension of the Colorado Plateau pollen chronology of James Schoenwetter to the Salt River area. Additionally, it now seems clear that the exploitation of areas perjpheral to the Salt River Valley by Hohokam related peoples is a behavorial pattern directly linked to periods of low rainfall. It is tentatively advanced that these exploitative patterns which apparently first reach signi ficant proportions duri.ng Ute dry phase from 1075-1125 A. D. and increase in importance during subsequent dry periods (particularly 1275-1325 A.D.), represent the characteristic subsistance strategies enabling some Salt River groups to survive the Hohokam collapse of 1400-1450 A.D.

40. THE CAREFREE LIFE: PROCUREMENT IN A DESERT ENVIRONMENT John C£Qlg, Julie Francis, Kent Lightfoot, Jeff Hantman (Arizona State Univer­ sity, Tempe, Arizona)

Systematic, intensive surface collection of cultural remains has become a major tool for the examination of prehistoric human activities. Such. an intensive survey, done in conjunction with a U. S. Forest Service mitigation proposal of the Carefree Land Exchange Parcel, Tonto National Forest, Arizona, was used to test hypotheses based on ethnographic models concerning exploitation strategies of Upper Bajada vegetation by prehistoric populations. The aim of this study was to investigate the procurement and initial processing of various species of wild plant resources found in the area, specifically Prosopis sp., Opuntia sp., and Yucca sp., as implied by spatially distributed, functl0nally-related classes of artifacts. Preliminary analysis of surficial lithic and ceramic debris tends to support these hypotheses based on ethnographic models. However, further research here and in analogous areas is needed before the entire beha­ vioral subsystem involved in these subsistence strategies can be more fully defined.

41. WHACKERS AND BASHERS: A RE-EXAMINATION OF CLASSIC HOHOKAM LITHIC CLASSIFICATION Glen T. Hanson and Teresa L. Tucker (Arizona State Universitys Tempe, Arizona)

This paper presents of results of research directed toward the re-examination of Classic Hohokam lithic classification. An alternative model for classifi-

12 cation is developed whictl tnvolves the intensive analysis of use-edges occurring on the total assemb laqe of core tools from th.e Escalante Ruin, a Civano phase site located near Florence:. Arizona. Each' edge was subjected to a rather macro­ scopic and microscoplc examinati"on in order 'to measure twenty-nine formal, technological and functional ·characters tncludtnq basic metric measurements, edge angles, edge morpho'loqy, edge techno loqy and mi"cro-wear. Using this series of characters tneuse edges were grouped using various clustering algo­ rithms with the result that empirically based techno-functional classes were formed. These classes were further tested using' stepwise discriminant function analysis (BMD 07M). On the basts of these results the implications for inter­ preting Hohokam manufacturing �nd use processes are discussed.

42. SUICIDE IN A WESTERN PUEBLO John P. Webb (Orange County, California)

Usually, policy makers and program planners approach American Indians as a homo­ geneous group with relation to suicide. However studies have shown that the occurrence of suicide among Native American groups ranges from almost zero to epidemic levels. In this talk the pattern of suicide within a Western Pueblo selected for study because of its high suicide rate will be examined. Variables such as age, sex and traditional versus non-traditional community membership will be considered. The pattern of suicide among the pueblo will be compared to that of other pueblos, Native Americans and American society as a whole,

43. POLLEN AND SEDIMENT ANALYSIS OF SAMPLES FROM SALADO :SITES Jamie Lytle Webb (CaHfornia State College Dominguei Hills, California)

Pollen analysis has been used to interpret changing environments of prehistoric sites from the period of occupaUon to the ttme of excavation. One of'the variables which affects pollen deposition in a site is the depOSition of sedi­ ment. This study will compare the pollen and sediment size changes in samples from stratigraphic columns taken from Salado sites near Globe:. Arizona. Inter­ pretation of the environment using these two variables will be attempted.

44. AN ARCHAEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THE FORT APACHE INDIANS RESER­ VATION, EAST-CENTRAL ARIZONA Frank B. Fryman, Jr. (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Late in 1975, through a contract agreement entered into by Arizona State Uni­ versity's Office of Cultural Resource Management, an archaeological survey was undertaken in specific portions of the Fort Apache Indian Reiervation to iden­ tify and inventory the existing cultural resources that would be affected by proposed road improvements, new roads, and development of recreational and stock-watering lakes. Th�se proposed projects involve three of the four physio­ graphic subprovtnces (based on local 1 and forms) of the Fort Apache Indian Reser­ vation: Carrizo Slope, to the west; the White Mountain area, to the east; and the Bonito Prairie area, to the south-southeast. Survey in these three areas resul ted in the discovery and recording of thtrty-s tx prehistoric sites, twenty­ six of which were found along Corduroy Creek in the Carrizo Slope subprovince, two in the Rock Creek drainage of the White Mountain· subprovince, and eight in the lower Turkey Creek drainage of the Bonito Prairie subprovince. No prehis­ toric sites were in the four in the White Mountain di.'scovered cienegas. surveyed subprovince. The sites ranqed from small non-ceramic lithic concentrat tens to fairly large on pueblo sites with ktvas and pl azas , and are situated ri.dges, terrances, and alluvial bottomlands. One multi-panelled petroglyph si'te was also discovered

13 in a boul der--at.revn �a.sn'l �rel i,JT)�n�.r,y cerantc analys is suggests that the majortt.y of these sites are 'Mogollon andcan be related t'o'the middle-to-late phases of Haury+s Forestdale Branco." The two non-ceramic 1 ithic sites may represent an earl ter use. of the area by Southwest Desert Cul ture peopl e" The total l ack of po lychrome ware at any of the sites suggests that chronoloqtcal ly they were occupied prior to the development in the area of the large pueblo settlements of Kinishba (A.D. 1250-1325} and Grassnopper Ruin (A.D. 1275-1400). Included in the discussion of the survey results are some comments on the nature of the Mogoll on settlement pattern tn the three phys tcqraph ic subprovinces of the reservation and an evaluation of the survey strategy used.

45. HOHOKA�l SUBSISTENCE ACTIVITIES Irr MARGINAL ENVIRON�1ENTAL ZONES � A CASE STUDY IN BUCKEYE HILLS EAST James B. Rodgers and Donald E. Weaver, Jr. (Arizona State University� Tempe, Arizona)

The Offi ce of Cul tura 1 Resource f1anagement recently comp l eted a survey of 20 sq. mi. near Buckeye, Arizona. The project, initiated by the Bureau of Land Management, produced 201 discreet loci including temporary domestic units, aboriginal trails, a large food processing site, lithic workshops, petroglyph loci, collecting-gathering camps, a prehistoric-historic canal system, rock features, numerous sherd and/or lithic scatters, and isolated artifacts. Cul­ turally the area was dominated by a Hohokam group whose occupancy is dated ten­ tatively between A.D. 400-1250. Subsequent influences were recognized from Lower Colorado River Yuman groups and historic Papago. Although most of the area surveyed was within an upper bajada zone which expec­ tedly was exploited seasonally for available wild plants and animals, the canal system represents a significant variation from the usual type of Hohokam irri­ gation system. The canal is composed of several individual sections which head from intermittant drainages, not the Gila River, and its effective use would have been determined exclusively by local rather than regional environmental factors. The use of such a precarious system may indicate an extreme stress situation as has been previously postulated for the late Sedentary and early Classic Hohokam periods.

46. AN ARCHAEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION OF THE CAVE CREEK ARCHAEOLOGICAL -DISTRICT James B. Rodgers (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Archaeological investigations were recently undertaken by Arizona State Univer­ sity in the southern portion of the Cave Creek Archaeological District. The three investigated sites have produced significant information pertaining to the Hohokam transitional SedentarY-Classic period (A.D. 1000-1250), as evidenced north of the Salt 'River Valley. Collectively, these sites form an integral part of the Fort Mountain complex and document intensive dry-farming agriculture, canal irrigation, and the seasonal exploitation of natural foodstuffs. Archi­ tectural data were derived primarilY through detailed mapping and test exca­ vations of several agricultural terraces, check dams, a "field house," and, importantly, canal remnants which head from Cave Creek, a non-permanent water source. The single excavated habitation was a semi-subterranean structure with a masonry ·foundation. Associated trash mounds contained abundant stone, shell, and bone artifacts, The ceramic inventory was dominated by Wingfield Plain but red-on-buff types al so occurred. Radiocarbon samples collected from the habitation/refuse area should result in a more precise chronological assess­ ment of the. entire Cave Creek Archaeological District.

14 ARID ZONE STUDIES

47. BEHAVIOR PATTERNS IN SEMI-ARID COMMUNITIES OF WEST TEXAS Wildring S. Edwards (Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas)

Next to the family itself we are most influenced by the community in which we live. What happens to families happens to communities. Any locality with a high percentage of disrupted families is likely to be a disrupted community; conversely, a community made up of stable families, the members of which are bound together by familial strengths, likely will be a stable, orderly commu­ nity. The strengths and uniqueness of communities in the semi-arid land area of West Texas may well be caused by the unavailability of plentiful water sup­ plies. Life is not easy among the scattered population. Their family life styles center around stretching the diminishing water supply, in plant engineer­ ing to produce the most food and fiber from an area having an average rainfall of approximately nineteen inches. It is a section of the country where IInewness tends to mean the best," whether in the almost compulsive behavior of buying boats, building swimming pools, driving pickup trucks with "necessities" that not long ago were "luxuries," and praying for rain while studying the feasi­ bility of water importation. This paper is the result·of teaching a university level course known as "Commu­ nity Influences On the Family," whose objective is to better equip students for selection of a place to live and work in their communities so they can have a sense of place, whether as professionals, taxpayers, :or recipients of community services as they understand and cope with their provincial environment.

48. A GEOGRAPHIC AND LEGAL ANALYSIS OF PLAYA LAKE WATER UTILIZATION ON THE TEXAS HIGH PLAINS Otis W. Templer (Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas)

This paper examines the spatial, temporal and legal aspects of water utiliza­ tion from the playa lake basins of the semi-arid Texas High Plains. These small basins of interior drainage collect and briefly hold an estimated 2 to 3 million acre-feet of runoff water annually, which represent from pne-fourth to one-third the amount of ground water pumped from the dwindling Ogallala aquifer Until recently the playas were considered more of a detriment than an asset to farming operations. Now, however, obstacles to water importation to the High Plains make it imperative that all water resources, including playa lakes, be used as fully and effectively as possible. Direct pumping is the primary method of utilization, and modification of lake bottoms to concentrate runoff and reduce evaporation is the most widespread conservation practice. There is also continuing interest in using lake water for ground water recharge, but technical problems have not been fully solved. For many years the question of ownership of playa water remained unsettled. Though the Texas Water Rights Commission now classes playa water as diffused surface water, which under Texas law may be captured and used by the landowner, some legal questions remain. If playa lakes are to be effectively integrated into the regional water resource it becomes important that all such prospective water utilization problems be identified and, hopefully, resolve.

49. AGRICULTURAL WATER USE IN THE RIO SAN MIGUEL VALLEY, SONORA, MEXICO: STABILITY VS. MODERNIZATION Tom Sheridan and Gary Paul Nabhan (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

15 The Rio San r�igue1--major tributary of the Rio Sonora--is perhaps the most iso­ lated of the narrow river valleys dissecting mountainous eastern Sonora. From Meresichi north to Cucurpe, most inhabitants are subsistence farmers cultivating small plots on the floodplain. Rainfall-dependent temporal fields are sown, and cattle are grazed on communal pasture land, but stream-dlversion agriculture remains the cornerstone of the San Miguel economY. Available historic informa­ tion on population, acreage in tillage and cropping patterns indicate this agri­ cultural system is demographically stable and technically conservative. Such a system-is limited by one crucial geographical variable: the scracity of arable land near available water. Access to these scarce resources is determined by several different ownership systems which at times conflict and compete with each other. The surface flow of'water from springs in the riverbed belongs to the community of water users who build and maintain simple gravity-flow acequias. This traditional system of water use is described. The impact of the introduc­ tion of pumps and the utilization of the subsurface water of the floodplain within the last twenty years is also presented. Preliminary reconnaissance suggests that pumping may pose a considerable threat to the acequia system through overdraft of available water. The socioeconomic as well as hYdrologic implications of such competition are discussed.

50. ESTIMATION OF POTENTIAL EVAPORATION BY DIFFERENT METHODS COMPARED TO MEASURED EVAPOTRANSPIRATION OF COTTON FOR SOUTH CENTRAL NEW MEXICO Sameir Al-Khafaf, � � Sisson, T. A. Howell, and B. C. Williams (New Mexico State University)

Potential evapotranspiration was measured for cotton using embedded lysimeters in the field when soil water was not a limiting factor. Meteorological data were measured in the field using a Class A weather station. Potential evapora­ tion was computed using several equations. The best equation to estimate poten­ tial evaporation is the Penman equation. The Jensen-Haise equations and net radiation gives results cl�se to what the Penman equation estimated. The Christiansen-Hargreaves equations underestimated potential evaporation, van Bavel equation and pan evaporation overestimated potential evaporation. A pan coefficient was found to be 0.78 for this location. Pan evaporation data provides a good guide to aid the farmers in scheduling irrigation. It requires a minimum amount of data compared to other methods.

51. EVAPORATIVE FLUX FROM A TRICKLE-IRRIGATED COTTON FIELD AS RELATED TO LEAF AREA INDEX, SOIL WATER AND EVAPORATIVE DEMAND Sameir Al-Khafaf, S. Miyamoto and B. C. Williams (New Mexico State University)

Field embedded lysimeter tests were conducted to determine the evaporative flux from a trickle-irrigated cotton field located in the lower Rio Grande basin of New Mexico. The evaporation from soil surface was determined from the diurnal change of water contents in a surface soil layer, and the evapotranspiration was determined from the daily water balance with known amounts of irrigation and dratnaqe , and changes in water storage measured with a neutron probe. The evaporation and the transpiration data were then correlated to leaf area index, soil water content and the evaporation demand estimated by the Penman combination equation. Empirical equations describing the effects of these parameters on the �vaporation and the transpiration agreed'with minor exceptions, with the results of Ri chi e obta i ned under a dry] and fa rmi ng of the centra] Texas. Thi s encoura- 9in9 agreement suggests that the estimate of cotton consumption use can be better made by using these empirical equations than by using a fixed crop coefficient.

]6 52. INFLUENCE OF ARTIFICIAL SHIl.DING ON WATER STRESS OF CONTAINERIZED PONDEROSA PINE SEEDLINGS Michael F. Davault and Bruce f\. Buchanan �1exico State --- (New University)

Artificially shaded and non-shaded containerized Pinus ponderosa seedlings were planted in the Sacramento Mountains of southern New MeX1Co on July 29, 1975. Xylem tension and relative turgidity were measured four times per day from August 1 - 16:1 1975. Shading had little effect on relative turgidity but significantly reduced xYlem tension; mid-afternoon (15:30 hours, MOST) reduc­ tion averaged 2 atmospheres. Duri.ng the study relative turgidity ranged from 86 to 94 percent and xYlem tension ranged from 4 to 10 atmospheres. At the end of September no mortal i ty had occurred in either treatment.

53. ASSESSING THE IMPACT OF WATER IMPOUNDMENT AND DIVERSION STRUCTURES ON RIPARIf\N VEGETATION IN SOUTHERN ARIZONA David A. Mouat, Carolyn & Sa\'!telle, and Jeffery S. Conn (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

p, common man-made feature in the J\ri d Southwest is the water impoundment or diversion structure. These structures were built to protect agricultural lands, urban developments, highways, and canals from storm runoff. They range in size from a few feet high and across to about thirty-five feet high and many miles in length. The effects these structures have on the distribution and vigor of riparian vegetation was the purpose of an investigation carried out by our remote sensing program in cooperation with the Arizona Water Commission and the Soil Conservation Service. The Applied Remote Sensing Program investigated nineteen of the structures. The results of the investigation indicated that differences between the vege­ tation upslope and downslope from the structures were more pronounced for Some structures than for others. It was found that some riparian vegetation was severe ly stressed downs lope from a structure. One of the most adversely affec­ ted species was the ironwood (Olneya tesota). Associated with many structures was a buildup of vegetation adjacent and immediately upslope from them. Where flow-through channels had been built into the structure, the vegetation down­ slope was significantly less affected.

54. A LITHOLOGIC MAP OF THE TORTOLITA MOUNTAINS CREATED BY THE USE OF MULTISPECTRAL LANDSAT rr�AGERY AND THE CALSCAN MAPPING COMPUTER PROGRAr� Robert � Peterson and Ken Foster (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

r�ultispectra1 satell ite imagery was combined with an interpretive computer map­ ping program to create a reconnaissance quality lithologic map of the Tortolita Mountains. The use of these two tools combines the large data gathering capa­ bility of the satellite with the large data manipulation capability of the com­ puter. The data from the LANDSAT satellite is collected in four spectral bands, and is stored numerically on magnetic tape. The computer translates this numeric code into a gray tone scale computer printout for each of the spectral bands. These printouts are used with areas of known lithologies to create training sets for each rock type. The computer, using a rock classification based on these training sets, then creates a lithologic map of the entire area. The Tortolita Mounta i ns were used as the study site and the map by R. T. Budden was used to define tile areas of known lithologies. EigM rock classifications were used: Paleozoic undifferentiated, Biotite Granodiorite, Two Quaternary

17 alluvial units, Pinal Schist, Apache group undifferentiated, Plutonic rocks undifferentiated and Basalt. By checking the accuracy of lithologic identifi­ cation in the areas of training set definition an accuracy of identification of 68% was achieved.

55. IMPACT OF RECENT CLI�1ATIC FLUCTUATIONS ON FOOD PRODUCTION IN THE SOUTHWEST Lora Mangum Shields (New Mexico Highlands University)

The plant mixture on virgin range or grassland of the southwest is one of the most reliable resources. This natural vegetation can hold its own with ordi­ nary vagaries of rainfall, temperature and evaporation. In areas of Arizona and California where irrigation predominates, agriculture rarely suffers from drought. Drought has struck severely, however, at the marginal cultivated dry farms of the southwest about every two decades for as long as weather records have been maintained. Early in 1972, and again in 1974, following the pattern of the dust bowl of the 1930's and the dry years of the mid-1950's, the rains failed first in the southwest, and then the drought spread north and east. By early summer, moderate to severe drought gripped the great plains from south­ west Oklahoma through the Texas panhandle, reaching northward to Nebraska and Wyoming. For lack of pasture, stockmen liquidated their herds, except for breeding stock. As beef floods the market, prices drop, but a beef shortage and higher prices follow the next year. In New Mexico most of the dryland wheat was grazed out rather than harvested. Extreme drought centered in north­ western Arizona. Severe to extreme drought covered two-thirds of California where wheat was cut for hay or pastured. The 1974 drought cost southwestern farmers and ranchers billions of dollars before blazing its way into the heart of the corn belt--Iowa, Missouri, Kansas and Nebraska. Corn yields per acre dropped in places from 120 bushels in 1973 to 50 bushels in 1974. In Nebraska 90 percent of the dryland corn and 10 percent of the irrigated corn was des­ troyed. Certain climatologists have predicted a still more severe drought to start in the spring of 1976- and last for three to eight years.

56. TEPARIES AND OTHER NATIVE BEANS (PHASEOLUS) IN SOUTHWESTERN NORTH AMERICA Gary Paul Nabhan (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Phaseolus acutifolius and the Phaseolus metcalfei-ritensis complex have been utilized as human food, fodder and fermenting agents 1n southwestern North America. These legumes have been both gathered from the wild and cultivated. Sometimes collectively referred to as teparies, P. acutifolius and P. metcalfei are allied with different groups of species. There is an abundance-of native names (>28) for varieties of P. acutifolius, yet "tepary" can be reserved as the common name for this specles, while "Metcalfe's beans" should be applied to the P. metcalfei complex. Many locally-adapted stocks of domesticated P. acutifolius have become extinct or genetically eroded within this century.­ Conservation of remaining stocks is being coordinated with the Agricultural Research Service. The historic uses of native Phaseolus are summarized, and a report of their current status in Sonora and Arizona is presented. Domesticated P. acutifolius continue to be grown, though less than in the past, by subsistence and commer­ cial farmers in the Sonoran Desert and surrounding uplands. Crops planted in early spring or late summer mature in 60 to 75 days under a variety of water regimes. Seed yields of more than 3000 pounds per acre have been recorded; average tepary productivity in rain-dependent fields is considerably less. Tepary bean protein content ranges from at least 23.3 to 32.2% in stocks unim­ proved by modern breeding. Amino acid spectra for two varieties are given.

18 Because teparies grow quickly, need little supplemental water, and produce large quantities of nutritious seed and hay, they deserve revival as economic plants.

57. ARIDLAND AGROECOSYSTEMS FOR THE 21ST CENTURY Richard Felger (Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum)

With the Sonoran Desert flora as a model, we can project a crude estimate of 2,000 potential major food plant species from the principal global vegetation types. This indicates great potential agroecosystem diversity in contrast to the 7 temperate and tropical plant species now supporting civilization. Nutri­ tionally significant aridland food plants with agronomic potential fall into life-forms an of those widely divergent allowing array agroecosystems including . uSing sea water, brackish water, natural rainfall, fog in certain coastal deserts, and irrigation but in substantially reduced quantity. Examples from southwestern North America include ephemerals, root perennials, columnar cacti, leguminous trees and shrubs, and halophytes including seagrass and saltgrass. Certain present-day major pest species were once valuable native resources, and might again be economically valuable. Certain arid subtropical hardwood legumes are potentially significant sources of fuel-energy. This organic tech­ nology could lead to substantially reduced energy and fresh-water inputs and improved human nutrition. There are many options.

58. XEROPHYTIC CUCURBITS AS POTENTIAL AGRICULTURAL CROPS � � �, J. W. BerrY, C. W. Weber, and J. Scheerens (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Three groups of feral xerophytic cucurbits have potentials of being domesticated into agricultural crops. These three groups, all indigenous to the arid to semi­ arid areas of North America, are (1) Cururbita foetidissima HBK, the Buffalo gourd; (2) Curcurbita digitata group, a polymorphic ceno-species comprising four named eco-species which are extreme xerophytes; and (3) Apodanthera undu1ata

Gray. _ These plants are all perennial by virtue of a large fleshy storage root. The longevity of an individual plant is unknown, but clonal colonies .of C. foetidis­ sima have been recorded to be at least 40 years old. Curcurbita foetidissima and members of the f. digitata group reproduce asexually through the formatlon of adventitious roots at the nodes of the vines. undu- developing Apodanthera- -- 1 ata reproduces only from seed.

The primary sex form of these plants is monoecious, however, variations of this state is known. With the exception of the seed, these plants have an extremely bitter taste. The potential crop components of these plants are (1) Fruit containing seed having acceptable oil and protein; (2) Roots having acceptable starch and; (3) Vines having the potential of being forage. Limited studies on the genetic variation existing in these plants indicate a great potential for improving their agronomic qualities. These plants have evolved in the arid to semi-arid regions of North America and can be grown on limited irrigation. Studies are initiated on how these· plants will respond to domestication and varying cultural practices.

59. XEROPHYTIC CUCURBITS AS POTENTIAL FOOD SOURCES � � Weber, J. W. Berry, W. P. Bemis, and J. Scheerens (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

19 The three groups of gourds investigated for protein quality are (1) Cucurbita foetidissim� HBK, the Buffaio gourd; (2) Cucurbita digitata; and (3) Apodanthera undu1 ata Gray.

The seeds of the three different gourds have crude protein values of 30% for I. foetidissima, 24% for f. digitata, and 29% for �. undulata species. The percent crude fat ranges from 25% for C. digitata to 30% or more for C. foeti­ dissima and A. undulata. The fatty acTd composition of the crude fats from the seeds are good with linoleic acid comprising 60% or more of the fat.

The amino acid profile of the crude proteins of the seed finds sulfur amino acid: first limiting for the C. foetidis�ima, C. digitata and A. undulata. Using a whole egg reference protein the three-seeds rates less than 40 for the chemical score value and less than 50% for the protein score value. The evalu­ ation of the seeds, using the parameter of essential amino acid index, rates less than 61%. Protein quality of the C. foetidissima, C. digitata and A. undulata was evalu­ ated with weanling mice-:- The Protein l:fficiency Ratio (PER) rated the three seeds as follows: C. A. and C. (1) foetidissima, (2) undulata; (3) - digitata. The mi ce fed the f. di gTtata seed grew very poorly.

PROTEIN, LIPID AND CARBOHYDRATE COMPONENTS OF XEROPHYTIC CUCURBITS J_ � Berry, C. W. Weber, W. P. Bemis, and J. Scheerens (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Xerophytic cucurbits indigenous to the Sonoran Desert are potentially valuable sources of protein, oil and starch. Seeds of the gourds Cucurbita foetidissima, I. digitata and Apodanthera undulata possess crude protein and fat values in the range of 24 - 33% and 25 - 35%, respectively. Globulins make up the major portion of the soluble protein in cucurbit seed. The globulin fraction is readily obtained and is comparable to globulins from other important seed proteins. Linoleic acid, an essential dietary component, is the predominant fatty acid in the oil of these species. It is accompanied by Significant amounts of puni­ cic acid, an unusual trienic fatty acid, in the oil of C. conjugated - digitata and A. undulata. The storage roots of these xerophytic cucurbits are extensive and have been found to contain large quantities of starch. Some of the properties of these

starches are discussed .

. ECOLOGY OF SOME ARIZONA JOJOBA POPULATIONS IN RELATION TO CLIMATE Edward F. Haase (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Data on vegetative growth, development of floral buds, flowering, fruiting and seed production, were obtained for jojoba populations at three sites in southern Arf zona. Seed production from 794 pistillate plants near San Carlos Reservoir was 172.6 kg in 1973 and only 5 kg in 1974. Precipitation for the preceding 12 months was 569 mm in 1973 and only 157 mm in 1974. Although the average seed we i qht decreased from 0.47 gm to 0.32 gm from 1973 to 1974, seed sample analysis indi­ cated that the average liquid wax content increased from 46.8% to 49.8%. Heavy rains in the Tucson Mountains were followed by a major flush of growth in August 1975 with more than 90% of the shrubs responding. More than 70% of the shrubs showed new growth in April and May. In November 1974 vegetative growth occurred on almost 50% of shrubs, but in November 1975, after no signi-

20 fi cant ra i nfa 11 for more than 2 months, no new growth vias observed. Some sta­ minate shrubs flowered at various times during the year, but most flowered in Ap�il. Fruit production was observed in more than 40% of the pistillate plants although only about 20% produced mature seed. In an area west of the Tucson r'lountains, data were obtained on shrubs grm"ing along a wash and on an adjacent moderate slope. Vegetative growth peaked in July and August when it was observed on 100% of wash plants and 50% of slope plants. During a lesser peak in �1ay, the response for 48% and 34% respectively. Only 12% of pistillate plants produced mature seed. Summer rains undoubtedly play an important role in the growth and survival of these Arizona jojoba popu­ lations.

62. PRODUCTIVITY OF LARREA TRIDENTATA ON A CHIHUAHUAN DESERT BAJADA Paul Flavill (New Mexico State University)

Equations relating weights of creosotebush parts to dimensions of the plant have been used to estimate changes in creosotebush components on a Chihuahuan desert bajada from 1971-1975. Estimates of creosotebush production are discus­ sed with respect to variation within the studied population and to the climatic differences between years.

63. MODELING THE UPTAKE OF SO BY VEGETATION Irene Steinhardt, \�. E. M�rlatt, and Douglas G. Fox (Colorado State University and Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Experiment Station)

The development of a model for sulfur dioxide uptake by vegetation is reviewed. Transport of S02 is traced from its sources through the atmosphere to the effec- tive sink within the plant. The model is based on the resistance analog to Fick's diffusion equation. At low ambient concentrations ranging from ppb to pphm, environmental parameters are shown to significantly affect S02 removal. The model generates information on the uptake of a single leaf. Vegetative parameters include leaf and stomatal factors and LAI (leaf area index). From the latter, extrapolation can be made to estimate uptake on a regional basis. Proposed applications include the energy and mineral resource regions of the Western United States where the ambient levels of S02 will increase with pro­ posed development.

64. THE PLEISTOCENE FAUNA AND FLORA OF VULTURE CAVE, GRAND CANYON, ARIZONA Jim 1. r�ead and Arthur � Phill ips III (Washington State University and Univer­ s i th of .A.ri zona)

Vulture Cave in the Grand Canyon of Arizona contains numerous packrat midden deposits of Pleistocene age fauna and flora. The limestone cave is located 1 km up a side canyon near Rampart Cave at an elevation of 590 m (1940 feet) within the Lower Granite Gorge. To date, eleven Pleistocene packrat middens have been located within the cave and one outside the entrance in a crevice. From the seven radiocarbon dated single horizon middens, the twigs, leaves, and seeds of 36 species of plants have been identified. Juniperus sp. and Atrip1ex confertifo1ia are dominants. Radiocarbon dates on Juniperus twigs indicate a time span from 13,800 to 29,800 years before present. Teeth of Neotoma and a canine of Came10ps cf. hesternus along with long bones of Ovis, various rodents, and Gymnogyps have also been identified. Today the lower-­ Grant Canyon vegetation is low elevation Mohave Desert in character; scattered succulents and small shrubs predominate. The nearest juniper woodlands are

21 located on the south rim at approximately 1520 m (5000 feet) elevation, 9 km south of the Colorado River. The Vulture Cave record indicates that during the Pleistocene woodland species were depressed at least 910 m (3000 feet) and grew intermingled with many of the desert species present near the cave today. The Vulture Cave record is well distributed over 16,000 years of the late Pleistocene and complements the data from other sites containing single middens from a variety of different habitats near Rampart Cave. 65. UREA RECYCLING IN BISON ~ ~ Keith and James E. Ellis (Colorado State University) North American bison (Bison bison L.) are nonselective feeders who consume diets lo~J in crude protein aridhlgh in crude fiber and lignin. Despite the poor quality of their diets, bison have been shown to digest their foods more effectively than domestic cattle, even though cattle select foods higher in crude protein, and lower in crude fiber. As digestive ability depends to a great extent upon nitrogen levels in the rumen, it is hypothesized that bison maintrtin high lew!ls of rL;men nitrogen by recycling urea from the bloodstream into the rumen, and thus are more effective digesters than cattle. Data on urea concentrations in urine, blood, and saliva, and ammonia concentrations in ruminal fluids are presented to test the hypothesis that bison recycle urea to maintain an optimum remen environment. 66. THE APPLICATION OF SYSTEMS ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES TO URBAN LAND USE DEVELOPMENT PROBLEMS IN ARID ZO~ES Reubin- N. Weisz (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona) The complexity and magnitude of land use planning problems in arid zones can be reduced to manageable propm"'tions by utilizing systems .:..nalysis techniques. This paper describes the result of applying five different types of planning models to the Tortolita Area in Pima County. The models include a computer overlay mapping technique; a professional judgment approach; a new town, finan­ cial feasibility model; a linear programming model; and a land use game. The models were developed and applied by students in the Land Use Planning ~1odels class at the University of Arizona. 67. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF THE POTENTIAL FOR INCREASED SWINE PRODUCTION ON THE TEXAS HIGH PLAINS Hong Y. Lee (Texas Tech University) Texas has long been dependent upon the Corn-Belt states to provide the bulk of the pork consumed in the state in spite of the favorable conditions which exist on the Texas High Plains for increased swine production. The Texas High Plains is a semi-arid region with an average rainfall of about 18 inches. During the l960 1 S cattle feeding on the Texas High Plains demonstrated that economic gains of substantial magnitude could be had by moving livestock feeding operations to the feed grain production area. An analysis of feed grain utilization on the Texas High Plains for the past few years showed that a substantial feed grain surplus still exists in the area despite the large growth in cattle feeding. This surplus feed grain could be used to increase swine production on the Texas High Plains. The amount of surplus feed available is enough to feed out more than 3.25 million head of hogs. This amount is sufficient to meet the pork consumption requirements of Texas and several other states where Texas has a competitive advantage over the Corn-Belt states in supplying hogs. A recent study shows that increased utilization of surplus feed grain on the Texas High Plains will result in a substantial reduction in the transporatation costs

22 associated with inter-regional shipments of hogs and pork. The study also indicated a potential for higher economic benefits to area feed grain producers through feeding to and marketing hogs through cooperatively owned processing facilities.

68. RECURSIVE OPTIMAL FARM ORGANIZATIONS FOR A SEMI-ARID AREA -- THE TEXAS HIGH PLAINS -- WITH PARTICULAR EMPHASIS ON VEGETABLE PRODUCTION, DECLINING GROUND­ WATER, AND CASH FLOWS � ��, G. B. Fish and B. C. Freeman (Texas Tech University, Texas A & M University and Texas Tech University)

This study determines the optimal'farm organization over time for a study area of the Texas High Plains that includes Castro, Hale, and portions of Deaf Smith, Parmer, Lamb and Floyd Counties. Major restrictions imposed are declining groundwater, decreasing labor availability, limited access to the capital market, and variable product prices. The study area is delineated by soil type and areas of current vegetable production. Solutions recursive in nature indicate that increased pumping costs will proba­ bly result in the shifting of cropping patterns and the extending of the life of the aquifer. After four years of water use, 62 feet of saturated thickness remain.

69. THE DISTRIBUTION OF LITTER IN THE DESERT ECOSYSTEM Elaine DePree (New Mexico State University)

The purpose of this study was to determine a random sampling scheme that would yield data showing the relative seasonal and spatial distribution of litter and feasible methods of sampling. A stratified sampling scheme was designed to sample the three main topographical regions of the study site: a large wash, small tributary washes and non-arroyo areas. Surface samples were D-Vac-ed of all litter and core samples were taken at each D-Vac-ed site. The total amount of surface litter tended to be higher under shrubs in all areas, and the small arroyos contained a substantially high proportion of above ground litter. Core samples were ashed to estimate the amount of organic material in the soil. Results show no significant difference between topographical areas, under shrubs, or in the open.

70. CHANGES IN GRASS COVER AND A DESERT RODENT FAUNA FOLLOWING HABITAT PERTURBATION Scott Dick-Peddie (New Mexico State University)

Treatment of a nine hectare desert shrub community with a herbicide, dicamba, resulted in reduction of the live canopy of creosotebush, Larrea tridentata and an increase in Muhlenbergia porteri grass cover. Dipodomys merriami, the dominant rodent species pre-treatment, was replaced by Dipodomys ordii as the dominant species after the treatment. On untreated control areas D. merriami maintained dominance. I interpret these changes to be the result of habitat selection rather than interspecific competition.

71. TEMPORAL VARIATION IN ACTIVITY AND STRUCTURE OF DESERT ANT COMMUNITIES Walter G. Whitford (New Mexico State University)

Periodic density estimates of active colonies of ants were made on two parts of watershed in southern New Mexico over three years. The activity of diurnal species was affected by soil moisture and season. Nocturnal species were active primarily in mid-summer. Of the 23 species sampled, four were nocturnal, 14

23 were active both day and night and the remainder were strictly diurnal. Peak densities (nearly 6000 colonies • hectare-l) were reached in August, the wettest month. The importance of food availability, competition and climatic constraints in affecting colony activity and the structure of the ant community is discussed.

72. ECOLOGICAL SIGNIFICANCE OF LIPID LEVELS OF THREE SPECIES OF TURTLE Francis L. Rose (Texas Tech University)

Whether desert reptiles (or any reptile) can utilize stored lipid as a water source during stress is unresolved. Lipid analyses of the Texas Tortoise, ornate box turtle, and yellow-bellied mud turtle revealed respective lipid indices (gm lipid/gm fat free dry wt) of .04, .09 and .43. Lipid indices of mud turtles are among the highe�t reported for an ectotherm. Mud turtles estivating at high relative humidities used less lipid than those maintained at low RHs. High lipid indices are adaptive in allowing mud turtles to inhabit semi-arid regions with unpredictable water supplies and food sources.

73. CARBOHYDRATE METABOLISM OF THE YELLOW MUD TURTLE, KINOSTERNON FLAVESCENS, DURING DORMANCY William M. Chilian (Texas Tech University)

Carbohydrate metabolism of dormant Kinosternon flavescens was compared to that of active turtles. Plasma concentrations of fructose, ketone bodies, and lactic acid increased during dormancy, while glucose concentration decreased. Repatic glycogen decreased, cardiac glycogen increased, and skeletal muscle glycogen remained constant for the first two months. Cardiac glycogen decreased during the remaining months. Urine glucose and fruGtose concentrations increased during dormancy. Fasting during dormancy caused detoacidosis which caused variable glycogen levels, depressed gluconeogenesis, and renal sugar excretion.

24 BOTANICAL SCIENCES

74. VEGETATIONAL ANALYSIS OF LOW DESERT CREOSOTE BUSH COMMUNITIES IN SOUTHERN NEVADA � Glen Bradley, George T. Austin, and Michael J. O'Farrell (University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Nevada)

Creosote bush communities between 1960 and 2760 feet elevations in the vicinity of the Arrow Canyon and Dry Lake ranges were sampled at 27 locations within an approximately 64 square mile area. Foliar cover, frequency and density of perennial plants were measured on randomly located belt transects at selected locations. Importance Values (IV) based on the sum of relative cover, frequency and density were used in construction of a raw table detailing- species distri­ butions. Six species groups were recognized based upon similar distribution of species with IV values above 10. Samples were arranged by species group and species with constancy percentages of 25 or above and averaged IV values of 2 or above were used to compute similarity indices between the grouped samples. Similarity comparisons varied from 77 to 24 with all comparisons over 50 except those with one group. Grouped samples are compared and discussed in relation to elevation, topography and plant species diversity.

75. VEGETATIONAL ANALYSIS OF CREOSOTE BUSH COMMUNITIES ALONG A LATITUDINAL GRADIENT IN THE MOHAVE DESERT Kenneth � � and W. Glen Bradley (University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Nevada)

Creosote bush communities were sampled at approximat�ly 4 mile intervals along Highway U. S. 95 from extreme southern Nevada to approximately 10 miles north­ west of Mercury, Nevada. The highway follows the lower elevations and sample locations were between 1850 and 3600 feet elevation. At each location foliar cover, frequency and density of perennial plants were measured on randomly located belt transects. Sample locations were grouped by 10' latitudinal intervals, approximately 11.5 miles, beginning at 35° 10' and ending at 36° 39' north latitude. Importance values based on the sum of relative cover, frequency and density of each species were averaged for each interval. Similarity indices based on species with constancy percentages of 25 or above and averaged IV values of 2'or above were used to compare species composition between intervals. Similarity indices between successive .intervals averaged 49.6 with a range of 40 to 64 for the eight_ intervals. Similarity indices between 35° 10-19" and 35° 30-39", 35° 50-59", 36° 10-19", and 36° 30-39" were 52, 56, 33, and 17 respectively, indicating pronounced differences in species composition in rela­ tion to latitude. Latitudinal variation is analyzed and discussed in relation to species assemblages and plant species diversity.

76. VEGETATIONAL ANALYSIS OF THREE COMMUNITY TYPES OCCURRING AT LOW ELEVATIONS IN THE MOHAVE DESERT Hollis_lL Berry and W. Glen Bradley (University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Nevada)

Three vegetational communities, Creosote Bush, Saltbush and Desert Riparian occurring at elevations between 1560 and 2700 feet were sampled from near the Arrow Canyon Range of southern Nevada extending in a northeasterly direction for about 80 miles to the Beaver Dam Wash area of northeastern Arizona. Foliar cover, frequency and density of perennial plants wer.e measured on 25 randomly located belt transects at selected locations. Vegetation transects were grouped according to community type based on computed importance values representing

25 the summed relative cover, frequency and density for species at each location. Variation within and between community types was analyzed by computing similar­ ity indices. Desert Riparian and Saltbush communities were distinct in their species assemblages with similarity indices of O. When compared to nearest stands of Creosote Bush, similarity indices varied from 0 to lS and 18 to 2S for Saltbush and Desert Riparian respectively. Adjacent Saltbush communities were variable with similarity indices varying between 22 and 50. Creosote Bush communities occurring along the entire 80 mile route had similarity indices between 29 and 9S. Community types are further analyzed and discussed in rela­ tion to elevation, topography, soils, species assemblages and plant species diversity.

77. DISTRIBUTION OF THE CACTUS, OPUNTIA IMBRICATA (HAW.) DC., IN EL PASO COUNTY, COLORADO Thomas � Kinraide and Mary K. Stuart (The Colorado College)

Opuntia imbricata (Haw.) DC., an arborescent, grassland cactus, is essentially confined to a region receiving 6 to 14 inches growing season (April through September) precipitation and experiencing January mean temperatures above 29°F. The cactus has been mapped in E1 Paso County, Colorado, the northernmost county of its range. Here it is confined to soil associations of a high clay content. The northern border appears to be set by the 29° J�nuary isotherm, and the eastern distribution terminates abruptly with the onset of sandy soils. The density of the cactus within quadrats correlates significantly with the clay content of the soil (as determined by the liquid limit and the AASHO No.). The cactus is generally absent from ridgetops and acquires greater density upon concave surfaces, but is never seen in moist swales ,or in occasionally flooded areas. Upon breaks along Fountain Creek, the cactus has a much greater density upon steep southfacing slopes than upon steep northfacing slopes. Though seed production is copious, the mode of reproduction is not well under�tood, and the rate of seed germination in the laboratory has never exceeded 4%. The distri­ bution of individuals is essentially random as determined by the ratios of observed to expected quadrat densities.

78. SOME SOIL-PLANT RELATIONSHIPS IN TOM MAYS COUNTY PARK, TEXAS William � Reid and C. Edward Freeman (University of Texas at E1 Paso)

Some areas in-Tom Mays Park are topographically rather homogeneous and yet support quite different plant communities. One such area (SOm x 100m) was sampled in this study to determine whether certain edaphic factors could explain such vegetational differences. Fifty 2m-'x Sm randomly located plots were esta­ blished and the vegetation and soils sampled. Relative dominance and relative density values were combined into Importance Values (IV's) for each plot. In addition, surface soil (O-2.Scm) was sampled on each plot. Soils were analyzed to determine pH, '% total N, % organic matter (OM), electrical conductivity (EC as a measure of total soluble salts), % sand-silt-clay, Ca, Mg, Na, K, HC03, soluble P, and soil depth. It was found the IV of creosotebush (Larrea tridentata) was negatively correla­ ted with % total N (P<.OOl) and % OM (P<.OS). IV's of'Lechugui11a (Agave lechegui1la) were positively correlated with % OM (P<.OS) and negatively related to IC (P<.05) and % clay (P<.OS). IV's of Ocotillo (Fouquieria splendens) were not related to any of the soil parameters studied.

26 79. VEGETATION OF A DESERT PLAYA IN RELATION TO SOIL SALINITY Abdylkarim � Faden and W. Glen Bradley (Unive�sity of Nevada, Las Vegas, Nevada)

Dry Lake at approximately 1970 feet elevation is a small playa near Las Vegas, Nevada. The main alkali flat is almost devoid of vegetation with a narrow border of Salt Bush Community around the edge. This community grades abruptly into a well developed Creosote Bush Community which is continuous in all direc­ tions to elevations above 4000 feet. On the playa edge, the Creosote Bush Community was well developed where soil salinities were less than 2 percent, whereas the Salt Bush Community was present where soil salinities varied between 2.7 and 4.7 percent. Very sparsely distributed dwarfed individual Atriplex confertifolia occurred near the center of the playa were soil salinity reached 7 percent. The percentage of silt, and especially clay, increased progressively from the playa edge -to the center. Community composition and plant species diversity are discussed in relation to soil salinity.

80. A SIMULATION STUDY OF MINERAL RECYCLING IN PONDEROSA PINE FORESTS Anthony � Gallegos and L. J. Johnson (Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory)

The movement of potentially hazardous pollutants into· the biotic components of ecosystems including man is currently of great importance to industry. This computer based simulation study takes the approach of using biomass as a vector for tracking such movement. A simulation of Ponderosa Pine forest growth under a specific climatic regime is accompanied by the uptake of pollutants via roots from soil or from surface deposition on plant canopy and soil surface. The simulation follows the changes in pollutant concentration in above' ground bio­ mass, duff and dead wood, and humus compartments, as well as below ground counterparts. Climate is simulated stochastically to produce variations in monthly temperatures, precipitation, and precipitation pattern throughout the year. Thus, variations in net annual production of biomass is reflected in variation of forest growth or recession from year to year with accompanying changes in pollutant inventory. The structure of the forest by class diameter is also simulated through time to allow for pollutant removal via forest management practices or catastrophes such as lumbering activities or forest fires.' These simu1'ations have been conducted for up to 5000 years in daily iterative steps. The stability of the simulation appears satisfactory, as is its use as a learning tool to study the fate of mineral pollutants in the environment.

81. REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY OF ALLIONIA INCARNATA L. (NYCTAGINACEAE) Barbara G. Phillips (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Th� morphology and reproductive bioiogy of Al1ionia incarnata L. presents a high degree of specialization for pollination by bees and butterflies, and dissemination of the coriaceous anthocarp, with its stipitate glands, dentate wings, and mucilage. Appearing as an actinomorphic flower, the inflorescence cons i sts of three perfect zygomorphi c flowers, each subtendedby one cucull ate bract, at the apex of a pseudoaxillary peduncle. The perianth develops in three phases: five primordia form protective chlorophyllous lobes; lateral and terminal meristematic growth from these forms three bifid. rose-colored petaloid extensions; finally basal toral growth, mainly after anthesis, produces the anthocarp, enclosing the true fruit and single amphitropous basal ovule. The starch-filled, trinucleate, spinu10se pantoporate pollen grains develop from rhomboidal tetrads. The eight-nucleate Po1ygonum-type embryo sac is surrounded by a thick nucellus that develops into perisperm postanthesis. The single integument, together with the external epidermis of the ovary, forms a

27 membrane impermeable to water over the mature seed. The chlorophyllous bracts protect the flowers before and after anthesis, spreading apart as the inflores­ cence opens in the early morning and closing usually by midday. The bracts reflex approximately nine days later when the disseminule is ripe, and the anthocarps are easily dislodged from their short pedicels. The size and shape of the inflorscence varies as the e�vironment influences the size, shape, and number of the reproductive structures of the flowers. Under adverse growing conditions, self-pollination is common.

82. LEAFLET SURFACE ULTRASTRUCTURE OF PROSOPIS TAMARUGO Charles� Bleckmann, Herbert M. Hull, and Howard L. Morton (Agricultural Research Service, U.S.D.A., and University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Structure and development of the -Ieaf eatcuttcul ar wax of Prosopis tamarugo Phil. were examined by scanning and transmission electron mlcroscopy (SEM and TEM). Wax of �. tamarugo, a species of mesquite endemic to the arid Pampa del Tamarugal region of northern Chile, was compared to that of four other mesquite species from various parts of the western hemisphere. Two distinctive forms of wax were observed in �. tamarugo; small (ca. l�m) crystalline aggregates closely associated with the cuticle surface and similar to those found on other species, and larger (ca. 3�m) thin plates projecting almost vertically above the smaller aggregates and apparently unique to �. tamarugo. The mode of deposition of both the crystalline wax aggregates and the plates' was followed by TEM. Foliar absorption of atmospheric moisture by this species has previously been reported. The large thin plates could conceivably increase this absorption by delaying the evaporation of dew, a. known important source of water for P. tamarugo. Such a mechanism might contribute toward a sufficiently favorable moisture balance in the plant to enable its survival in an extremely arid habi­ tat.

83. RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN YIELD AND MORPHOLOGICAL, ANATOMICAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF ALFALFA (MEDICAGO SATIVA L.) � � Dobrenz and R. G. McDaniel (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The emphasis on increased food production has stimulated researchers to inves­ tigate physiological, morphological and anatomical characteristics which could be used to select superior genotypes for cultivar development. We have evalua­ ted yield, photosynthesis, dark respiration, post-illumination burst, and mito­ chrondrial efficiency on numerous alfalfa germplasm sources. Photosynthesis rate expressed on a leaf area basis was not significantly associated with yield. However, total CO2 uptake per plant showed a positive and significant correla- tion (r = +.90**) with total dry matter accumulation. Total dark respiration and post-illumination burst measured on intact stems and leaves were also signi­ ficantly related to yield when the total plant was considered rather than the rate alone. Mitochrondrial efficiency (ADP:O ratio) measured on germinating seedlings showed positive and significant association with yield during optimum growth periods of the production season. New techniques have been developed in our laboratory whereby mitochondrial efficiency can be evaluated on individual

alfalfa genotypes. This will enable us to . .determine heritibility of this physi­ ological trait.

84. EFFECT OF SOIL-INJECTED ETHYLENE ON YIELD OF SUGAR FROM SUGARBEETS David � Parsons, Robert E. Dennis, Leonard J. Francl (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona), and Arthur H. Freytag (Great Western Sugar Company)

28 Ethylene was soil-injected at a depth of 15 cm. in seven fields of sugarbeets (Beta saccharifera L.). Plots were designed so as to measure the horizontal diffusion of biologically active ethylene. Beets in plots 31 m. long were machine harvested at 1,5,10 and 50 rows (75 cm. spacing) from the application furrow. Petiole and soil analyses were obtained at monthly intervals in the three months preceding harvest .. Data suggest that soil injection of ethylene gas may signifi,cant1y increase the yield of sugar from sugarbeets.

85. VEGETATIVE PROPAGATION IN SALTGRASS RHIZOMES Kenneth A.a Payl i cek and Gordon V. Johnson (Un i vers i ty of New Mexi co)

Saltgrass (Distich1ic stricta) is a potential candidate for mine spoil-bank revegetation in New Mexico. Previous laboratory studies on the vegetative pro­ pagation of saltgrass rhizomes indicated an optimum temperature of 25-30°C for growth. No clear relation was found between the length of a rhizome segment and its capacity to sprout vegetative material. In rhizome desiccation experi­

ments, one-node fragments lost water more qui ck1y than di d two-node seqments , A marked reduction in rhizome viability was observed when weight losses exceeded 35% 'of the fresh weight. Rhizome buds failed to demonstrate seasonal dormancy but were influenced by apical dominance. One-node rhizomes stored in polyethelene bags at temperatures of 2 and 10°C had sprouting percentages in excess of 65% after 28 days.

86. THE EFFECT OF SOME GROWTH RETARDANTS ON ATRIPLEX CANESCENS SEEDLINGS Barbara � Hjelle and Gordon V. Johnson (University of New Mexico)

The poss i bi 1 i ty that plant growth retardants mi ght increase drought hardi ness of Atriplex canescens (Pursh., Nutt.), fourwing saltbush, was investigated. The growth retardants (2-chloroethyl) trimethyl ammonium chloride (CCC), suc­ cinic acid-2,2-dimethy1 hydrazide (B-9) and 2,4-dich1orobenzyltributyl phos­ phonium chloride (Phosfon), and the plant hormon abscisic acid (ABA) were ad­ ministered to four-week-01d seedlings under greenhouse conditions. Each sub­ stance was administered eight times over a four week period at a level which had been determined, as most effective in a previous experiment. Growth, as height, was significantly reduced by all treatments, although some treatments were more damaging than others in terms of leaf loss. Other para­ meters examined include percent water content of turgid tissue, root:shoot dry weight ratios, levels of the amino acid proline, total phosphorus content, water potential (estimated by the pressure bomb) and transpiration rates.

87. RAPID REDUCTIONS IN POLYRIBOSOME CONTENT IN SEEDLINGS OF VARIOUS PLANTS UNDER- ' GOING WATER STRESS � � Rhodes and K. Matsuda (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Seedlings of pumpkin, Alaska pea, barley, wheat, safflower, and cotton were exposed to saline solutions which reduced their respective water potentials by 4 to 10 bars. This degree of stress produced reductions in the percentage of polyribosomes which were detectable within 30 minutes and which could be restored to control levels when seedlings were transferred back to control solutions. In stressed plants, reductions in water potential were directly related to reduc­ tions in polyribosome percentages and growth rates.

88. A DIFFUSION EQUATION MODEL FOR INSECT-SEED PREDATION 1t 1l2lr.l Marple and Rex G. Cates (University of New Mexico)

29 A model using a two-dimensional duffusion equation is developed to describe insect-seed predation. The change in the number of unattacked seeds on the ground per unit area as a function of time and distance from the parent tree is followed. Percent infestation as a function of time or distance alone is calculated. Relationships with previous models of insect-seed predation by D. H. Janzen and J. H. Vandermeer are explored. An effort in describing dispersal, survival, and population recruitment curves using maximum likelihood parameter estimation is explained. Percent infestation as defined by Vandermeer is rela­ ted to distance from parent tree. Comparisons with published data for tropical trees and with preliminary findings for southwestern trees are presented.

89. DETERMINING AND OVERCOMING DORt1ANCY FOR SEED GERMINATION TESTS OF CERTAIN SPECIES OF ARID LAND PLANTS David G. Sabo, Gordon V. Johnson,'and William C. Martin (University of New Mexico)

The discussion will concern methods of obtaining optimum germination percen­ tages on seed of certain species of arid land plants by correlating field ob­ servation and published literature, with laboratory procedures, such as vari­ ous methods of scarifaction and/or varying temperature regimes. The following species and methods will serve as examples of a few of the techniques involved in achieving maximum germination percentages. 1. Atriplex confertifolia (shadsca1e): repeated scarifaction and cleaning to obtain, without inJury, complete embryos free of the seed coat resulted in optimum germination. 2. Sporobolus contractus (sand dropseed) and Sporobo1us cryptandrus (sacaton): acid scarifaction with 71% H2S04 following suitabl,e period of after-ripening allowed moisture penetration through the seed coat producing excellent ger­ mination. 3. Cercocarpus montanos (mountain-mahogany): alternation of temperatures, simulating day and night, resulted in germination percentages equivalent to stratifaction techniques. 4. Chrysothamnus nauseosus -(rubber rabbit bush): identifaction of a light response with the subsequent determination of the temperature ranges within which it is effective, demonstrated interaction of light and temperature in germination of this species.

90. BROADSCALE (ATRIPLEX OBOVATA) GERMINATION CHARACTERISTICS Robert L. Edgar (University of New Mexico)

Optimum germination of broadscale (Atrip1ex Obovata Moq.), a perennial salt­ bush, was observed when: (l) the seed was exposed to light, and (2) 10 to 20°C temperatures were used. Germination was suppressed in the absence of light, although very brief exposure to light will overcome this inhibition. Interme­ diate size seeds germinate best while gray seeds tend to�germinate better than tan seeds. Diurnal temperature and light regimes as well as pot tests of broadscale germinated in various sand and coal mine spoil mixtures will be dis­ cussed. Because of broadscale's growth on excessively alkali, saline, sand, and shale soils of the southwest as well as itsnutritive value and palatibility to livestock, it has potential for stabilization of disturbed' sites with these characteristics.

91. PHOTOTOXICITY OF PRAIRIE GRASSES: EFFECT ON GERMINATION U. B. Bokhari and �� Det1ing (Colorado State University)

30 The phytotoxic effect of four classes of litter and three classes of fresh shoot extracts of blue grama and western wheatgrass on seed germination of blue grama, western wheatgrass, and buffalo grass was tested. The litter was from fertilized, irrigated, fertilized plus irrigated, and untreated control plots. The fresh shoot material was harvested from growth chamber-grown blue grama and western wheatgrass at three distinct phenological stages. Results indicate that fresh material extracts from all species were more phytotoxic than litter extracts, and among the former, fresh material harvested at the earlier pheno­ logical stage was more phytotoxic than that collected at the advanced phenolo­ gical stage. Fresh shoot material contained relatively higher polyphenol con­ centrations than all but one of the litter sources, and shoot material from earlier phenological stages contained higher polypheno1 concentrations than material from later phenological stages. The source and concentration of phy­ totoxic substances residing in th-e 1 itter compartment could not be exp1 icitly related to any particular plant species or functional group. The composition of these substances in litter compartment depends on its botanical composition, environmental factors, and on the decompositional stage of various plant com­ ponents. Field data from the four treatment areas during 1973-1974 were ranked according to the contribution made by various species to the aboveground biomass and therefore to the litter compartment. Inferences were derived from these data with respect to the source of phytotoxicity residing in litter compartment.

92. DENDROCHRONOLOGY IN NEW ZEALAND Charles W. Ferguson (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Dendrochronology, as a specific science, was not widely known or practiced in New Zealand. Since the Laboratory of Tree-Ring Research is expanding its nor­ thern hemisphere grid of dendroclimatic stations into the southern hemisphere, expl oratory investigations were made in New Zealand in 1974. Species of Phylloc1adus, Podocarpus, Libocedrus, and the kauri, Agathis aus­ tralis, proved to have a positive vqlue. Subfossi1 occurrences of wood were also investigated for possible use in a southern hemisphere radiocarbon cali­ bration program. Two specjmens produced radiocarbon ages of 5500 and 6500 years. Measured and plotted tree-ring specimens of kauri show crossdating and indicate that this species may be used to establish a "f1oating" tree-ring chronology of sufficient length to be of value in calibration studies.

93. ABSOLUTE POLLEN FREQUENCY: RELATIONSHIP TO SEDIMENT INFLUX DURING 600 YEARS AT SENECA LAKE, NEW YORK O'Royrke, � Kay, Solomon, Allan M. (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Four meter cores of varved sediments collected in Seneca Lake, New York, pro­ vide a record of yearly pollen frequency and sediment influx between 1350 A.D. and the present. Absolute pollen frequencies (APF) of separate taxa in 5 year (± 5 year) increments vary by an order of magnitude and do so in concert. APF values are either high or low for all taxa during the same time intervals. APF values are a direct function of sediment influx, with high or low APF values encountered when sediment influx is high or low, respectively. These data are in accord with recent studies by J. B. Waddington (1969), M. B. Davis, et. al. (1974), and R. B. Davis, et. al. (1975). The data indicate that con­ trol of APF values by lacustrine sedimentation patterns can reduce the effec­ tiveness of the APF datum in paleoenvironmental reconstruction.

31 94. LATE PLEISTOCENE PALEOECOLOGY OF THE LOWER GRAND CANYON, ARIZONA Arthur �1. Phillips, III (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Packrat middens preserved in small rock shelters and cafes in the desert South­ west are an excellent source of perfectly preserved plant macrofossils from the late Pleistocene. Indurated by urine and protected from moisture, ancient mid­ dens are common in certain rock types such aslimestone and andesite. Each mid­ den contains fragments of 15-25 plant taxa, generally identifiable to the species level. Seeds, twigs, leaves, capsules, and other plant parts are pre­ served unaltered from the time of deposition, and may be easily identified by comparison with modern seed collections and herbarium reference material. A studY of 33 middens of 1 ate Pleistocene age from many habitats near Rampart Cave in the inner gorge of the lower Grand Canyon shows a 10,000 to 30,000 year old flora of 65 taxa. This flora -is dominated throughout the time span by juni­ per (Juniperus sp.) and single-leaf ash (Fraxinus anomala), woodland species today confined to the rims in that area, 1000 m above their lowermost occurrence in the late Pleistocene. Only 20% of the species identified are woodland plants absent from the area today, while 50% are desert species unchanged in their local distribution since the late Pleistocene. The remainder are high desert species common at higher elevations and relict in favorable habitats in the inner gorge. The mixture of woodland and low desert species is unusual in the area today; they are normally separated by several hundred meters of elevation.

95. CORRELATION OF INDICATOR PLANTS AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL SITES, CHACO CANYON LQren � Potter and Richard Young (University of New Mexico)

The purpose of the study was to test the possibility of using vegetational ano­ malies as indicators of archaeological sites. Vegetational anomalies include variations from the normal in species presence, absence, vigor of growth, color, pattern, or combination with other species. Their use would be helpful in archaeological site surveys. The vegetation and relief over sites of four known ages and on both mesas and valleys were analyzed and mapped to ascertain plant indicators of both age and location. Under the re1atfve1y severe conditions of Chaco Canyon, slight dif­ ferences in soil pH, texture, and moisture relations as caused by depressions of rooms, compaction of floors, and weathering of clay mortar out of walls result in local differences in vegetational composition. Several species proved to be of indicator value. These included Sarcobatus vermiculatus (black greasewood) which grew over compacted floors of rooms of sltes on knolls where the species was not normally found and over some deeply buried sites where it was greener, taller, denser, and greater in diameter than surrounding plants. The linear alignment of Lycium pal1idum (pale wolfberry) was correlated to presence of rock walls. Sporobolus alroides (alkali sacaton) and Descurainia pinnata (pinnate tansymustard) were favored by increased clay concentration near the top of knolls where structures had weathered away. Ob­ scure prehistoric roadways in grassland areas were sometimes indicated by an increase in coverage of Hilaria jamesii (galleta grass). No variations in plant indicators were detected to reliably indicate the age of the archaeological sites.

96. THE LOWER VASCULAR PLANTS OF ARIZONA: AN UNDATE Timothy Reeves (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

32 During the past two and one-half years I have studied the lower vascular plants of Arizona critically, in the field and herbarium. A number of new distribu­ tional records have resulted including the first State records for Botrychium dissectum Spreng., Selaginella watsonii Underw., and a hybrid in the genus Cystopteris. New localities for Adiantum pedatum L., Cheilanthes villosa Davenp., Botrychium lunaria (L.) Swartz, B. lanceolatum (Gmel.) Angstr., Cystopteris bulbifera (L.) Bernh.·,. PolystTchum scopulinum (D. C. Eaton) Maxon, and ThelYPteris puberula (Baker) Morton are known within Arizona. Distribu­ tion patterns and taxonomic problems of many of Arizona IS 90 species of lower vascular plants are discussed.

97. VEGETATION PATTERNS AND FLORISTIC FEATURES OF MCDOWELL MOUNTAINS REGIONAL PARK r1eredith A. Lane (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

McDowell Mountains Regional Park is a 8475.02 hectare tract of relatively undis­ turbed Sonoran Desert Scrub approximately 24.1 km NE of Phoenix, which is admin­ istered by the Maricopa County Parks and Recreation Department. Vegetation patterns as determined from point-quarter transect data and analyzed by compu­ ter are discussed. Comparison of these patterns is made with the plant associa­ tions reported previously for three other county regional parks. The important floristic components, and some interesting distributional aspects, are considered.

98. FLORISTIC AFFINITIES OF THE ANIMAS MOUNTAINS OF SOUTHWESTERN NEW MEXICO Warren L. �Jagner (The University of New Mexico)

Southwestern New Mexico, because of its geographical location and topography, is a unique area in New Mexico. The Animas Mountains located near Mexico exhi­ bit considerable similarity in its vegetational communities to those found in the r1exican highlands and the isolated mountains of southern Arizona. The floristic composition of these vegetational types demonstrates additional affi­ nities with the Rocky Mountain and Great Plains floras. The small mass and ruggedness of this range provide a great array of environ­ mental situations causing the vegetational communities to form a mosaic pattern. The vegetation of the mountain may be placed in the following categories from lowest to the highest in elevation: 1. Lower encinal 2. Upper encinal 3. Pine-oak forest 4. Ponderosa Pine - Douglas Fir forest Study of the composition and distribution of elements of these vegetational communities may be useful in gaining a better understanding of the HistorY of the flora of the southwestern United States.

99. A FLORISTIC SURVEY OF THE SAN ANDRES NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE James D. Von Loh (The Univeristy of New Mexico)

Established in 1941 for preservation of the desert bighorn sheep (Ovis cana­ densis mexicanus), the San Andres National Wildlife Refuge represents an-area protected for thirty-five years from grazing by domestic animals. Occupying the southern quarter of the San Andres Mountain Range of south-central New Mexico, this refuge covers an area about twenty-two miles in length and seven

mil es in wi dth . West of the Refuge lies the notorious Jornada del Muerto (days journey of the dead man), dominated by soaptree yucca (Yucca elata), blending easterly into almost pure stands of mesquite (Prosopis-Spp.), and creosote bush (Larrea

33 tridentata}. At the Refuge boundary the San Andres Mountains begin a rapid ascent through dense stands of mescat acadia (Acadia constricta), sotol (Dasy­ lirion wheeleri), ocotillo (Fouquieria splendens), and Agave parryi, culmina­ ting at 8239 feet on San Andres Peak where the northern slopes support PinYon­ Juniper woodland at elevations up to 7500 feet. Numerous canyons with several permanent springs produce slope aspects and habitats supporting a varied and exciting flora, that includes range exten­ sions, new state records and possible new endemic species.

100. SOME ASPECTS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY OF LADRON MOUNTAIN G. Thomas Manthey (University of New Mexico)

Several factors make the flora and fauna of Ladron Mountain unique. Its geo­ graphical position in central New.Mexico coincides with the convergence of several major floristic influences. The mountain's small geographical size, abrupt rise from the surrounding plains and isolation from other mountain ranges create, in effect, a mountain island. A number of taxa endemic to westcentra1 New Mexico occur in this area.

101. THE FLORISTICS OF CHIRICAHUA NATIONAL MONUMENT, COCHISE COUNTY, ARIZONA Timothy Reeves (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

The results of a two-year study on the vascular flora of Chiricahua National Monument, located near the northern end of the Chiricahua Mountains, Cochise County, Arizona, are presented. 'This sixteen-square-mile National Monument is not only quite rich floristically but boasts five of Arizona'S thirty-six established natural areas. Approximately 600 species of vascular plants in 100 families and 300 genera are now known in this area. Two species, Apacheria chiricahuensis C. T. Mason and Perity1e cochisensis (Niles) Powell, are known only from the Monument and surroundings mountains. The orchid, Hexalectris warnockii Ames & Correll, is known in Arizona only from the Monument. Rhamnus serrata Humb. & Bonpl. and Hexalectris spicata (Walter) Barnhart, each known from only three Arizona collections, occur here. The vegetation associations found in the Monument area �re discussed and interesting distributional data on selected species are presented.

102. THE VEGETATION OF JOSHUA TREE NATIONAL MONUMENT, CALIFORNIA Patrick J. Leary (University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Nevada)

The vegetation of Joshua Tree National Monument is described. This area com­ prises some nine hundred square miles and ranges from 1,500 feet to 5,700 feet at its highest point. It borders the Colorado and Mojave Deserts and lies within the rain-shadow of the San Bernardino Mountains. The western portion of the Monument is a high plateau ringed by a canyon-ridge system while the eastern portion is a low-lying basin surrounded by three small mountain ranges. These physical features combine to create a fairly intricate mosaic of associ­ ational patterns, which are at times well defined and at other times incoherent. The plant associations have been categorized and defined using ordination tech­ niques, while individual plant species have been plotted on distributional maps and discussed in terms of elevation and community affinity.

103. PLANT COMMUNITIES OF JOSHUA TREE NATIONAL MONUMENT James � Hogan and W. Glen Bradley (Cooperative National Park Resources Studies Unit, University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Nevada)

34 ,As part of a study of the ecological distribution of the Joshua Tree (Yucca brevifolia) in the western half of Joshua Tree National Monument, data were gathered on perennial plant composition and relative dominance at 108 sample stations. At each sample station the step-point method was employed to deter­ mine percent foliar cover for each species. Percent foliar cover was converted to a relative value (Importance- Value) to aid in analysis of community classi­ fication and composition. Major plant communities recognized included Creo­ sote Bush Shrub, Black-brush Shrub, Desert Riparian Shrub, Desert Grassland, Coniferous Woodland and Coniferous-Chaparral Woodland. Data on species compo­ sition for each community are presented. Communities are discussed in rela­ tion to environmental factors such'as elevation, topography, soil and seasonal climatic patterns.

104. VEGETATIONAL SUCCESSION IN FAN PALM OASES IN JOSHUA TREE NATIONAL MONUMENT, CALIFORNIA Karen Frazier (University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Nevada)

Fan palms oases are distributed in restricted locations in the Colorado Desert in Southern California and in two locations in Arizona. They occur mainly along fault lines where water is forced close to or up to the surface along fracture lines, appearing as seeps, springs and pools. Within the past few decades, many of these oases have become stressed, with the result that many have disappeared altogether and others are undergoing vegetational succession in response to a more arid situation. Possible explanations for these changes, along with ecological factors governing fan palm oases, are examined in palm oases in Joshua Tree National Monument. These factors include fire, flood, and species composition, as well as man induced phenomena. The principal agent inducing changes in the oases appears to be man, although other factors contri­ bute to and mediate these changes, once they have begun.

105. WATER QUALITY MONITORING",PROGRAM ON WEST CLEAR CREEK, ARIZONA � 1. �, Robert R. Garmon, and Milton R. Sommerfield (Coconino National Forest and Arizona State University)

West Clear Creek is a central Arizona stream 'with remote headwaters that descend into the developing Verde Valley. The stream is relatively undisturbed near its headwaters, but becomes heavily used in its lower reaches. Streamflow in the lower region is greatly reduced by diversion, increased seepage, and evapora­ tion. Human recreational use and livestock grazing also increases significantly in the lower part of the stream. five sampling locations have been selected along West Clear Creek to monitor the following: stream discharge; water chemistry; algal, bacterial, and aquatic invertebrate populations. The data collected are being used to evaluate water quality conditions in West Clear Creek and in an to establish indicator association of stream attempt biological '

water qua 1 ity. .' .

106. WATER QUALITY AND THE ASSOCIATED ALGAL AND BACTERIAL POPULATIONS OF WEST CLEAR CREEK, ARIZONA Robert Garmon, Mark T. Story, and Milton R. Sommerfield (Arizona State Univer­ sity and Coconino National Forest)

The small central Arizona stream, West Clear Creek, was sampled ten times between, April, 1975 and March, 1976 in order to monitor chemical and physical parameters, algal associations, and coliform bacterial levels. Chemical analy­ sis revealed a stream with low nutrient levels with little or no seasonal or·

35 spatial variation. The major exceptton was sulfate which increased as the stream bed changed from basalt to stream wash. Some spatial patterns in algal associations developed in the stream with cyanophycean algae dominating in the lower region of the stream during the summer period. Coliform bacterial levels increased adjacent to and downstream from heavily grazed areas and heavily used campgrounds. Fecal coliform-fecal streptocci ratios indicated that the major source of coliforms in West Clear Creek was livestock and not human.

107. PHYTOPLANKTON OF THE LOWER COLORADO RIVER AND ITS TRIBUTARIES IN THE GRAND CANYON NATIONAL PARK AND VICINITY �� Crayton and Milton R. Sommerfield (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Representatives of 6 divisions, 45 genera, and 80 species of algae were found in the plankton of the Colorado River from Lee's Ferry to Diamond Creek. Of the 80 species, 45 belonged to the Bacillariophyta, 16 to the Chlorophyta, 13 to the Cyanophyta, 2 to the Cryptophyta andl to the Xanthophyta. The majority

of the species had not been previously noted in the Colorado River .. Twenty­ one of the genera found in the Colorado River have been described as being or­ ganic pollution-tolerant. A total of 88 species were identified from the tri­ butaries. Thirty-eight of these were not found in the Colorado River. Bacil­ lariophytan algae were dominant in all tributaries except Havasu and Diamond Creek which contained equal numbers of bacillariophytan, chlorophytan and cya­ nophytan algae. Of the 42 genera found in the tributaries, 22 have been des­ cribed as organic pollution-toleran�. Large alterations in the flora of the river and tributaries occurred between the two sampling periods with less than half common to both periods.

108. CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE LOWER COLORADO RIVER AND ITS TRIBUTARIES IN THE GRAND CANYON NATIONAL PARK AND VICINITY �lk Crayton and Milton R. Sommerftel d (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Chemical analysis of the Colorado River indicates only minor changes in the elements monitored over the 225 river miles investigated. Only slight increases in calcium, magnesium, sodium and iron were evident. Of the heavy metals moni­ tored, none were observed in the river at levels known to be detrimental to the

biota .. The tributaries, in contrast, differed noticeably in their chemistry and were given to large temporal variation. This variation was most obvious in the Paria and Little Colorado Rivers and was primarily associated with the ele­ ments calcium and magnesium. Of the chemical elements monitored in the tribu­ taries, only iron and manganese were found at concentrations exceeding recom­ mended levels for water supplies. This condition was restricted to the Little Colorado River.

109. INTERESTING PERIPHYTIC DIATOMS FROM THE SPRING AND SUMMER FLORA OF THE COLORADO RIVER IN THE GRAND CANYON � � Czarnecki and Dean W. Blinn (Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona)

The dominant diatom flora and their ecological preferences are routinely em­ ployed in determining water quality in a variety of aquatic systems. Studies thus far conducted on the Colorado River are no exception. However, rare and uncommon diatoms by virtue of their mere presence in various systems, present a more highly defined ecological picture than widespread taxa. Since aquatic

36 systems in the Southwest are rarely lacking in available silica, the occurrence of rare and uncommon taxa is due primarily to rather restricted physico-chemical environments. Minor shifts in these environments which would normally remain unnoticed, may be readily detected by the loss or gain of rare and uncommon forms. Some examples of these forms thus far encountered are Biddulphia laevis (Ehr.) Hust., Bacillaria paradoxa Gmelin, Coscinodiscus denarium A.S., Cylindrotheca gracilis (Breb.) W. Sm., and Tropodoneis lepidoptera (Greg.) C1. These forms and others will be discussed in terms of distributlon, apparent ecological limits, and importance in the Colorado River system.

110. NICHE DIFFERENTIATION IN THE CHAROPHYTA Larry Zaleski and Dean W. Blinn (Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona)

Twenty-five aquatic habitats were examined in northern Arizona to determine chemical composition and Charophyte distributional patterns. A total of 15 chemical parameters were measured. Habitats were classified by conductivity, pH and monovalent: divalent cation ratios due to the environmental independence of these measurements. Species were found to separate significantly along all three parameters allowing for the recognition of species niche space in a three dimensional hypervolume. The environmental axes are not of equal importance in the separation of species. Conductivity appears to be the major axis of separa­ tion with M:D ratios and pH performing more specialized roles. In addition, correlated parameters were used in the development of a multiple regression for use in the estimation of niche proximity.

Ill. MACROINVERTEBRATES AND DIATOMS ON SUBMERGED BOTTOM SUBSTRATES, LAKE POWELL Loren D. Potter and Ellen L Loyderbough (University of New �1exico)

Some portions of the periphytic and benthic communities associated with arti­ ficial substrates were examined for' species compositior. and diversity at a recently innundated area of Lake Powell. Plastic Christmas trees, 18 inches tall, were "planted" along a sloping sandy bottom within the 1 ittoral zone, at depths of 2, 3, 4.5, 6, and 8 meters. For a 17 month period, trees were col­ lected in plastic bags by -scuba divers at four and twelve week intervals. Material washed from the trees was filtered through a #20 mesh plankton net, allowing for retention of macroinvertebrates and many diatoms in the sample. The portions of sand and the silt plus organic matter were removed from each sample by sedimentation, oven-dried, and weighed. The macroinvertebrates were separated from each sample and keyed to genus or species. An aliquot of remain­ ing sample was processed for permanent Hyrax mounts of diatoms. An oven-dry' weight was obtained for the total number of organisms per sample. Stepwise regression and correlation analysis will be run on organism counts to examine the interactions of depth, season, duration of submergance, water level fluc­ tuations, and amounts of sand and of silt plus organic matter-per sample. Simi­ larity indices will be derived from diatom species composition data. A compari­ son of species will be made with planktonic diatoms collected from Lake Powell in 1973.

112. TROPHIC ASSESSMENT OF LAKE POWELL - A LARGE DESERT IMPOUNDMENT Steven � Gloss and David E. Kidd (University of New Mexico)

Several parameters were measured to determine the trophic status of Lake Powell. Levels of nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P) in the reservoir were major chemical indicators. Biologically, phytoplankton productivity (14C method) and EPA's

37 Algal Assay Procedure were employed as indicators of trophic state and nutrient limitations in the system. Lake Powell can be classified as a mesotrophic reservoir at the present time. Preliminary nutrient data on loading rates and mass balance are also included.

113. CHARACTERISTICS OF BLUE-GREEN ALGAL BLOOMS IN TWO NORTHERN NEW MEXICO LAKES Gordon � Johnson and Larry L. Baron (University of New Mexico)

Phytoplankton and physiocochemical properties of Eagle Nest Lake and Hopewell Lake were studied in relation to the occurrence of algal blooms on these lakes. Eagle Nest Lake contains about 25,000 acre-feet of water while Hopewell Lake is quite small with a surface area of 19 acres. Eagle Nest Lake is located at an elevation of 8500 feet while Hopewell Lake is at 9700 feet. Both lakes are frozen over for several months of the year. Phytoplankton were characterized by primary productivity measurements and identification and enumeration. Chemi­ cal measurements on water samples included total nitrogen and phosphorus, dis­ solved phosphorus and nitrate-nitrogen, and dissolved oxYgen. Orthophosphate concentrations during the spring of 1975 were sufficient to suggest the proba­ bility of nuisance lagal blooms. A bloom of Anabaena sp. occurred in Hopewell Lake tn July while an extensive bloom of AphanlZomenonf10s-aquae occurred in Eagle Nest Lake in August and September. Productivlty, phytoplankton community structure, and nutrient concentrations will be discussed in relation to algal blooms on these lakes.

114. RESPONSE OF PHYSICO-CHEMICAL FEATURES AND PLANKTON POPULATIONS IN ASHURST LAKE, ARIZONA FOLLOWING TREATMENT WITH AQUAZINE Steven Schwartz and Dean W. Blinn' (Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona)

Ashurst Lake, a popular and well stocked sport fishery in northern Arizona has frequently experienced blue-green algal blooms of Anabaena spp. and Aphanizo­ menon f10s-aquae during the summer months. In early July, 1975, Ashurst Lake was treated with Aquazine, an experimental herbicide. The lake was regularly monitored prior to treatment starting in Hay and at regular intervals to date. Water samples were collected at the surface, 1, 2, 4 and 6 meter depths and analyzed for dissolved oxYgen, alkalinity, pH, N03, P04, total silica and total hardness. Qualitative and quantitative phytoplankton and zooplankton estimates were made for each site. Secchi disc readings increased from 144 em measured the day before treatment, to 510 cm four weeks later. Secchi disc values stabilized to 370 cm seven weeks following treatment. Dissolved oxYgen concentrations dropped to 5.7 ppm one month after treatment and adjusted to the pretreatment concentration of 8.5 ppm after seven weeks. Phytoplankton and zooplankton populations are correlated with physico-chemical changes within the lake system prior to and following treatment.

115. THE USE OF MICROTEST PLATES TO ELIMINATE SYNTROPHISM AND INHIBITION IN THE REPLICATE PLATING OF AUXOTROPHS Richard T. Dillon (Sandia Laboratories, Albuquerque, New Mexico)

The rate at which auxotrophic mutants are induced by dry heat and radiation in Bacillus subtilis var. niger spores is being investigated. Auxotrophy was determined by plating on trypticase soy agar and Spizizen's minimal agar usinq velvet replication techniques. Both cross feeding arid- inhibitiorr were observed to the extent that results were in error by as much as a factor of two. These errors were eliminated by individually replicating colonies using the wells of microtest plates.

38 116. IDENTIFICATION AND CULTURING OF ALKALINE LAKE MICROFLORA Christine I. Barrett (Eastern New Mexico University)

Of vital importance in the ecological cycles of water are the microorganisms that decompose and synthesize organic materials. A most interesting and impor­ tant phase of research in aquatic microbiology concerns the culturing and iden­ tification of this complex of microorganisms. With this in mind, water samples from the 1imnetic and profundal zones of Ute Reservoir were collected asepti­ cally for the cultivation and identification of the indigenous and the transi­ ent microbial populations. Standard methods of bacteriologic examination of water samples were followed when applicable. However, new methods and tech"-' niques are being developed as the need arises. To date Escherichia coli has been positively identified in both the surface water samples and those samples obtained from the lake bottom. The importance of E. coli as an indicator of fecal is well established. of and Sar- pollution Species Bacil1lVS, Proteus, --- �ina have been tentatively identified.

117. A PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT OF THE IMPACT OF TOPSOIL STORAGE AND SURFACE-MINING OF COAL�ON THE-SOIL MICROBIOTA R:. Mi chae 1 Mi 11 er, Roy E. Cameron, Roy M. Johnson, Eugene E. Staffe 1 dt, and Boyce C. Williams (Argonne National Laboratory, Arizona State University, and New Mexico State University)

During the summer of 1975, soils were aseptically collected for microbial, chemical, and physical analysis from various surface-mining sites within the Northern Great Plains, Southwestern, Western, and Midwestern coal fields by the Land Reclamation Program of Argonne National Laboratory. Samples were col­ lected at selected depths from topsoil storage piles,: spoil materials, and adjacent undisturbed natural overburdens. The numbers, types, and distribu­ tion of bacteria, fungi, algae, and protozoa were determined, as well as the abiotic characteristics that may govern changes in microbial diversity and abundance: Emphasis has been placed on the problems associated with topsoil storage. For soils collected at depth intervals, preliminary microbial analyses appar­ ently showed little affect on the total aerobic bacterial population, waereas composition of the microbial communities could change. This is reflected in increases of spore formers as well as thermophiles with depth of storage. Discernible differences were not evident in numbers of bacteria. Algae and protozoa numbers were found to be significantly higher for natural and undis­ turbed soils as compared to spoils, topsoil storage piles, and refuse piles where few if any of these forms were isolated. : Differences in both numbers and types of fungi isolated are currently being investigated.

118. MICROBIAL ESTABLISHMENT IN COAL MINE SPOILS EXPOSED 1,8 AND 14 YEARS TO NATURAL ARID CONDITIONS � � Miller, Naomi Schmidt, E. E. Staffeldt and B. C. Williams (New �exico State University)

Samples of coal mine spoils were removed from piles that were positioned in 1961, 1967 and 1974 at the McKinley mine northwest of Gallup, New r·1exico. Additional samples were removed from the undisturbed soil under Juniper on the hills and sage in the arroyos. Evaluations were made to determine the aerobic forms, actinomycetes, microaerophiles, anaerobic forms, nitrate reducers, nitrogen fixers, sulfate reducers, fungi and yeasts that occurred in these spoils and soils. Microbial population shifts were observed in the 1967 and

39 and 1961 spoils and were compared with population levels that were established in the 1974 spoil and undisturbed Juniper and sage soils. Increases in micro­ bial populations were observed in the 1967 spoil and this was followed by reduced populations in the 1961 spoil. Microbial population data were also compared with the available so;l parameters that were available to determine if any interrelationships were apparent.

119. CHANGES IN MICROBIAL POPULATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH ORGANIC ADDITIONS TO COAL MINE SPOIL � � Zwerneman, Naomi Schmidt, E. E. Staffeldt and B. C. Williams (New Mexico State University)

Mine spoil materials obtained frqm the Pittsburg and Midway's McKinley Coal Mine at Gallup, New Mexico were placed in plastic asbestos tubes and returned to Las Cruces, New Mexico. Prior to placement into the soil at the latter site a sheet of plastic was used to cover the bottom of the tube and this was followed by a sheet of aluminum foil. Sawdust, lignin and straw were added to the top 5 cm of spoil at a rate equivalent to 5 metric ton. These treatments were exposed at Las Cruces for 3 months prior to removal. Application of saw­ dust was. accompanied by a subsequent increase of colonies on the media utilized for aerobic forms, Actinomycetes, microaerophi1es, fungi, and a substantial increase in nitrogen fixers. Reduction in microbial populations was observed in association with nitrate reduction types. Applications of lignin resulted in increases in ActinomYcetes, microaerophiles and yeast while aerobic forms, nitrogen reducers, nitrogen fixers and fungi were reduced in number. The latter was more indicative of a reduced oxygen condition.

40 CONSERVATION

120. NATURAL AREA INVENTORY IN THE SONORAN AND MOJAVE DESERTS Paul S. Martin (University of Arizona)

Under a National Park Service contract, Charles A. Lowe, William Bull, Bruce Wachter and the speaker are making an inventory of desert areas suitable for national landmark designation or other recognition. The study area extends from Tombstone to Bakersfield, south of Nevada and the Mogollon Rim and north of the Mexican border. Localities displaying geological and biological fea­ tures of significant scientific importance and scenic value will be included. The designation of IInational natural landmarkll does not guarantee permanent protection or security of the area so designated. The designation should aid both scientists, conservation groups, and all friends of wilderness in their effort at preserving habitat.

121. ARIZONA'S NATURAL AREAS PROGRAM: THE CONSEQUENCES OF INACTIVITY E. Linwood Smith (Wirth Associates, Phoenix)

At their January, 1976 meeting, the Arizona State Parks Board passed a reso­ lution that formally established a natural areas program for the State of Ari­ zona. Passage of the resolution represents the CUlmination of several years' work by the Arizona Academy of Science, the State Office of Economic Planning and Development and the State Parks Department. Unfortunately, the resolu­ tion's acceptance may represent an upcoming lull in activity relative to the natural areas program. The latter coming from a lack of state funding which may result in the loss of some of the more outstanding, diverse and ecologi­ cally valuable habitats in the state.

122. THE NATURAL AREAS REGISTRY OF ARIZONA'S STATE PARKS BOARD Patty Bergthold (Arizona State Parks Board)

No abstract.

123. ESCUDILLA MOUNTAIN - THE ABUSE OF MULTIPLE-USE Ernest L. Yovens

The case history of controversy between citizens and monolithic government policy for the preservation of a singular Arizona natural landmark. A precis of governmental errors, Escudilla's history, its other values, the who and why of the participants, present status of the controversy, and how the scientific/ educational community can help in its preservation.

124. MONITORING THE EFFECTS OF URBAN ENCROACHMENT ON NATURAL AREAS Kenneth Foster (Office of Arid Land Studies)

No abstract.

125. MANAGEMENT OF NATURAL AREAS FOR WILDLIFE Robert D. Curtis (Arizona Game and Fish Department)

Managing wildlife resources is largely an exercise in managing land and water uses. Left alone, without the influence of man's activities, fish and wild­ life populations can and will survive -- each in its own niche.

41 In the United States during the last 300 years and in Arizona during the past 100 plus years the manipulation of land and water by man has had a marked im­ pact on fish and wildlife resources. In Arizona the Game and Fish Department is charged with the responsibility of preserving, wisely using, and enhancing the fish and wildlife resources of the State. In carrying out this responsibility the first concern of the Depart­ ment is maintaining and enhancing natural areas, for natural areas are the preferred homes of most wildlife species.

126. WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT AGENCIES, CONSERVATION GROUPS AND PROJECT DEVELOPMENT Monty M. Dodson CU. S. Fish and Wildlife Service)

Wildlife management agencies have failed to fully utilize conservation groups for development projects. Inflated costs of developments now demand re-assess­ mente Cooperative projects must'be well planned and supervised. Maintaining discipline should be a group leader responsibility. Safety and possibility of damage claims are problems to be considered.

127. THE RESEARCH RANCH: A NEW APPROACH TO LAND USE Larry G. Michel (The Research Ranch)

The Research Ranch, located in the southeastern corner of Arizona near Elgin, evolved from a registered Hereford cattle ranch to an 8,000 acre outdoor labora­ tory and preserve. It has been protected from grazing for seven years and research designed to elucidate post-grazing successional trends is currently in progress. The Ranch represents cooperation between Federal, State, and private interests in an effort to conserve and extract vital data from this large tract of plains grassland.

128. MANAGEMENT OF SOUTHWESTERN GRASSLANDS � � Ogden, Jack L. Stroehlein, Jerry G. Schickedanz (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The composition, cover, and herbage yield of southwestern U. S. grasslands change dramatically in response to seasonal precipitation. The challenge of managing the grasslands is in recognizing the seasonal moisture influences and tailoring management decisions accordingly. At the Research Ranch near Elgin, Arizona, a grassland community dominated by blue grama (Bouteloua gracilis), sprucetop grama (Bouteloua chondrosioides), and poverty threeawn (Aristida divaricata) has been studled since 1965. Annual herbage yield has varied from 700 to 205 pounds per acre and basal live plant cover has fluctuated from 25 to 7 percent. Growth characteristics of the three dominant grasses on the study site, when compared with seasonal moisture patterns, show that fall and late winter pre­ cipitation has a major influence on productivity of the grassland community. This information can be utilized to estimate the potential relative forage availability and interpret vegetational responses as to whether they are management caused or response to precipitation.

129. ALFOMBRILLA - AN INTERNATIONAL RANGE WEED PROBLEM � � Morton, M. H. Gonzales, P. W. Jacoby, and H. M. Hull (Agricultural Research Service, USDA, University of Arizona, and Rancho Experimental La Campana, Chihuahua, Mexico)

42 Alfombri11a (Drymaria arenarioides H.B.K.), a poisonous range plant native to northern Mexico, has caused severe livestock poisoning in Chihuahua. It has been found growing within a mile of the Mexico-United States border near Ante­ lope We 11 s, New Me x i co and a s fa r sou th a s Sa n Lui s Pot os i, r,1e xi co. A j 0 i n t Mexico-United States research program is underway to generate information and programs which should reduce livestock losses in Mexico and prevent the spread of this weed into the United States.

130. WATER MANAGEMENT AS A PLANNING TOOL IN THE SALT RIVER VALLEY Frank Welsh (Citizens Concerned About the Project)

Increased urbanization need not eliminate agriculture. With proper planning, agriculture can reuse urban waste-water and form a greenbelt around the Valley. Water costs should be based upon its quality. Urbanites, who can afford higher water prices, would benefit from the high quality water. Lower water rates and lower salinity in the waste-water would benefit farmers, and the high nutrient content in the effluent would result in additional savings in fertilizers. Maintaining reservoirs at the minimum surface area consistent with power production and recreation would further reduce salinity by reducing evaporative losses. "Excess" water can be released down the Salt River for underground storage. This would result in lower costs for pumping water to meet summer peak demands.

131. MAN AND FLOOD R. J. Becker (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Flood damage became significant to man in Arizona around the middle of the nineteenth century when destruction of the upland watershed was irreversible. Public administration and policy problems in our "flood control" efforts involve the following: (1) public policy to insure mistakes rather than good decisions; (2) by means of public liability and thus public losses, private capital is flood-risk free on the flood plain, and property risks there are permitted to expand contrary to public policy for flood insurance; (3) flood­ ing is increased by most building; (4) flooding is increased by some "flood control" work that manipulates and diminishes the floodplain; (5) flooding is increased by continual degradation of riparian areas, especially upstream; (6) high water marks are dangerously ambiguous, in consequence of man's acti­ vities, and of potential weather changes. Flood control programs should feature restoration of riparian habitat, especi­ ally upstream, and the trend of settlement toward high ground.

132. UTILITY OF STATISTICAL ANALYSIS AND PATTERN RECOGNITION TECHNIQUES FOR AIR QUALITY ASSESSMENTS Jarvis L. Moyers (University of Ariiona, Tucson, Arizona)

No abstract.

133. SOME SOCIAL COSTS OF NUCLEAR POWER r�ark Reader (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

There is strong reason to suppose that the plutonium economY may be ungovern­ able and inimical to human freedom. Both the friends and critics of the nu­ clear'energy alternative seem to agree that its major social cost may turn out to be the need to build a continuing surveillance society.

43 134. SOME GENETIC EFFECTS OF NUCLEAR RADIATION Leonard W. Storm (University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Nevada)

The concept of "tolerance dose" is false. Any amount of radiation, no matter how small, is harmful to human beings. As our understanding of the harmful effects of nuclear radiation has advanced we have lowered the maximum amount of exposure per year from 2,500 rem/Yr. in 1902 to 25 rem/yr. in 1936 to .05 rem/yr. today. This is the maximum exposure per adult per year, and no consi­ deration is given the developing fetus or to young children, both of whom are much more sensitive to exposure. The easiest estimates of increased mutation rate can be obtained by observing somatic mutation that result in various kinds of cancers. From cancer data one would expect in time to see in an exposed population an increase in all genetic diseases.

135. A PROGRESS REPORT - HABITAT REQUIREMENTS OF THE RED SQUIRREL J. Robert Vahle (Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Experiment Station, Forest Hydrology Laboratory)

Use of Southwestern mixed conifer habitat by the red squirrel, Tamiasciurus hudsonicus mogo110nensis (Mearns), is currently being evaluated in order to develop squirrel habitat requirement guidelines to be considered in management of land use activities. Preliminary analysis of data from extensive measure­ ments of 63 food-cache sites and 110 associated nests found within ten 10-acre study sites will provide the basis for discussion. Selection of food-cache and nest sites will be discussed in relation to tree overstory characteristics (Exam. - tree density, basal area, percent crown cover), slope, aspect and additional measured parameters.

136. THE MEXICAN DUCK (ANAS DIAZI) IN SOUTHEASTERN ARIZONA G. Patrick O'Brien-rArizona Game and Fish Department)

Farming practices have greatly enhanced Mexican duck habitat in Southeastern Arizona. Farm pond development during recent years has provided habitat suitable for Mexican duck nesting. Over 100 farm ponds exist during the nesting period. The ponds have rep1ced natural sloughs that were available in earlier years. Thirty-six Mexican duck broods were found during 1972, and these increased to 44 in 1973 and 1974. Fledged and/or three-quarter grown Mexican ducks averaged 5.6 ducklings per brood in 1972, 5.9 ducklings per brood in 1973, and 5.3 ducklings per brood in 1974. Problems confronting the Mexican duck in Arizona involve habitat loss, habi­ tat quality, and hybridization with mallards.

137. SOUTHWESTERN RAPTORS AND THE ENDANGERED SPECIES CONCEPT R. Rey Johnson (U. S. National Park Service, Grand Canyon) and Steven W. Carothers (Museum of Northern Arizona, Flagstaff)

Several species of hawks and owls have been listed either in the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service's "Redbook" or on the Audubon Society's "B1ue-listll. These include such notables as the Goshawk (Accipiter genti1is), Bald Eagle (Ha1iaeetus leucocepha1us), Peregrine Falcon (Falco pere rinus), Prairie Falcon (F. mexicanus) and the Spotted Owl (Strix occldenta 1S. These species and approximately a dozen more are considered to be "threatened" or lIendangered" by various authorities. Documented or assumed causes for the decline of many of these birds of prey range from direct persecution (e.g. in the case of Bald Eagle) and "protection of poultry, etc." from several species of hawks and owls,

44 to falconers, and habitat destruction. The current status of raptors in the Southwest will be discussed.

138. MOVEMENTS AND FOOD HABITS OF FERAL BURROS AND DESERT BIGHORN SHEEP. Rick F. Seegmiller and Robert D. Ohmart (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Eight months were spent observing and-photographing feral burros and desert bighorn sheep in the Bill Williams Mountains, Arizona. Winter and spring move­ ments of both burros and bighorn extended farther from the Bill Will�ams River and encompassed a larger area than summer movements. Greatest overlap in range and topgraphy occurred in late winter and spring, predominantly in foot­ hills and on long steep slopes of large mesas, peaks, and ridges. From forage observations and fecal composition· analysis, the diets �f burros and bighorn were shown to overlap considerably. Burro-bighorn interactions at watering sites in summer and during the bighorn lambing season were not seen. Both were seen in very close association shortly after lambing, with young, lamps present.

139. SOLAR GREENHOUSES FOR THE COLORADO PLATEAU David J. MacKinnon (Museum of Northern Arizona, Flagstaff)

Flagstaff is on the periphery of the vast Colorado Plateau: a region of dry­ ness, of isolated communities, and of short growing seasons. The Museum of Northern Arizona and Rodale Press Inc. are building and testing small proto­ type greenhouses in an attempt to improve food growing capabilities on the Plateau. Extensive tests on construction techniques, materials recycling, water conservation and passive environmental controls� to name a few, are being performed in Flagstaff. The Museum is also in contact with other research groups in Colorado and New Mexico performing similar projects. Early results indicate hOllse attached units can be built with a materials cost of $2.00-2.50/ ���, While the free standing units are $3.00-3.5b/ft2 (labor not included}. The largest problem hindering the successful operation of these greenhouses remains passive temperature control.

45 ENTOMOLOGY

140. A HIGH-PROTEIN FOOD DERIVED FROM MUSCA DOMESTICA LINNAEUS Norman Soifer (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

House fly pupae were reared by standard laboratory techniques on CSMA medium. The pupae were separated from the medium and roasted for 2 hours at 100°C. The puparia1 cuticle was removed and separated from the pupae by hulling and winnowing. The roast pupae had the form of brown granules which, to the author, had unobjectionable taste, odor and appearance.

141. VIOLET, A SEX-LINKED EYE COLOR MUTATION OF THE PINK BOLLWORM Alan C. Bartlett (Western Cotton. Research Laboratory)

A basic aspect of the development of autocidal control techniques in insects is the isolation and genetic characterization of mutations. In the,pink boll­ worm, of 5 newly-discovered recessive eye color mutations, only one is sex­ linked.. This mutant is called violet (v). In the pure stock, both males and females have translucent violet-colored eyes. If violet females are crossed to wild-type (normal brown �ye color) males, all Fl progeny have wild-type eyes. If violet males are crossed to wild-type females, all males are wild­ type and all females have violet eyes. In the F,'of a cross between wild-type males and violet females, a 11 of the males are wild-type while half of the females are violet and half are wild-type. The reciprocal F, cross yields half and half violet and wild-type males and females. The inheritance is typical of a sex-linkage where the male is the homogametic sex and the female is heterogametic (in'contrast to the Drosophila and:human pattern of sex link­ age). A few exceptional progeny are found in some of these violet crosses. Possible reasons for the exceptions will be discussed.

142. ENZYME VARIATION IN SEMI-ISOLATED POPULATIONS OF A MOUNTAIN FLY Thomas P. Sluss (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Eleven populations of the "mountain-top" fly, Chamaemyia herbarum, are com­ pared electrophoretically (starch gel) and morphologically (BMD-07M stepwise discriminant analysis) across its range from the Colorado Rockies to isolated ranges in southeastern Arizona. Nei's standard genetic distance measurement, based on seven enzyme loci, identifies distinct northern and southern races, a distinction consistent with morphological data. The grouping of southern populations by genetic distance corresponds to Dice's biotic provinces, this and other data imply that ecological selection may be mediating genetic dif­ ferentation of populations.

143. YEASTS AND HONEY BEES Martha Gilliam (USDA Bee Research Laboratory)

Yeasts in honey bees appear to be indicators of stress conditions since few, if any, yeasts are isolated from healthy adult bees from free-flying colonies or from queen bees. Yeasts belonging to seven species were isolated andidentified from the intes­ tines of adult worker bees from caged colonies fed antibiotics, 2,4-D, or pollen patties and sucrose syrup. Feeding bees a combination of the antibio­ tics Terramycin and Fumidil B caused a decrease in the number of bee guts 'con­ taining yeasts. However, 2,4-0 increased the number. Torulopsis mignoliae, Candida parapsilosis, and TorulopSis glabrata were found in bee guts most frequently.

46 Since nectar samples from blooms of saguaro cactus and fiva'cttrus �ultivars contained no yeasts, the desert climate and vegetation of Arizona may exclude certain microorganisms from plants, and, therefore, from bees.

144. A STUDY OF CYCLIC NUCLEOTIDE CONCENTRATIONS IN TISSUES OF THE COCKROACH, LEUCO­ PHAEA MADE RAE Keith D. Butler (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The adenosine 31,5'-monophosphate (cyclic AMP) and guanosine 3',5'-monophosphate (cyclic GMP) content in various tissues of the cockroach, Leucophaea maderae, were determined by competitive protein binding radioassay. The results obtained from this study will be presented and disucssed along with the possibility of whether alterations in the cycl ic AMP and cycl ic GMP.·content playa role in the mode of action and metabolism of Toxaphene in the cockroach.

145. ELECTROPHYSIOLOGICAL RESPONSES OF ISOLATED VENTRAL NERVE CORDS OF LEUCOPHAEA MADERAE AND PERIPLANTETA AMERICANA TO TOXAPHENE (F.) (L.) (R)- Curtis C. Dary (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Effects of varying concentrations of toxapbeneaD on isolated abdominal ventral nerve cords of two cockroach species, P� americana(L. and L. maderae(F.), were examined by means of extracellular suet ion e ectro es. Electrophysiological evidence was evaluated by recording spike frequencies and amplitudes. Following periods of dissection shock, recovery, and stabilization; toxaphene in concen­ trations greater than lO-4M increased nervous activity with responses superfi­ cially resembling effects of DDT. Impulse trains of high frequencies and ampli­ tudes were generated after a latent period of approximately 22 minutes and con­ tinued until nerve blockage. Nervous transmission appears to be effected by toxaphene indicating perhaps a site of action.

146. BROODING BEHAVIOR OF A MALE WATER BUG BELOSTOMA FLUMINEUM SAY (HEf'UPTERA: BELOSTOMATI DAE) Robert L. Smith (USDA-ARS)

The behavior of egg-bearing male Belostoma flumineum Say is described and inter­ preted in a manner compatible with natural selectlon theory. Male bugs encum­ bered with eggs invest in a variety of brooding behaviors that include keeping the eggs wet, frequently exposing them to atmospheric air, and maintaining an intermittent flow of water over them by stroking them with the hind legs while below the surface. These behaviors enhance egg survival and development as shown by laboratory experiments with detached egg pads. Static eggs failed to develop when covered with water or left in open air. Nondevelopment was attri­ buted to inadequate gas exchange in the one case' and desiccation in the other. Eggs left on the backs of healthy males enjoyed a high degree of success. Males test for the presence and adhesion of eggs on their backs, employing the hind legs in variation� of the egg-stroking pattern. Egg pad removal and cannibalism of eggs were options apparently exercised in response to egg pad adhesion failure or adverse brooding conditions. The selective advantases accrued by the indi­ vidual male for his investment apparently depend on his having fertilized most of the eggs he bears.

147. SOME MYTHS CONCERNING THE ECOLOGY OF DESERT TENEBRIONID BEETLES Donald � Thomas, Jr. and W. Glen Bradley (University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Nevada)

47 A reconsideration of some hypotheses concerning behavioral, physiological and morphological adaptations of desert tenebrionid beetles is made in light of recent evidence from ongoing investigations into the dynamics of their popula�'�� tions. These studies suggesting that tenebrionid populations are "r"-selected have implications concerning the autecology of this group. Previous hypotheses on the adaptive significance of" population fluctuations, feeding behavior and the subelytral cavity were based on classical theories of natural selection, i.e., selection for characteristics enhancing survival. This new yardstick sug­ gests that the environment of these beetles selects instead for characteristics enhancing reproduction. Hence, the true function of the subelytral Gavity is to allow for expansion of the abdominal organs, not thermoregulatory. Feeding behavior is opportunistic and not associated with particular plants, and popu- 1 ation fl uctuations are merely the consequence of "r"-sel ection, not for "swamping" predators. Discussion"will also cover the significance of coloration and sculpturing.

148. THE EVOLUTION OF NESTING BEHAVIOR IN AMMOPHILA Terry Ponder (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

The behavior of several species of Ammophila was investigated and it was found that they displayed a range of nesting habits. What is suspected as being the most ancient form of nesting behavior consisted of the capture of a single caterpillar as prey before the nest was dug in the'soil. The most complex behavior studied included digging the nest before capturing the first prey, utilizing several prey items per nest, and the simultaneous care of two or more nests by a single female. The latter behavior requires not only the ability to learn the position of several nests but also to remember the stage of comple­ tion of each nest. Other species illustrate intermediate levels in the probable evolution of nesting behavior in Ammophila.

149. THE PERSISTENT MALE WHITEFLY (TRIALEURODES VAPORARIORUM WESTWOOD) Allan Las (Arizona State University" Tempe, Arizona)

The courtship behavior of �hiteflies is examined, focusing particularly upon the strat�gies that males use to locate and copulate with receptive females. Females may indicate their lack of receptivity early in courtship yet males persist in their attempts. The significance of these observations with respect to male reproductive fitness is discussed.

150. HUMIDITY AND OVIPOSITION IN HELIOTHIS ZEA Marcia � BradleY and J. J. Ellington (New Mexico State University)

In,order to find the means of sensing humidity in Heliothis Zea the effect of humidity on the ovipositional rates are being investigated. Experiments done to provide background information on diet suggest an interaction occurring with feeding 10% sucrose and humidity. Antennal ablations have been performed as a means of locatlng the humidity sensing area of H. Zea. These experiments are showing an interaction between Johnson's Organ and:mumidity.

151. HONEY BEE PREFERENCES FOR SOLUTIONS OF VARYING SUGAR PERCENTAGE AND SUGAR COMPO­ SITION Walter Wilbert Bachman (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

48 Responses of honey bees to various sugars at different concentrations were studied in laboratory tests. Individual bees were mounted and each bee was allowed to imbibe from 2 sugar solutions alternately. Acceptance constituted imbibing 2 microliters of the sugar solution being tested while rejection occur­ red when a bee retracted its proboscis before imbibing 2 microliters. The data clearly show that sucrose alona was more readily acceptable than glucose, fruc­ tose, sucrose-glucose, or various sucrose-glucose-fructose mixtures. Sucrose and a sucrose-fructose mixture were equally acceptable. Glucose and fructose alone were rejected to a greater degree than any combination of 2 or 3 sugars.

152. THE MATHEMATICS OF ECLOSION Witt A1mar and Marcia Bradley (New Mexico State University)

I The "eclosion envelope" exhibited by insects, when ecloding from either the pupal or egg st�ge possesses a consistently characteristic shape (apparently regard­ less of species). The shape of the envelope defies being IIfitll by any common distribution function. Rather than attempt to retrogressively fit the curve, several basic assumptions were made concerning the mechanism of eclosion. These assumptions,. when put in mathematical format, mimic well the observed shape and help to explain the changes in shape and duration as functions of time, tempera­ ture, and the genetic variation within the populations.

153. FACTORS AFFECTING NESTING POPULATIONS OF THE LARGE CARPENTER BEE, XYLOCOPA CALIFORNICA ARIZONENSIS (CRESSON) Walter E. Smith (New Mexico State University)

The large carpenter bee, Xylocopa californica arizonensis (Cresson), is a wood boring, solitary bee found throughout the arid regions of western North America. It nests in dry stalks of Yucca,_Dasilirion, and species. It utilizes a wide variety of shrubs for pollen and nectar but �gade1S ependent upon Larrea tridentata as a consistent nectar source. Trap-nesting methods uSing pine wood traps are used for sampling nesting acti­ vity and interspecific competition. Analysis of pollen samples from provisioned trap-nests indicate Prosopis glandulosa and Larrea tridentata as primary pollen sources. Stalk and shrub surveys taken throughout the southwest indicate the close asso­ ciation of X. c. arizonensis with Larrea tridentata and its inability to use Prosopis, Acacla and other major shrubs as exclusive pollen and nectar sources.

154. PREDATION UPON VELVET ANTS OF THE GENUS DASYMUTILLA Donald G. Manley (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Ve.lvet ants (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae) are wasps, the females of which are wing­ less. Most members of the genus Dasymutilla possess warning coloration. Al­ though they have no 'known natural predators, some members of the genus are cryptically colored. Preliminary field and laboratory observations indicate that the velvet ants are probably not preyed upon heavily, and that their several defensive mechanisms'probably all contribute to this end.

155. EFFECTS OF CROWDING AND PRIOR APHID FEEDING ON THE BEHAVIOR AND BIOLOGY OF THE BLACK-MARGINED APHID James F. Leser (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona:)

49 The hypothesis that host-plant selection by alates of Monellia costalis (Fitch) and the suitability of selected host-plant material for population development may be influenced by prior aphid feeding and crowding was investigated. Sunvi­ val, developmental time, reproductive rates and reproductive periods of aphids were measured in, the greenhouse on pecan seedlings under differing levels of crowding and on both seedlings with and without exposure to previous'aphid feeding. The effect of crowding is greatest on nymphal mortality. Crowding did influence developmental time, alate survival and reproductive success to a lesser degree, but these effects are reversable. Prior aphid feeding resulted in a marked increase in developmental time and a Significant decrease in alate survival, reproductive period, reproductive rate and the percent of alates reproducing. When given a choice, adult aphids consistantly preferred leaflets having no pre­ vious exposure to aphid feeding, "indicating the presence of resistance operating as a nonpreference. In no choice situations, the effects of prior aphid feeding on aphid bionomics are permanent, indicating that resistance may also operate as antibiosis. The results of these, experiments' support the conclbs;on::that both crowding and prior aphid feeding are'; important dezermtnantscof" apftid'::hifestaUon patterns on the host-plant and subsequent population development.

156. ECOLOGICAL ISOLATION OF CERTAIN SHORE, FLIES INHABITING A CATTAIL MARSH HABITAT (DIPTERA: EPHYDRIDAE) John Busacca (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Eight species of shore flies (Diptera: Ephydridae) were associated with a cattail-marsh habitat in northwestern Montana. Laboratory rearings on various types of microorganisms, and field observations, indtcate that these species are ecologically isolated by utilizing different food resources or are segre­ gated spatially by utilizing resources in various microhabitats. Th� most abundant species are Notiphila aenigma and Notiphila vittata. Larvae of both feed in the mud beneath the marsh and breath by inserting their respira­ tory spines into the intercellular air spaces of cattail roots.

157. FECUNDITY AND LONGEVITY OF"CARDIOCHILES NIGRICEPS VIERECK, A PARASITE OF TOBACCO BUDWORM Robert L. Bertwell (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Several authors have made observations on the effectiveness of Carciochiles nigrice s Viereck (Hymenoptera, Braconidae) in controlling Heliothis virescens F. on tobacco and cotton. C. nigriceps is not native to Arizona so 1n an attempt to determine the feasibility of introducing the parasite as a biological control agent of H. virescens, research into the' bionomics of the parasite, including longevitY and fecundity, has been conducted�

158. EFFECTS OF VECTOR,BIOTYPES AND PATHOGEN STRAINS ON TRANSMISSION OF WESTERN-X MYCOPLASMA (WXM) Roger E. Gold (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Comparative transmissions of Western-X mYcoplasma (WXM) using Colladonus montanus (Van Duzee) leafhopper biotypes as vectors indicate that a laboratory­ reared biotype is the most efficient vector to celery (apium �raveolens). It is proposed that through continual selection both a leafhopper blotype and a strain of WXM had been isolated which were efficiently transmitted in laboratory tests. A comparison of two symptomatically identified strains of isolates of WXM can be further differentiated in tests conducted to compare the acquisition, trans­ mission, and survival rates of vectors fed\WXM-infected celery. Theoretical transmission expectancy curves for both WXM isolates support observations made in the field.

50 159. A REVISION OF THE GENUS ESTHESOPUS IN AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO (COLEOPTERA: ELATERIDAE) Thomas H. Rhyand (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The genus Esthesopus is revised,and the species are described. A key to the species based on structures of the male and female genitalia is provided. Distri­ butional data and synonomY are discussed.

51 GENETICS AND DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY

160. THE RELATIONSHIP OF ALCOHOL AND CACTIPHILIC DROSOPHILA William T. Starmer (University of Arizona, Tucson, .Arizona)

The effect of atmospheric alcohol on the longevity of several species of cacti­ philic Drosoehi1a was studied. at the adult stage. Q. mojavensis adults extended their 10ngevlty in low-medium concentration of ethanol (1-4%) but decreased their length of life for high concentrations of ethanol C8%). Experi"ments utili­ zing axenic cultures, established the probable means of increasing longevity is by metabolism of ethanol mediated by associated microorganisms. The response of D. pachea and D. arizonensis to ethanol was similar to the response of D. mojavensis. Ethanol does not extend the longevity of Q� nigrospiracula and was toxic at medium to high concentrations {2-8%}. Methanol was found to be either without effect (1/2 - 2%) or toxic (4-8%) for all species of flies tested. The ADH enzyme variability of the flies is discussed in relationship to the responses of the species to atmospheric ethanol.

161. THE YEAST A"SSOCIATED WITH SELECTED DROSOPHILA BREEDING SUBSTRATES IN THE TUCSON, ARIZONA AREA Don � Vacek, William T. Starmer, and W. B. Heed (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Yeast, many of which play an important part in the microbial ecology of Droso­ phila breeding sites, were isolated from five breeding substrates and four species of Drosophila. Only 13% df the 38 yeast species isolated were found in more than one substrate type. The most common (pres�nt in at least 70% of the of the six in the necrotic and the associated D. samples) yeast species oranges - arizonensis, Q. pseudoobscura, and Q. me1anogaster were Kloekera apiculata, Pichia fermentans, and P. kluyveri. The slime fluxes of Quercus emoryi and Platanus wrightii contained 14 species of yeast and had the highest yeast diver­ Slty Slnce no yeast species was present in more than 33% of the samples. The most common of the 14 yeast. species in the slime fluxes of Prosopis julif1ora, and the associated-D. carbonaria were Cryptococcus albidus var. diffluens, P. membranaefaciens, and Torulopsis�. The necrotic Opuntia, phaeaeantha dfscata contained four species of yeast, t. membranaefaciens, Cr. cereanus, pichi a �., and T. sonorensis. Even though these yeasts were in high concentrations, they were-found in less than 38% of the samples. Although the yeast flora of the flies was similar to the yeast flora of the flies' substrates, yeast species exhibiting pseudomYcelium and pellicle formation were in a higher relative fre­ quency than in the substrate. The physiological. profile of the yeast flora of a particular substrate reflected, generally, the probable carbon sources in that substrate.

162. EFFECT OF 2,4-DICHLOROPHENOXY ACETIC ACID IN D. MELANOGASTER Sidney � Adams and Leonard W. Storm (University of Nevada)

Wild type flies were exposed to various concentrations of the herbicide, 2,4-0. This compound is used for debrushing and clearing power line right;of-ways in the Western United States. Uncontaminated wild type parental generations were cultured in an environmental media containing the chemical in various concentra­ tions. Abnormal biological effects were found in developmental cycles, and in the progeny of following generations. 2,4-0 was capable of increasing the,dura­ tion of life cycle from egg to imqgo. Progeny, from exposed parental stocks, varied in direct proportion to the concentration applied. Progeny matings from exposed parents also had longer ,life cycles than control groups. The lethal dose of progeny from parents exposed, is exponential to the concentration with reproduction ceasing at very low concentrations. Progeny from exposed parents, were crossed without the use of 2,4-D media. Sib crosses and out crosses to wildtype flies, displayed wing aberrations of variable expressivity for four generations with a very high frequency. Results reveal convincing evidence that 2,4-D is harmful to this animal species and therefore, possesses qualities not strictly of an herbicidal nature.

163. ALLOZYME VARIATION IN NATURAL POPULATIONS OF DROSOPHILA NIGROSPIRACULA �� Rockwood-Sluss and W. B. Heed (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

D. nigrospiracula (Patterson and Wheeler, 1942) breeds in rotting segments of two principal host cacti: saguaro, Carnegiea gigantea, and cardon, Pachycereus pringlei. Esterase and malic acid dehydrogenase allele frequency data were ob­ tained from larvae sampled from saguaro rot packets; adults collected seasonally from a single locality; and adults collected from localities in Baja and Sonora, Mexico and Arizona from both host plants. Natural population data for the 4 MDH alleles appeared to be consistent with an isoenzyme polymorphism. The allele frequencies showed no obvious seasonal variation and the genetic distance esti­ mates (Rogers') were lowest between rot pocket populations within a single saguaro and increased in seasonal and regional collection (.033 : .040 : .056). Under interspecific competition experiments in the laboratory, however, signifi­ cant deviations in MDH allele frequencies were produced. Natural population data from the 7 esterase alleles were consistent with an ecological polymorphism maintained in a spatially subdivided environment. The genetic distance esti­ mates between rot pocket samples within a single saguaro were greater than between eitherseasonal or regional collections C.088 : .065 : .087). Est-2 and -5 were correlated with temperature in the Tucson seasonal collections. This relationship was confirmed by laboratory experiments. Dessication resistance of larvae was tested in the laboratory and Est-2 increased from .038 to .269 with increasing survival time. Enzyme variation of Q. nigrospiracula appears to adapt populations to a.fluctuating environment.

164. THE ELUCIDATION OF CHROMOSOMAL POLYMORPHISM IN THE TACHINID FLY VaRIA RURALIS (DIPTERA) Chere L. Crandall (University of Arizona, Tucson,Arizona)

The larval form of the dipeteran Tachinid fly Voria ruralis is a parasite of the cabbage looper (Trichoplusia nil. This work is part of a cytological study to more clearly define the karyotype of Voria. Studies of the mitotic chromosomes of this fly (2N=12) have shown a polymorpnism iri both autosomal pair number 1 and in the X-chromosome pair. G-banding of neuroblast chromosomes elucidates the origin of these polymorphisms. Also, an ammoniacal silver staining procei dure, designated Ag-AS, has been used to visualize the nucleolar organizer re� gions in mitotic metaphase preparations.

165. CHROMOSOMAL VARIATION IN PEROMYSCUS BOYLEI GLASSELLI AND PEROMYSCUS STEPHANI � � Schmidt and O. G. Ward (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Somatic metaphase chromosomes of two species of PeromYscus from Isla San Pedro Nolasco and Isla San Esteban in Mexico are described. and compared. All species of PeromJscus have a diploid number of 48, yet the biarm number ranges from 56 to 96. Such possible mechanisms as pericentric inversions, reciprocal translo-

53 cations, and heterochromatinization may be needed to explain the biarm variation. This studY employs such cytological techniques as G and C banding to properly identify chromosome pairs, the location of. heterochromatin, and.to note the con­ servation of banding patterns between species. Silver staining ;s used to locate differences in the nucleolar organizer regions in the two species.

166. CHROMOSOME VARIATION IN PEROMYSCUS: EVIDENCE FOR A PERICENTRIC INVERSION O. G. Ward (University of Arlzona, Tucson, Arizona)

Karyotypes in the widely distributed and taxonomically complex genus Perom,yscus are conservative in diploid number (2n = 48 fOr most species) but exhibit large variation in numbers of chromosome arms (FN), both between species and within populations. Robertsonian changes have not been reported in the genus. The mechanism by which the extens.ive chromosome arm variation has arisen in Pero­ myscus is unsolved. Based on routine karyotype analysis, earlier investigators have suggested the primary mechanism involves pericentric inversions. Proof of such has not been reported. More recently, observations have shown that the short arms of biarmed chromosomes in Perom,yscus are heterochromatic suggesting additions of deletions of heterochromatic material in the short arms also accounts' for karyotypic variation. In this paper·information is presented on the chromosome constitution of the endemic insular subspecies Perom,yscus boylei glasselli (2n = 48, FN = 58) which indicates that the karyotype is iaentical to that of Perom,yscus crinitus f2n = 48,. FN = 56) with one major exception: G­ bandi n9 reveals that a speci fi c acrocentri c chromosome of the t. ttl ni tus karyotype occurs as a submetacentric chromosome in the karyotype of P. b. glasselli. This chromosome in.t. �. glasselli exhibits a euchromatic snort arm following C-banding. These observations indicate·the two karyotypes are related by a peri centric inversion. Other karyotypic differences occur in the Y chromo­ some. Both G- and C-banding patterns are described for P. b. glasselli. The karyotype of t. £_. 91 aSse 11 i descri bed in thi s report di ffers from that previ - : ously recorded, possibly extending observations of intrapopulational chromosome

polymorphism to the subspecies •.

167. TRANSMISSION OF EXTRA CHROMOSOMES IN INTERSPECIFIC ANEUPLOIDS OF CUCURBITA MOSCHATA AND C.- PALMATA � � Graham and W. P. Bemis (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Crossing an autoallotriploid, which was diplodi Cucurbita moschata (n = 20) and haploid C. palmata (n = 20), with pollen from dlplold C. moschata, resulted in thirty interspecific aneuploids which were either trisomic {2n + 1} or mono­ somic (2n + 19) for single f. palmata chromosomes. Since a highly homozygous C. moschata line was used, phenotypic differences would be caused by C. palmata 'Chromosomes and could be used as identification of the aneuploids. Two of the aneuploids, identified cytologically as interspecific trisomics showed 9% and 30% transmission of the extra chromosome through the female, when pollinated with diploid C. moschata pollen. In other aneuploids tested transmission through the female ranged from 15 to 34%. Three of the anauploids were used as a pollen source and crossed with diploid C. moschata to test for transmission through the male. In no instance, including-one cytologically identified as an interspecific trisomic, was transmission through the pollen observed.

168. CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION IN CYTOGENETICS JQhn � Davis and Edward M. Lavor (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

54 A system of closed circuit television for use in cytogenetics is describ�d. The characteristics of the-system in regard to object size and resolution are discussed. A method for objective measurement and characterization of chromo­ somes by video line analysis is illustrated by examples of break-point identi­ fication in derivative and translocation chromosomes. Study of unstained chromosomes prepared by conventional technique reveals a native banding pattern of the giemsa-trYPsin type. Subsequent giemsa staining masks the bands.

169. THE EFFECTS OF AGE ON SISTER-CHROMATID-EXCHANGE

J..e.ff 11.. Trent, John R. Davts , and Edward Lavor (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Human peripheral blood leukocytes were exposed to the base analogue 5-bromo­ deoxyuridine (BrdU) for two rounds of DNA replication. Following harvest, chromosomes stained with bisbenzimidazole dye 33258 Hoechst, contain differen­ tially fluorescent chromatids. If these bromouracil substituted chromosomes are exposed to visible light and hot d�ionized wate�, differential staining of the chromatids occurs after Giemsa staining. These preparations do not require fluorescent microscopy and are not subject to fading. This technique has been applied to human cells to establish if the incidence of sister-chromatid­ exchange (SCE) is influenced by age. Our results indicate that "newborns" show an incidence of SCE lower than "old agedll (80-over) and "middle agedll (25-50) individuals.

170. FITNESS VARIANCE: A COMPUTER SIMULATION MODEL

Billie J. Grounds (Arizona State Untvers f tyvTempe , Arizona)

A computer simulation model was constructed to evaluate the changes in fitness values of alternate genotypes resulting from fitness variance. In the finite population model, the fitness of an individual was chosen from a normal dis­ tribution around the mean fitness for the genotype. The concepts of fitness drift, genetic drift, evolution of dominance, evolution of neutrality and the evolution of heterosis are discussed in relation to population size, initial selection coefficients and the degree of fitness variance.

171. PEPTIDASE IDENTITIES OF ATLANTIC AND PACIFIC BAY MUSSELS D. L. Alford (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Peptidases of MYtilus edulis from fifteen east and west coast localities were characterized by starch gel electrophoresis at loci encoded by aminopeptidase (Ap) and leucine aminopeptidase (�). Three systems of polymorphic activity appear on most gels stained for Ap, but only a110zymes from the intermediate zone can consistently be scored.--Heterozygotes are represented by three pro­ tein bands indicating the molecule is probably dimeric. Fifteen alleles were observed at this locus, although four of these were rare and occurred at a frequency of <.05. The maximum number of common alleles found to be segre­ gating in anyone population was six. In contrast to Ap� ·Lap apparently ;s a monomeric molecule because heterozygotes lack an intermediate band. A total of ten alleles was recorded at this locus, and three of these were always rare. Most populations have three or four common alleles. Chi-square homogeneity analysis for all possible pairwise combinations of samples was performed to test the null hypothesis that there were not differences in allele distribu­ tions between All resulted ·in X2 values populations. . comparisons significant at the .05 level.

55 172. A RELATION BETWEEN GENETIC HETEROZYGOSITY AND PHENOTYPIC VARIABILITY IN A MARINE FISH, FUNDULUS HETEROCLITUS Jeffry B. Mitton (Universlty of Colorado)

The concept of genetic homeostasis predicts that more highly heterozygous indi­ viduals will have a higher degree of developmental canalization, and hence will exhibit lower phenotypic variability. This prediction was tested directly in samples of Fundulus heteroc1itus collected at two localities in Long Island Sound. Each fish was characterized for its genotype at 12 a110zyme loci and 7 meristic morphological characters. Individual fish were assigned to. classes on the basis of the proportion of their loci heterozygous, and variances were calculated foreach meristic character in each class. Tests of heteroscedasti­ city showed that in every case in which the variances differed significantly between heterozygosity classes, the most heterozygous class had the lowest degree of phenotypic variation.

173. RESPONSE TO SELECTION FOR WATER INTAKE IN THE RAT C. B. Roubicek (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The results of direct selection for increased or decreased voluntary water intake at 22°C and 35°C with asymetrical response favoring selection for in­ creased water consumption. Reciprocal transfer response of lines selected for increased water consumption was very comparable to'direct selection 'at each temperature with a genetic correlation of 0.93. Transfer response of the nega­ tive selection groups was about half the direct response. Water restriction studies, urine concentration tests; adrenal, pituitary and kidney analyses showed no abnormal condition in the high- or low-dri�king groups that would account for the difference in water intake. The evidence indicates that the observed physiological differences between high- and low-water consuming groups were the result of effective selection for genetic differences in the thirst drive. Thus, the resulting adipsia and polydipsia may be defined as genetic variations of a psychogenic or behavioral trait.

174. CHANGING QUANTITATIVE PATTERNS OF NUCLEIC ACIDS AND CHROMOSOMAL PROTEINS IN THE DEVELOPING ENDOSPERM OF NORMAL, OPAQUE-2 AND FLOURY-2 CORN (ZEA---MAYS) Antonio A. Sandoval S. (New Mexico State University)

Chromatin of the endosperm of seven gene dosages (+/+/+. +/+/02, +/02/02, 02/02/02, +/+/f12' +/f12/f12 and f12/f12/f12) from two corn composites (Caribbe and Tuxpeno), sampled at 10, 20, 30, and 40 days postpol1ination, was extracted and analyzed for DNA, RNA, histones and nonhistones. Of the seven gene dosages studied, only 02/02/02 showed anomalous ratios of histones, RNA, and nonhistones to·DNA. The ratio of histones to DNA began to increase at 20 day� from .58 to 5.44 at 40 days whereas the ratio exhibited by the normal endosperm chromatin was almost constant. The ratio of nonhistones to DNA showed an increase after 20 days, followed by higher increases at 30 and 40 days while the ratio of RNA to DNA decreased after 20 days. The pattern of the above ratios in the 02/02/02 is consistent with previous evidence that the opaque-2 gene is active only after 20 days postpollination. Electrophoretic analysis of histones revealed that endosperm has the same banding pattern as other corn tissues. The 02/02/02 genotype showed a different trend for the ratio of fractions H2a and H2b to fraction H1. The floury-2 genotype exhibited at 20 days showed a different ratio of fraction H3 to fraction Hl.

56 175. LOCATION OF POLY A+ RNA IN OOCYTES AND EMBRYOS OF DROSOPHILA MELANOGASTER �1k Lovett and E. S. Goldstein (Arizona State Unlverslty, Tempe, Arizona)

Cytoplasm from mature oocytes and embryos at various ages of D. melanogaster were centrifuged on sucrose gradients. The amount of poly A+-mRNA was deter­ mined by hybridization with '3H-po1y U. In oocytes only 38% of this mRNA is associated with po1ysomes; this increases after fertilization to 43% and by 6-8 hrs. to 70%. At the same time the percent of ribosomes in the polysome region increases from 30% in oocytes to 50% after fertilization and to 70% at 6-8 hrs. The nonpo1ysome associated poly A+ material is found in particles sedimenting from 30S-70S in size. The cytoplasmic poly A+ RNA averages 18S-28S in size.

176. INITIAL CHARACTERIZATION OF CELL WALL DEFECTIVE MUTANTS OF BACILLUS SUBTILIS 168 DERIVED FROM STABLE L-FORMS SAL-l 'Cl)arJes.L�, III and N. H. Mend1eson (University of Arizona, Tucson; Arizona)

DNA" (deoxyribonicleic acid) has been extracted from a stable L-Form of Bacillus subtilis 168. The DNA was then used in transformation experiments back into a wall-containing strain and a collection of wall-defective mutants was obtained. Preliminary data on some of these mutants are presented.

177. ISOLATION AND CHARACTERIZATION OF A PARTIALLY STREPTOMYCIN DEPENDENT - CYTOPLAS­ MIC MUTANT OF CHLAMYDOMONAS REINHARDT!! � A. Horn and Don P. Bourque (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

In ChlamYdomonas reinhardtii, mutants resistant to streptOmYcin are induced by growth in media contalnlng 500 ug/m1 streptOmYcin. By this method we have isolated twenty streptomycin resistant mutants which are uniparentally inherited as determined by zygote clone analysis. By growing the mutants under photo­ trophic or hetertrophic conditions with and without added streptomycin we deter­ mined that the site of all twenty mutations is in the chloroplast DNA and not the mitochondrial DNA .. The mutants were further characterized by monitoring their growth in various concentrations of streptomycin up to 600 ug/ml .. The growth of nineteen of the mutants was inhibited 10% or less by 500 ug/ml strep­ tOmYcin and inhibition�.reached 40% at 600 ug/ml. The twentieth mutant, sd-12DB, exhibited a pattern of partial streptomycin dependence with a distinctive growth maximum near 100 ug/ml. Streptomycin, which inhibits procaryotic protein synthesis, is known to inhibit the protein synthesizing activity of chloroplast ribosomes. Thus, we conclude that the uniparental mutations we have studied

render chlor9plast protein synthesis resistant to inhibition by streptomycin .

. The nineteen classically streptOmYcin resistant mutants are probably the result of single mutational events. The withdrawal of streptomycin has been shown to be mutagenic in Chlamydomonas reinhardtii. We propose that the partial strep­ tOmYcin dependence found in mutant sd-12DB may have resulted from an initial mutation to complete streptOmYcin dependence, followed by a second mutation resulting from the withdrawal of streptomycin.

178. LOCALIZATION OF GLYOXYLATE CYCLE ENZYMES IN MITOCHONDRIA OF ASCARIS SUUM LARVAE Harris Rubin (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Among metazoans, the glyoxylate cycle has only been reported in nematodes. In Ascaris suum larvae, it is responsible for the resynthesis of glycogen from

57 trlglycerloe reserves aurlng earlY oevelopment. utner eukaryotes which possess the glyoxYlate bypass, house these enzymes in particles called glyoxysomes. We asked whether glyoxylate cycle enzymes in Ascaris were present in particulate fractions and if so, were these particles glyoxYsomes. Initially, development of novel homogenization procedures was required to disrupt resistent nematode cuticles and obtain intact organelles. Malate synthase and isocitrate lyase, the key enzymes of the glyoxY1ate cycle, consistently cosedimented with mito­ chondrial enzymes in differential pellets, while catalase, a major peroxisomal enzyme was always soluble. Isopycntc centrifugation of the differential pellets yielded two protein peaks: one at 1.18 g/cm3, characteristic of mitochondria, the other at 1.23 g/cm3, characteristic of peroxisomes and glyoxYsomes. Elec� tron microscopy revealed that the lighter protein band was a relatively pure mitochondrial fraction, whereas the heavier peak consisted of a homogeneous population of "Dense granu1es", .organelles which morphologically resemble microbodies. Significantly, the glyoxylate cycle enzymes cobanded with the lighter mitochondrial peak rather than with the dense granule fraction. Fur­ ther separation of mitochondria from dense granules, accomplished by a step­ gradient prior to isopycnic centrifugation, confirmed the evidence that micro­ bodies (glyoxYsomes) do not occur in Ascaris larvae. Alternatively, the endo­ plasmic ret'iculum was considered as a subcellular site of bypass activity. The evidence, however, supports localization of the glyoxY1ate cycle enzymes in mitochondria.

179. COMPARTMENTATION OF PEROXISOMAL ENZYMES IN SUBFRACTIONATED MITOCHONDRIA OF TUR­ BATRIX ACETI Mjchael�nley and Richard N. Trelease (Arizona State University, . Tempe, Arizona)

The glyoxylate cycle is a well-characterized anap1erotic pathway for intercon­ version of acetate to biosynthetic intermediates in glyoxysomes (peroxisomes) of eukaryotes. In metazoans, only nematodes contain glyoxylate cycle enzymes. The subcellular localization of the glyoxYlate cycle enzymes, isocritrate lyase and malate synthase, and the peroxisomal marker, catalase, were examined in 14- day-old cultures consisting of predominately juvenile worms. Peroxisomal enzymes co-sedimented with selected mitochondrial enzymes during rate sedimen­ tation. Two separate enzyme peaks were resolved after equilibrium centrifuga­ tion on a sucrose gradient: glyoxy1ate cycle and the Krebs cycle markers, fumarase and citrate synthease, banded at a density of 1.214 g/cm3 while cata­ lase sedimented at 1.197 g/cm3. Electron microscopy revealed that morphologi­ cally similar mitochondria were the only reocgnizable organelles in both enzyme peaks. The compartmentation of key enzymes within the mitochondria was deter­ mined by treatment of the organelles with varying concentrations of digitonin which sequentially disrupted their membranes. The complete release of isoci­ trate lyase and malate synthase occurred concommitantly with the disruption of the outer mitochondrial membrane. Citrate synthase was concurrently released, although to a lesser extent, while fumarase and catalase remained closely asso­ ciated with disrupted membrane fragments. Membranes of intact mitochondria could not be stained for catalase reactivity using the diaminobenzidine elec­ tron cytochemical procedure, whereas membrane fragments obtained from digitonin­ treated mitochondria showed positive staining along their margins. Thus, gly­ enzymes and catalase are localized within T. aceti mitochondria oxylate cycle - and not within microbodies as in other eukaryotes.

180. COTTONSEED FATTY ACID COMPOSITION IN RELATION TO GERMINATION AND EMERGENCE DURING LOW SOIL TEMPERATURE � � Bartkowskj, D. R. Buxton, H. W. Kircher, F. R. H. Katterman (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

58 Seed fatty acid methyl esters of selected cotton genotypes of Gossypium barbadense L. were analyzed by gas-liquid chromatography. Palmitic, oleic and linoleic acids accounted for approximately 95% of the total compositional fatty acids with linoleic acid being the most significant fatty acid determin­ ing the unsaturated/saturated fatty acid ratio. Germination and emergency of genotypes under field conditions with low soil temperatures correlated with unsaturated/saturated fatty acid ratios (r = 0.97). The results of this study suggest the feasibility of using unsaturated/saturated fatty acid ratios from dormant seed as a rapid biochemical screening test to predict the degree of chilling sensitivity during germination and seedling emergency among'cotton genotypes.

181. CONNECTIVE TISSUE FIBRILS PRODUCED BY NOTOCHORDAL EPITHELIAL CELLS IN VIVO Edward C. Carlson (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

At the trilaminar (germ layer) stage of development (approximately 24-28 hours of incubation) chick embryos are composed almost entirely of epithelia. Most of these tissues are associated with an ultrastructurally recognizable extra- cel lular matrix (ECM) composed of basal lamina (basement membrane), microfibri1s, amorphous materials and a structureless ground substance of low electron density. The notochordal epithelium is surrounded by a particularly heavy "sheath" of EeM. A continuous basal lamina and perinotochordal microfibrils which average 100- 250A in diameter are present prior to the differentiation of fibroblastic cell types from the sclerotome. Furthermore, similar ECM is found in cellular inter­ stices deep within the substance of the developing notochord. Later in develop­ ment (72-96 hours of incubation) notochordal intercellular spaces as well as membrane-bound dense bodies within notochordal cells,contain "native" striated collagenous fibrils. Although notochordal cells actively incorporate 3H-- " thymidine and hence are proliferative, they also incorporate 3H-fucose and 3H­ proline (presumed glyco-protein and collagen precursors, respectively). This suggests that notochordal cell s are well-differentiated and may be capabl e of secretory activity. A full complement of cellular organelles and visible secretory product corroborates this datum. Notochord plasmalemmae and sheath stain heavily with ruthenium red, probably indicative of their phospholipid' and sia1oglycoprotein composition. Although the function of embryonic ECM is poorly understood, it is quite likely that these materials are involved in either active or passive induction of developmental events.

182. CONNECTIVE TISSUE FIBRILS PRODUCED BY NOTOCHORDAL EPITHELIAL CELLS IN VITRO Christina K. Lauscher (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Studies have suggested that the notochordal sheath of the early chick embryo may be composed in part of collagen, glycosaminog1ycans (GAG), and glyco­ proteins produced by notochordal cells. To test this hypothesis, isolate chick

' embryo notochords'(Hamberger-Hami1ton stage 14-16) were incubated in the pre- sence of 25 uCi/ml of 3H-proline or 3-H-fucose (assumed collagen and glycopro­ tein precursors respectively) up to 72 hours on a Falcon plastic substratum. Some of the 3H-pro1ine treated cultures were exposed to cis-hydroxyproline, a substance known to inhibit collagen production. Other cultures were conven­ tionally prepared for electron microscopy or exposed to 0.1% testicular hya­ luronidase prior to postfixation in osmium-ruthenium red (RR). Following 12 hours of in vitro incubation the notochordal tissues .form nodular growth areas which adhere to the substratum. Intercellular fibrillogenesis closely paral­ leled the in vivo development of the notochord sheath. A discontinuous basal lamina appeared first, followed by microfibrils of various sizes and other

59 amorphous materials. These components of the extracellular matrix (ECM) are associated with RR-positive, hyaluronidase sensitive materials which therefore may be interpreted in part as GAG. Light microscopic autoradiography of 3H­ proline and 3H-fucose treated notochordal tissue showed label over cell cyto­ plasm, nuclei and extracellular space. This suggested that notochordal cells metabolize and secrete glycoproteins and possibly collagenous proteins. Tissues incubated in the presence of cis-hydroxyproline showed uptake of 3H­ proline, but extracellular label was decreased when compared to untreated con­ trols. Electron microscopic autoradiography of the 3H-proline treated tissues showed that labeled material was associated with basal lamina, microfibrils and scattered amorphous material. This study provides further evidence that notochordal epithelium possesses the capacity for production of extracellular connective tissue fibrils which are composed in part of collagen, GAG and glycoproteins.

183. CONNECTIVE TISSUE FIBRILS PRODUCED BY DEVELOPING BLOOD VESSELS IN VIVO Mark E. Murphy (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Fertile hens� eggs of the white leghorn strain were incubated at 38°C in forced-draft ventilation for 24 to 96 hours. The entire embryo including extra­ embryonic vasculature was isolated and fixed (Karnovsky, '65). Short segments of viteline vessels from embryos (Hamburger-Hamilton stages 8-21) were conven­ tionally prepared for scanning and transmission electron microscopy. Scanning electron micrographs show that embryonic blood vessels develop in the splanch­ nopleuric mesoderm between the ectoderm and endoderm. Primitive hemangioblas­ tic cells first appear as isolated mesodermal aggregates (blood islands) at about stage 8. By stage 10, the most peripheral cells flatten out to form two close but distinct layers, while inner cells form primitive blood cells. The two peripheral cells layers comprise an inner layer of primitive endothelium and an outer layer of splanchnopleuric mesoderm. Transmission electron micro­ graphs show a discontinuous, but clearly recognizable, basal lamina (basement membrane) interposed between the developing endothelium and splanchnopleure at about stage 15. At this time, coated vesicles coalescing with the endothelial cell wall are associated with a finely filamentous material in the extracellu­ lar space. Concommitantly, endothelium forms cytoplasmic fenestrations, cell flaps and tight junctions characteristic of more mature endothelial cells. By stage 18 the outer splanchnopleuric layer contains �ytoplasmic microfilaments characteristic of smooth muscle cells. At the same time fine fibrils averaging l50-200A in diameter are found associated with the basal lamina. By stage 21 natuve unit collagenous fibers are identifiable in the extracellular space between cell layers. It is significant that these extracellular materials are observed prior to the differentiation of fibroblastic cell types.

184. CHROMATOGRAPHIC STUDIES OF THREE CHEILANTHOID FERN GENERA � � English and R. H. Hevly (Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona)

Taxonomic and genetic relationships within the Cheilanthoid ferns have been controversial topics for decades, centering on the identification of reliable generic attributes and elucidation of relationships of the various taxa formed by hybridization, polyploidy and apomixis. Studies thus far have centered almost exclusively on gross morphological characteristics which have proven inadequate, thus necessitating additional criteria. Except for very limited studies of toxicity and environmental requirements, no comparative biochemical data have been gathered for Cheilanthoid ferns. Twenty-one species from the genera Notholaena, Cheilanthes and"Pellacea were studied by one and two dimen-

60 sional paper chromatography to evaluate the utility of this technique for clarification of taxonomic and genetic relationships. Chromatographic analysis was made of both sporophytic and gametophytic tissue. Remarkably uniform results were obtained considering material that included collections from single populations, individuals of the same species from different geographical locations, and living and dried material of different habitats. Certain fluorescent pigments were common to all fern specimens. Other pigments could be associated with specific genera or species. Those species which did not fit chromatographically into the present classification were often those of ques­ tionable taxonomic rank. Some pigments were too variable to be recognized as species specific. Nevertheless, the chromatographic distinctiveness of these three genera was clearly established. The hybrid position of some species could be deomonstrated since the .hybrid produced a pattern that was a composite of the two parental species. The fact that our chromatographic studies corro­ borate the results obtained by more classical taxonomic methods suggests this biochemical technique may offer an additional tool for the study of the evolu­ tion of ferns through hybridization, apomixis and polyploidy.

185. A GENETIC ANALYSIS OF PHOTOTACTIC BEHAVIOR IN DROSOPHILA SIMULANS Weber L. Smith (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Reciprocal hybridization studies were carried out with artificially selected photopositive and photonegative strains of Drosophila simulans. Preliminary data indicate that a large proportion of the alleles conferring photopositive behavior are located on the X chromosome of D. simulans, in contrast to the sex of which has bee� demonstrated in D. linkage negative phototaxis - me1anogaster, a sibling species of �. simulans.

186. EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY ON PHOTOTAXIS IN DROSOPHILA Karen L. Kessel (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Using a Hirsch-Hadler phototaxis maze four species of Drosophila have been tested for phototactic behavior at different temperatures and humidities. D. melanogaster, D. simulans, D. pseudoobscura, and D. Wi11istoni were tested at 38°C, 34°C, 31�C, 25°C, 18°(, and humidities of 10% and 50%. Differences have occurred between species and within species at different temperatures and humi­ dities.

187. RELATIVE FITNESS OF BEHAVIORAL PHENOTYPES OF DROSOPHILA Albert T. Spaw (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

In Drosophila, phototactic and geotactic behavior may be quantitatively des­ cribed using Hirsch-Hadler classification mazes. Flies entering the mazes make a series of 15 consecutive light/dark choices for phototactic behavior, or 15 consecutive up/down choices for geotactic behavior. The flies receive scores ranging from 1.0 (highly photo or geonegative) to 16.0 (highly photo or geopositive). Most wild-type populations of flies are photo and geoneutral, showing mean photo and geo scores of about 8.5. According to the interpreta­ tion of genetic homeostasis held by most geneticists, flies showing highly posi­ tive and negative phototactic and geotactic behavior would be expected to have lower relative fitnesses than individuals with intermediate behavioral pheno­ types. The relative fitness of D. melanogaster having various geo and photo­ scores, was estimated by the Cy/Pm technique, which yields data in the form of a competitive index. While no apparent relationship exists between phototactic score and competitive index, flies having negative geoscores show much higher competitive indices than flies that tend to be geopositive.

61 188. DISTRIBUTION OF THE NUCLEOLAR ORGANIZER REGION, USING THE AMMONIACAL-SILVER­ STAIN TECHNIQUE, AS A MEANS OF DIFFERENTIATING BETWEEN ORGANISMS Laura Z. Pacelli (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

From the past studies on the genetics of the leopard frogs (Rana pipiens com­ plex) it has been difficult to distinguish between the various species on the basis of karyotype alone. The chromosomes of the various species appear mor­ phologically similar in length and size. Giemsa staining of the chromosomes of Rana blairi, Rana magnaocularis, Lowland form, and Southern form, consis­ tantly revealed secondary constrictions in these species on the #10 chromosomes. Secondary constrictions appeared on other chromosomes (#13, 14,8, 7, 4) only occasionally. The ammoniaca1-si1ver-stain technique (Ag-AS), which has been shown to differentially stain the chromosomal proteins at the nucleolar organi­ zer region, was used on each of the above species of frogs. The NORs were seen at the secondary constriction positions as black "dots" on golden-colored chro­ mosomes. The Ag-AS technique revealed, more clearly than the Giemsa staining, the precise location of the NORs between the vafious species of frogs. The purpose of the work has been to differentiate between the karyotypes of Rana blairi, Rana magnaocularis, Lowland form, and Southern form, using the position of the NORs as revealed by the Ag-AS technique.

189. PRELIMINARY STUDIES ON APPARENT FORCES COUNTERACTING INBREEDING IN DROSOPHILA PACHEA Margaret � Jefferson and William B. Heed (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The potential for inbreeding and the apparent forces counteracting it may be very important features of the breeding biology of Drosophila pachea. Mass cultures of D. pachea have been easily maintained for many years ln the lab, but difficulty arises when one attempts to maintain isofema1e lines or pair matings. Fertility decreases drastically in a few generations. The suspecti­ bility of Drosophila to inbreeding may be controlled by physiological, behavi­ oral, genetlc, and/or ecological factors. Preliminary data on various compo­ nents of the breeding biology of Q. pachea will be discussed.

190. DEVELOPMENT OF DROUGHT TOLERANT GRAIN SORGHUMS �� Hill and R. L. Voigt (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

A random-mating population of grain sorghum was divided and one-half exposed to water-stress conditions and one-half to normal water conditions for three generations. Sixteen lines were selected at random from the lines developed in each of the two phenotypically-selected populations and evaluated under both soil moisture regimes. The dry and wet soil moisture regimes received 18 and 32 acre inches respectively during the growing season. The lines selected under water-stress conditions had significantly higher yields, as a group, than the lines selected under normal water conditions in both water environments. The 3 highest and 2 lowest yielding wet and dry selections in the water-stress yield test were used in a greenhouse study to look at the association between transpiration rates and yield under both water regimes. The correlation coef­ ficient (r) was .56 for water stress conditions and .52 for normal water con­ ditions indicating that a genotype with a low transpiration rate is not neces­ sary for growth and yield under water-stress conditions. No associations were found between flag leaf area and yield and between leaf area of the top 6 leaves and yield under both moisture conditions. An association was found between plant height and yield. Plant types which yielded more under water stress con-

62 ditions were tall with a high transpiration rate as compared to types that did not yield well under water stress. This phenotype selection procedure could be used as an effective selection procedure for the development of more drought­ tolerant sorghums.

191. ANALYSIS OF PROTEIN SYNTHESIS DURING EARLY EMBRYOGENESIS OF DROSOPHILA MELANO­ GASTER FEMALE STERILE MUTANTS �� Weide and E. S. Goldstein (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Drosophila melanogaster female sterile mutants were screened for aberrant rates of protein synthesis during early embryogenesis utilizing a cell-free protein synthesis assay. Seven mutants were screened one hour after egg depo­ sition, and four of these were screened at five hours. When compared to normal one-hour embryos, one mutant showed a higher rate of protein synthesis, two showed lower rates, and four were near normal. In the five-hour embryos, three displayed a rate lower than normal, and one had a normal rate. The quantity of poly-A-containing RNA in mutant embryos was similar to the amounts found in normal embryos. Total cytoplasmic RNA content was normal in all but one mutant. A model for gene control of message utilization during early embryogenesis will be discussed.

63 GEOGRAPHY

192. ASSESSING OUTDOOR RECREATIONAL PREFERENCES: AN EXPLORATORY STUDY Merton T. Richards (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Using factor analysis, a recreational activity preference typology was devel­ oped for recreational visitors to the Mogollon Rim area of Arizona. The typol­ ogy is made up of three activity aggregates which were found to be correlated with the socioeconomic characteristics of the visitors. A similar approach was used to develop typologies for households living in six population sources in Arizona. Each of these six typologies also consists of three activity aggre­ gates. The aggregates, however, differ among the six populations in ways that indicate preferences aremodified by the availability of recreational opportu­ nities. Resource managers could use typologies developed from visitor data to differen­ tiate between conflicting and compatible activities, and to plan for recreational use on the basis of fewer activity types. Also, they might be used in the devel­ opment of consumption functions as predictors of recreational use.

193. THE PROPOSED GREAT BASIN NATIONAL PARK: THE DEVELOPMENT AND INTERPRETATION OF A UNIQUE GEOGRAPHICAL AREA Robert S. Waite (Weber State College, Utah)

The purpose of the national park system is to interpret the phYSical and cul­ tural landscape of the United States. At the present time there are several regions that are not included in this system, such as the 200,000 square mile Great Basin, the extensive zone of interior drainage located between the Sierra Nevada and Wasatch Mountain-High Plateaus escarpment. This paper portrays the development of a full scale national park in the Great Basin, centered on the 13,000 foot Snake Range in eastern Nevada. Here the salient aspects of recrea­ tional land use development are discussed, such as: (1) park accessibility, (2) visitor accommodations, (3) park administration, and the (4) interpretative program. The latter phase covers typical: (1) geological, (2) biological, (3) anthropological, and (4) historical values, characteristic of the region, as well as some of the local atypical features, such as: the (1) Wheeler G1acieret, (2) Wheeler Rock Glacier, (3) Lexington Arch, (4) Lehman Caves, (5) 5,000 year old bristlecone pine, (6) world's largest mountain mahogany, (7) prehistoric Fremont Indian villages, (8) historic gold mining town of Osceola, (9) Wheeler Peak Heliograph Station, and other scenic and scientific attractions. Such an area warrants national recognition and would make an outstanding national park, serving to interpret one of the most unique but least known regions in the United States.

194. PATTERNS OF EXPECTED USE IN HAWAII IS REMOTE SUBDIVISIONS �� Nishida (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona) and Larry K. Stephenson (University of Hawaii at Hilo, Hawaii)

Rural subdivisions, ranging in size from several to several thousand acres and variously characterized as recreational, second home, retirement, premature, unanchored, or speculative, are quite predominate on the Island of Hawaii. The Puna District of this island contains 53 such subdivisions with 50,227 individual parcels owned by 39,934 different owners,Othe majority of whom reside outside the Island of Hawaii. A random sample of lot owners of four subdivi­ sions was surveyed to determine their intial and current intended use of their subdivision parcel. It was found that the majority of persons initially pur­ chased lots in Puna remote subdivisions solely for investment purposes. Those

64 who initially purchased lots for reasons other than investment, after a period of reconsideration and reevaluation, tend to now also view their lot as an in­ vestment. The majority of lot owners purchased their lots without viewing them and a surprisingly high proportion have yet to visit their subdivision lot. However, the overwhelming majority of Puna lot owners indicated that currently they are satisfied with their parcels.

195. THE DEVELOPMENT OF A DEMAND MODEL FOR UNDEVELOPED RURAL-URBAN FRINGE LAND George Hepner (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

The rapid, often undirected diffusion of urban oriented activities into rural areas has created a multitude of problems in recent years. These problems are exhibited most vividly in the rural-urban interface area known as the rural­ urban fringe. Spatial diseconomies and conflicts of land use control and autonomy have devel­ oped between expanding cities and peripheral towns, townships and land owners. These problems and conflicts are directly related to a lack of planning, control or direction of urban development in the rural-urban fringe. This, in turn, is partially telated to an absence of an understanding by planners and policy makers of the nature and extent of the specific determinants which dictate an undeveloped area becoming the focus of developmental pressures. This study attempts to formulate a model of economic demand for undeveloped rural-urban fringe land in the Toledo, Ohio, metropolitan area. Various spa­ tial-situational factors, such as size, distance to urban activities, present land use and type of zoning are examined in relation to actual transactional land prices for 300 parcels in 29 townships surrounding Toledo. The preliminarY analysis and final composition of t�e models determined distan­ ces to an urban center, an access highway and a regional shopping center as having strong negative functional relationships with land values. Size of the parcel was also a primary determinant of land value. The presence of zoning and combinations of types of zoning, land use and distance factors had signi­ ficant effects on undeveloped land values in the rural-urban fringe. Surpris­ ingly, rate of taxation had an insignificant effect on value regardless of the land use. Knowledge of quantitatively defined indices of demand for undeveloped rural­ urban fringe land could provide the basis for pre-development planning of an area, as well as a utilization of these relationships to direct urban growth in a fashion that is socially, economically and environmentally desirable.

196. A SPATIAL ANALYSIS OF TENNIS RESORTS William James Acker (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Within the past half-decade there has been a remarkable growth in a recrea­ tional activity that formerly had a relatively low level of participation. Tennis has experienced an increase in participation of approximately 230 per­ cent in the past five years. It is estimated that there are more than 35 million tennis players in the United States today. As a res�lt of this increased activity, considerably more attention is being paid to the tennis industry by businessmen, city governments, persons concerned with tourism and the general public. In response to the demand for tennis facilities beyond those offered by city recreational departments and other tax-suppor-ted organizations, wide variety of private facilities have developed, including the most elaborate and compre­ hensive -- the tennis resort.

65 This investigation deals with certain geographic aspects of the resort aspect of the tennis industry. Many questions about tennis resorts can be answered wholly or partially from a geographical perspective. This study begins with a macro analysis of tennis resorts in the United States. The focus progressively narrows to the examination of a large tennis resort in the Phoenix, Arizona, metropolitan area, in order to highlight pertinent ques­ tions concerning such resorts.

197. LATIN AMERICAN LAND INVASIONS AS NON-VIOLENT REVOLUTIONARY ACTION William L. Howenstine (Northeastern Illinois University, Chicago, Illinois)

For many years, the rapid growth of urban centers in Latin America has been marked by invasions of terrain by squatters who defy owners and authorities in seizing vacant land for their"homes. A significant number of these inva­ sions have been group efforts, planned and executed with a high degree of organization and discipline. As such, they bear a striking resemblance to non­ violent civil disobedience campaigns of Black and Latino minorities in the United States, and represent a similar threat to the status quo. A number of·significant differences (as well as similarities) exist between the Latin American and the Anglo-American movements. The association of land own­ ership with traditional power in Latin America lends added significance to or­ ganized land invasions. The relative success of such non-violent action in certain areas suggests that there may be an alternative to the violent social change so often predicted for Latin America.

198. SPATIAL VARIATIONS IN SELECTED SOCIOECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS OF THE CHOCTAW INDIAN NATION IN OKLAHOMA Keith D. Harries, Robert E. Norris, and Paul State University, -- Hagle (Oklahoma Stillwater, Oklahoma) A census of the Choctaw Indian Nation commissioned by the tribe and conducted by the ExtensionDivision of the Oklahoma State University Department of Geo­ graphy provides a unique and comprehensive data source relating to one of Okla­ homa's major tribes. Drawing on this data source and on field observation, selected socioeconomic characteristics of heads of Choctaw households are examined. Indicators reviewed include the age, size, and cost of housing, edu­ cation, and income. Since the low socioeconomic status of native Americans is already well documented, the focus of this paper is on intratribal variations, including an examination of the hypothesis that Indian blood quantum is inverse­ ly related to measures of socioeconomic health.

199. UNITED STATES URBAN CRIME RATES AND CENTRAL CITY CHARACTERISTICS Marshall A. Worden (The University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Crime rates for 119 United States cities are assessed in terms of economic and demographic variables for their central city, outside central city and total SMSA areas. Variables measuring central city phenomena generally provide moder­ ate to high explanation for variance in the dependent variables, but the addi� tion of regional variables for crowding and income inequality result in a sig­ nificant increase in percent of variance explained. Ten stepwise regression models are developed; total crime, total violent crime, rape, murder and robbery are substantially explained but considerable ambiguity results for property crime categories. A cluster of variables are identified which draw attention to the size and age composition of minority populations, particularly in central cities, and hOUSing stock characteristics. Population rank of SMSA's explain little or no additional variance in the models developed except in the case of

66 automobile theft. In several models population rank demonstrates a moderate and (in all cases) negative correlation. Measures of density, birth rate and home ownership characteristics show negligible relationships to crime. Resi­ duals representing serious underestimation of property crime categories and total crime occur for a series of western cities. Residuals associated with severe underestimation of violent crimes are identified with older eastern cities.

200. A METHOD FOR EVALUATING THE ECONOMIC EFFECTS OF THE GRAPE PLANTINGS OF 1969- 1974 ON THE CALIFORNIA WINE INDUSTRY Ralph B. Hutchinson and SidneY � Blumner (California State Polytechnic Univer­ sity, Pomona, California)

For four years, 1970 through 1973, inclusive, shipments of California wine to all markets expanded rapidly. This rapid expansion in wine sales provided incentive for new plantings of wine grapes in California at an accelerated rate. In five years, grape growers added 190,000 acres of newly planted vines to Cali­ fornia vineyards, which are now beginning to bear. To predict the potential impact'of these new plantings upon the California wine industry, the pattern of plantings by type and by county must be compared with the apparent pattern of sales by type of wine - table, dessert, sparkling and special natural. This paper reports on efforts to develop a technique for making such a comparison. Data on both new and old plantings of vines, by type and by count, were utilized to predict the 1975, 1976 and 1977 pattern of the supply of grapes. A computer was used to perform regression analysis to ascertain the most important variables determining sales of each type of wine. The paper discusses the problems en­ countered in building, in selecting and using regression models to project sales of California wine and makes use of the regression equations developed to pro­ ject sales of California wine through the year1977. Finally, projected sales through 1977 are compared with the projected supply patterns of California wine through the year 1977.

201. DIATOMACEOUS EARTH DEPOSITES IN ARIZONA Melvin J. Frost (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Extensive deposits of diatomaceous earth have been found in Arizona in the Verde, Gila and San Pedro River Valleys. Several attempts have been made to develop these large deposites, but they have 'failed to maintain long-term pro­ duction. The largest deposit, located near Mammoth, has been worked by differ­ ent companies in the 1940s, 1950s and 1960s. Close examination of the inherent problems indicate that the relatiyely large amounts of impurities in the crude diatomite, and the distance from markets have restricted production sufficiently to make this light, earthy material non-competitive with similar products from California and Nevada. Diatomaceous earth, also known as diatomite, kieselguhr, infusorial earth, or fossi1e flour, is a product of microscopic silicious frustules derived from free-floating diatoms in fresh or brackish waters. The shells or frustules, chiefly of silica, are lacey structures of intricate designs and varied shapes which provide the characteristics of light weight and large surface exposure desirable for uses in filtering, fillers, insecticides and aggregates. Domestic production of diatomite has steadily increased since 1960. Sufficient improvements have been made in transportation, benefaction processes and mining technology to produce Arizona diatomite at a profit. However future production in Arizona will depend on the stability of markets and prices.

67 202. SOME GEOGRAPHIC ASPECTS OF TIMBER PRODUCTION IN CALIFORNIA Louis J. Mihalyi (California State University, Chico, California)

California'S forest products have played an important part in the growth of the state's economY. The gold rush was triggered by the discovery of placer gold at the site of the first waterpowered sawmill in interior California. Histori­ cally many communities were located at the sites of early sawmills. However, the present characteristics of the forest industry are the result of signifi­ cant changes after World War II, including a great building boom in response to the demand generateOd by a large population increase. Most of the prewar produc­ tion was for construction timber only, while at the present time pulp and ply­ wood are also significant. The current trend is toward fewer but larger saw­ mills, a diversification of the forest industry, and increased utilization of mill byproducts. Overall, the importance of the forest industry decreases from north to south while the ownership of commercial forests is almost equally divi­ ded between public and private owners.

203. DEPOPULATION AND FUNCTIONAL CENTRALIZATION IN WESTERN KANSAS Judy �arke� Appelt (Boulder, Colorado)

Functional changes in forty central places in an agricultural area undergoing population decline were examined for the period 1950 to 1970. Annular diagrams, multiple regreSSion models, and factor analYSis were used to obtain an inte­ grated description of the system for each census year and of the changes which occurred. Places characterized as county seats or at least 20 miles distant from a larger neighbor increased in functional complexity despite population decrease; all others experienced 'functional loss. These variables were mean­ ingful in explaining the number of functions lost or gained: county seat sta­ tus, distance to the nearest larger neighbor, relative population change, popu­ lation in 1950, and number of road links. Factor and grouping analyses were used to elucidate the central place system according to relationships between specific functions. The minimal set of functions increased for high and intermediate order places and decreased for low order places. A trend toward county level centralization was evident at all scales of analysis.

204. SPATIAL ASPECTS OF THE DICHOTOMY BETWEEN CENTRAL CITY AND SUBURB IN AMERICAN METROPOLITAN AREAS Dean S. Rugg (University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebraska)

In this paper a descriptive model is developed to isolate four spatial subsys­ tems of the American metropolitan area that accentuate the dichotomY between central city and suburbs. The dislocations among these four subsystems help to make this cleavage perhaps the most serious spatial problem in urban life. 1. Physical: Physical subsystems like water and air pollution or flooding are regional in nature and override the political lines between central city and suburb. 2. Economic: The economic subsystem of the metropolitan area reflects an im­ balance toward the suburbs where most of the wealth and power resides without corresponding responsibilities to the central city. 3. Social: The social subsystem reflects the fact that the suburbs have often IIzoned out" changes which might alter the economic imbalance that exists. 4. Political: The political fragmentation of American metropolitan areas makes attempts to solve regional problems or to correct economic and social inequities very difficult.

68 The paper utilizes data regarding these four subsystems to analyze some spatial aspects of this American metropolitan dichotomY.

205. INTERNAL SPATIAL STRUCTURE ON NON-METROPOLITAN URBAN PLACES Wi 11 i am Dakan (Uni vers i ty of Loui svill e, Kentucky)

The major focus of geographic investigations into the internal structure of American cities has been on Chicago, Toronto and other large cities. Due to problems of data collection and methodology, investigation into the internal structure of small towns has been limited to morphological studies. Five small towns in southeastern Wisconsin are examined in this paper. In addition to town morphology, social and economic variables for enumeration dis­ tricts from the 1970 Census are used to examine the internal variation in the communities. Aerial photos and city directories are also used. Hypotheses derived from studies of large cities are tested as to their applica­ bility for small towns. Other hypotheses for future analysis are advanced.

206. URBAN DESIGN PLANNING: THE ROLE OF THE GEOGRAPHER Larry �ord (San Diego State University, California)

Once upon a time, urban design was thought to be the baliwick of art and archi­ tecture. Urban deSign was architects (following in the footsteps of Bernini) adding plazas, fountains and great vistas to the mundant city. During the past decade, all this has changed. With the publication of such seminal works as Urban Design as Public Policy, space Adrift, and especially San Francisco's Urban Design Plan, urban design has emerged as a comprehensive approach to the soclal, functional and aesthetic concerns of the city. Good urban design plan­ ning involves not only such things as architecture and park .design, but also environemntal legibility studies, neighborhood identity surveys, traffic flow studies and a wide variety of endeavors with which geographers have long been associated. More than this, urban design planning represents a comprehensive and integrated attempt to identify. and understand the character of a place. The purpose of this paper is to review some aspects of the urban design pro­ cess as practiced in New York, San Francisco and San Diego, and to demonstrate the contribution that geographers can make ..

207. PLACE, SPACE, UBIETY: SALT LAKE CITY SAMPLINGS Gary B. Peterson (Salt Lake City, Utah)

Salt Lake City, like every other place, is a place distinctive in its total compages of elements of landscape. Most interesting in this city's instance, however, are the unique elements focused here on the Mormon Culture Region's primate city. The prominence on the local scene of such words as "lion" and

"Descret" , beehives cast on fire callboxes and in new Main Street sidewalks, and the advertising of a "Stake" (not steak!) dinner are obvious elements Qf a distinctive local culture. Others are more subtle, such as the historic irri­ gation system now largely buried under the urban veneer. An insidious dilution of the traditional visual core of "the corssroads of the West" has taken place at an accelerated pace in the past half decade. Temple Square's ten acres and Temple have been since conception the visual focal point of Mormons and non-Mormons alike in their mental view of the ideal "Salt Lake City". In 1976 the only major unobstructed view of that symbolic edifice is from a northern approach on 1-15. Projected cons truct ion will contribute to a further closing of visual corridors and the high-rise box until the visit6r will have to crane his neck from the Square to see it.

69 208. RESIDENTIAL MOBILITY OF BLACK URBAN HOUSEHOLDS AND THE UTILITY OF CENSUS DATA Leo Zonn (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

The purpose of this research was to evaluate the utility of census tract data for the testing of several hypotheses concerned with intra-urban migration pro­ pensities of a black population characterized by substantial growth. Regression analysis was used to test the hypotheses. Three indices were presented in sep­ arating turnover from net migration. The conclusion was that census data are not adequate for the analysis of mobility propensities in cases where the study area is characterized by substantial rates of growth.

209. A MODEL OF ATTENDENCE BY OUT-OF-STATE STUDENTS AT THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA Gerald W. Edmonds (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The number of students attending regular sessions during the 1974-75 school year at the University of Arizona and listed as residents of states other than Arizona represents a significant portion of total student enrollment. Nineteen variables originally were thought to have a significant association with the observed number of students attending regular sessions at the U. of A. Four of these variables provide moderately good estimates of the number of students attending the university. Correlation analysis usin9 (1) total population of each state, (2) per capita income for each state, (3) mean annual temperature for the largest city in each state and (4) the number of people residing in Arizona in 1970 who lived in another state in 1965 yields a coefficient of mul­ tiple correlation of 0.92. However, the predicted values for student attendence from some states differ substantially from the actual number of students from these states. The regional variations occurring are inexplicable with respect to variables that were tested. Other factors peculiar to each state affect the differences among states and some bf these factors are discussed.

210. INCOMES AND ACCESSIBILITY Quentin Gillard (California State University, Northridge, California)

This paper examines the effects of metropolitan labor force participation by a dispersed population, specifically considering the effects of commuting upon incomes of commuters in 1960 and 1970. The effects of changes in labor force participation upon changing income levels of a sample population between 1960 and 1970 are determined, using controls for the effects of a number of socio­ economic variables such as education, occupation, age, race and labor force participation rates. A stratified random sample of some 850 census tracts and minor civil divisions (MCDs) was obtained such that in each of the commonly recognized subregions of the United States, a proportionate number of tracts and MCDs from the urban fields of different sized metropolitan areas were included. A stepwise multi­ ple regression analysis was then performed for the total sample and for each of five successively smaller metropolitan size groups. Although statistically significant as a determinant of income and income change for the total sample, metropolitan labor force participation declined markedly in relative importance between 1960 and 1970, the decline varying in magnitude for the different metropolitan size groups.

211. AN APPROACH TO ESTIMATING THE DEMAND FOR MEDICAL SERVICES � W. Minshall, E. Ramlet, D. Dippold (Battelle Columbus Laboratories, Columbus, OhiQ1

70 The purpose of this paper is to describe an approach to the projection of demand for hospital services which is appropriate for several types of health care facilities found in different geographic settings. Projections of the demand for hospital services are very complex because they may incorporate a multiplicity of spatial perspectives, time frames, types of patients, hospital services, and indicators of demand. Because of this complexity, there is no single approach to demand projections which realistically result in estimates for a hospital's services. In this paper, a conceptual framework, or model, is described which has been used to estimate the certain types of aggregate demand for hospital services associated with specific tributary areas for indi­ vidual hospitals and for services within these hospitals. Among the topics described in greater detail in the paper are: 1. Clarification of demand indices. 2. Review of other hospital demand estimation approaches. 3. Description of the Battelle Health Services Demand Model. This main section of the paper includes six major topics. First, an overview of the Battelle approach is presented which describes the major components of the model and how these fit together. Second, a description is included of a Ilspatial analysis." of health care, including detailed evaluation of the availability of hospital services and how these relate to specific types of patients and hospital programs. Third, the Battelle approach includes a detailed demo­ graphic analysis that is related to the demand for patient care. Fourth, the model incorporates a multiple regression analysis used to estimate the demand for specific hospital services such as medical, surgical, pediatric, and maternity care. Fifth, the approach includes a neighborhood analysis designed to evaluate trends in the immediate area of an individual hospital. Finally, this demand estimation approach involves an examination of referral patterns and the need for a specific procedure carried out for a hospital. 4. The final e]ement in this approach is to arrive at a "net" estimate of the demand for the hospital services. In short, the procedure described above involves a geographically comprehensive demand estimation system as well as a hierarchical approach to estimating the need for specific health care services.

212. THE IMPACT OF INTERREGIONAL MIGRATION UPON NONMETROPOLITAN AMERICA, 1965-1970 Patricia Gober-Meyers (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

During a large portion of U. S. history, nonmetropolitan areas were plagued by a net outmigration of people. The selective nature of this migration resulted in populations consisting of more old, unskilled, and poorly educated people than would normally be expected. Generally, these residual populations were ill equipped to enact the significant structural changes necessary for meaning­ ful economic development in nonmetropolitan areas. More recent evidence indicates a resurgence of interest in nonmetropolitan regions manifested by a shift in migration patterns. During the period from 1965 to 1970, nonmetropo1itan areas experienced a net inmigration at the expense of major U. S. metropolitan regions. The purpose of this paper is to examine the magnitude of character of this trend with special emphasis placed upon its develppment in nonmetropolitan America. The analysis is basically descriptive and consists of an examination of the size and age, sex, race, and education composition of in- and out-migration for the metropolitan and nonmetropolitan subsections of each U. S. state. The data source is the 15 percent Public Use Sample from the 1970 Census of Population. Consisting of basic records from census questionnaires, the PubllC Use Sample provides an exhaustive demographic, socio-economic, and residential profile of a one percent sample of U. S. households and the persons residing therein.

71 The data indicate that-, in addition to experiencing a net gain in populations as a result of 1975 to 1970 migration, nonmetropo1itan areas were favored by a positive change in the composition of their populations. On the basis of their age, sex, race, and education, inmigrants to nonmetropo1itan areas exhibited greater income earning capacity than out-migrants. This evidence is consistent with the growing economic viability of nonmetropo1itan regions as indicated by a sizable rise in per capita income.

213. PAPAGO EMPLOYMENT AND THE GRAVITY MODEL Elliot G. McIntire (California State University, Northridge, California)

Many factors influence the movement of people from one location to another. A number of models have been proposed to describe such behavior, but none of these is entirely satisfactory for most purposes. An examination of Pap�go Indian off-reservation employment shows that much of the population spends at least part of the year at off-reservation locations (in some cases such resi­ dence has become more or less permanent, although close ties to the home village on the reservation are usually maintained). Such bi-loca1 residence can be viewed as a continuation of earlier patterns. Pre- and early-historic Papagos usually spent part of the year in an agricul­ tural village and moved to other locations for hunting and gathering during the rest of the year. It is tempting to describe present patterns as the modifi­ cation of previous social and residential adaptations to meet the needs of current conditions. However, to do so may lead to emphasizing sociocultural influence shaping migration patterns, overlooking other' factors which may in fact be more fruitful. A re-examination of the data which formed the basis of Waddell IS classic Papago Indians at Work shows that much of the pattern of movement to off-reservation employment can be described by a simple gravity model. Kinship and other socio­ cultural factors are, in most cases, important only when they reinforce that model.

214. AGAVE SHAWII: A BIOGEOGRAPHIC AND TAXONOMIC APPRAISAL RICKard L. Haiman (California State University, Chico, California)

Agave shawii is a characteristic and locally abundant member of the coastal scrub flora of the littoral deserts of northwestern Baja California. The popu­ lations comprising this polymorphic agave group have been variously placed within five species on the basis of questionable taxonomic criteria--measure­ ments of leaf form and terminal spine characters. During this study, popula­ tions of Agave shawii distributed between the International Boundary and the southern Vizcafno Desert were sampled utilizing·45 measurements of potential t�xonomic significance. Findings strongly suggest that measurements of floral parts are of primary taxonomic value, with vegetative and growth habits of secondary importance, and leaf and terminal spine morphologies virtually are null as taxonomicallY valid criteria. This highly variable and largely uncol­ lected species presently is being severely depleted, with maximum destruction taking place in the northern extensions of its range. The plants are being gathered, burned and extensively cleared from their coastal distributions. Post-disturbance successional models are developed for several sites and vege­ tative regeneration has been monitored between 1969 and 1975. At these sites, � shawii has proven to be ecologically fragile, intolerant of massive dis­ tUrDance and in danger of local extinctions from over, one-third of its range.

72 215. A PRELIMINARY DELINEATION OF THE CHIHUAHUAN DESERT Robert H. Schmidt, Jr. (University of Texas at El Paso, Texas)

Mean annual temperature and precipitation values obtained from nearly 650 weather stations were utilized to delineate the Chihuahuan Desert based upon the de Martonne aridity index. Using an aridity in�ex of �10, the contiguous Chihuahuan Desert occupies approximately 355,000 km , with 73 percent of its area in the five states of north-central Mexico and the remainder in the south­ west U. S. Other delineations of this arid zone, including those by Johnston, Instituto de Geografia, UNA M, Stretta-Mosino Contreras, Viv6, and Shreve, have been mapped at the same scale to make possible a composite which provides additional basis for establishing something approaching firm boundaries for North America's least known desert. As there exist vast areas where long-term climatic data is non-existent, field work is being conducted and short-term climatic data is being collected. This information will contribute to a more detailed delineation.

216. CONTINENTALITY IN THE UNITED STATES Stephen M. Sutherland (University of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma)

Continentality is defined as lithe degree to which a point on the earth's sur­ " face is in all respects subject to the influence of a land mass ... Essentially, continentality is a function of the range of temperature. Three indices of con­ tinentality, Gorcynski, Johnson, and Conrad have been used by the climatological community to assign a numerical value to this concept. Each of the three indices, derived from the following formulae have been mapped for over 3,000 climatological stations in the United States utilizing 1941-70 data:

= - w. k 0 20 • 4 Gorczynski Slnv

1 O. V. Johnson k = :6A - 14 Sln)?

- 1.7A v. Conrad k - - 14 sin (50 + lOdC) where k = the index of continentality

A = difference between the mean temperature of the warmest and coldest months in °C

X> = latitude

The resulting maps are compared with previously extant maps of continentality. Suggestions are offered concerning the differences among the maps and possible implications for further climatological research.

217. AN EXPERIMENTAL ANALYSIS OF DIFFERENT SOLAR RADIATION SENSORS Albert Barnett and Bruce Goetz (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

The recent interest in solar radiation as a viable source of energy stemmed from the current energy crisis. Although tremendous strides are being made in solar research, one of the primary difficulties besetting measurement and data collection efforts is that of sensor inaccuracy. Compounding this problem is the use of sensors which are of different design characteristics (e.g., sensitivity, response, wavelength response). Therefore, in any analysis of the

73 spatial and temporal distribution of solar energy, caution must be taken when the network consists of a variety of different types of sensors. When compar­ ing solar radiation values at different sites, a full understanding of sensor characteristics and history must be maintained, since significant differences may arise spatially simply as a result of sensor characteristics, and therefore the differences may not be "real" differences. An experiment was conducted at the ASU Lab of Climatology to compare six dif­ ferent solar pyranometers to an Eppley Precision Spectral Pyranometer which was recently calibrated against a national standard instrument. The research period covered sixteen clear days in the fall of 1975 with readings taken at 20 minute, 5 minute, and 5 second intervals. The six sensors were compared on the basis of their diurnal calibration characteristics. Comparison of the six sensors showed that the instrument design characteristics appear to cause significant differences in total energy measured, particularly on an inter-diurnal basis.

218. AIR MOVEMENT IN THE GRAND CANYON Anthony Brazel (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Air movements in the Grand Canyon and their relationships to the Canyon energy budget and to the regional pressure gradient is a subject deserving considera­ ble study. For example, Canyon visibility and air quality are directly related to air flow patterns (Malm, 1974). The spatial variation of wind velocity, wind direction, and air temperature in the canyon is very complex and not very well understood at present. A combina­ tion of the regional pressure gradient, regional topography and local wall sur­ face heating all play important roles in causing considerable wind variations at any given time and place throughout the canyon. In order to better understand wind flow and air quality in the Grand Canyon, Malm installed automatic weather stations and pollution samplers at selected elevations in the canyon. Subsequently Malm and Brazel have sampled, for short periods of time, wall radiant temperatures (with a special remote temperature recorder) and wi nd flow d uri ng di fferent weather condi tions. This paper details research results to date and indicates that classical theories on canyon air flow do not explain adequately the patterns observed in the Grand Canyon.

219. A TEST OF THE HOLDRIDGE WORLD PLANT FORMATIONS MODEL THROUGH AN ANALYSIS OF THE VEGETATION OF MEXICO J. Stuart Krebs (Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado)

The Holdridge World Plant Formations Model was intended to be applicable to all terrestrial vegetation patterns regardless of location. To date, however, it has been used primarily in the American Tropics. These applications have been generally successful, but not without criticism. Further tests of the system are desirable and Mexico fulfills the requirements for such a test. It is diverse: latitudinally, topographically and climatically; and there are avail­ able both a good vegetation map and a reasonable density of climatic data. The application of the model to Mexico provided a critical test of the Holdridge system and indicated a possible refinement of the vegetation mapping. Most climatic data gathered from a mapped vegetation type plotted within a compatible plant formation on the Holdridge diagram. Most, but not all, excep­ tiQns were readily explained. The climatic amplitude of mapped vegetation types is very effectively illus­ trated by the plot of corresponding data on the Holdridge diagram. Probable variations and transitional situations within mapped vegetation types can be

74 predicted from a comparison of the geographical location of the climatic sta­ tion with the location on the diagram determined by the data from that station.

220. OSTRICH FARMING IN ARIZONA Malcolm L. Comeaux (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

The raising of ostriches in Arizona began in the late 1880's, became big busi­ ness soon after 1900, and had ended by the First World War. There were no ob­ stacles to raising ostriches in Arizona, and no problems to be worked out. Even small farmers began raising these birds with much success. Arizona soon dominated the industry, with two-thirds of all ostriches in America being raised in the Salt River Valley. The major reason for raising these birds was for their feathers, which were important in ladies' fashions. The vast majority of feathers used were imported from South Africa, and local producers hoped to get into what was thought to be a very lucrative business. However, it turned out to be just another of those "boom to bust" ideas for which Arizona is so well known. Fashions changed in 1913, feathers were no longer in demand, and the industry collapsed.

221. RESOLUTION AND SPATIAL CONSEQUENCES OF MEXICAN-AMERICAN LAND TENURE CONFLICT IN CALIFORNIA David Hornbeck (California State University, Northridge, California)

The transfer of Mexico's northern territories to the United States suddenly thrust the area into direct contact with a radically different set of social and economic characteristics, of which land was the central point of conflict. Attempts to combine Mexican-American land tenure systems in California resulted in a disruptive settlement process during the first thirty years of Anglo occu­ pation. Merging the two by adjudication in the courts did little, to facilitate solving the problem immediately but instead intensified an already confusing and difficult situation. The United States' adoption of previous Mexican land grant boundaries for purposes of legal land description proved to be an impor­ tant variation to the usual settlement procedure employed previously in other frontier areas, resulting in a distinctive landscape pattern in both the rural and urban areas of California.

222. THE GOAT IN RELATION TO LAND USE IN THE HUMID TROPICS WITH EMPHASIS ON EAST AFRICA Lawrence D. Sullivan (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

The use of the goat by man is widespread in both the new and old world. For this reason the study of the domestic goat (Capra hircus) by geographers and others is appropriate. Although the goat traditionally has been found in arid tropical regions, it has a history of use in Africa, which is a humid tropical region. It has been a successful producer of milk and meat in pastoral land use schemes where other animals have failed. Goats therefore fill a niche in world agriculture and warrant study by students of rangeland and its uses. In fact, the goat is being used to manipulate vegetation and provide more range­ land for other herd animals. The African continent has a predominance of pastora 1 1 and use and the goat is an integra 1 part of that economy and ecol ogy. Some topics raised in the paper are: the domestication and short history of the goat, the varied aspects of goat grazing and brqwsing, the concept of dual usage, bush eradication and vegetation manipulation, range management, animal ecology in the humid tropics generally and future goat and land use patterns.

75 223. DEVELOPMENT OF THE HOPI RESERVATION Louis Seig (University of Louisville, Kentucky)

This paper traces the history of the development of the Hopi Reservation. It deals with the documents used in the decision-making process which produced the Hopi Reservation as it exists today. Until the establishment of the Moqui (Hopi) Agency in 1974, the Hopi Indians were relatively free of any outside control. As sedentary farmers living in nucleated villages, they travelled over a wide area of the Southwest to farm, to hunt, for religious purposes, and to trade. Because of encroachments on their territory by Navahos and Mormons, a reservation was created for the Hopi by executive order in 1882. Interpretations by government agencies of the executive order have reduced the size of the original reservation exclusively for Hopi use. The remainder was determined to be joint-use land which is presently under dispute. The impOSition of boundaries in the Hopi case has been a failure. They have not protected the Hopi against encroachment; instead they have produced con­ flict and unrest. This study attempts to place the historical geography of the Hopi Reservation into some perspective of Indian-Anglo and Indian-Indian rela­ tionships.

224. CULTURAL REFLECTIONS IN THE CEMETERY Sylvia L. Bender (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Cemeteries are an integral part of man's cultural landscape. Reflections of traditional values, religious tenents, economic and social status, and settle­ ment patterns are mirrored in the monument styles, history of their locations and spatial lay-outs. Tempe, Arizona, and its cemetery, Double Buttes, form the matrix of this study. The visible aspects of the cemetery through time (tombstones, grave distribution, landscape) and the current burial patterns of city residents are studied. Definite trends in monument style popularity occur. Social and economic patterns are also evidenced in both visible landscape and current burial practices. In early settlement days, the cemetery did serve as a reflection of the commu­ nity. However, factors such as mobility, ethnic shifts, decreaSing se1f­ sufficiency and changing social custom have radically altered, if not negated, such a statement.

225. A GEOGRAPHICAL ANALYSIS OF HISTORIC PLACES IN THE WESTERN STATES Alvar W. Carlson (Bowling Green State University, Ohio)

As of December 1975, hundreds of properties in the western states were included in the National Register of Historic Places. Many had been designated as his­ toric places since the passage of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966. A historic place is a district, site, building, structure or object which is "significant in American history, architecture, archeology, and cu1- ture." These historic places were first analyzed by mapping their distribu- -tion by county for the western states. Each historic place was then categor­ ized and mapped under one of a number of headings: farm, urban, industry, Indian, prehistoric or archeological, religious, military, transportation, governmental, mining, educational and residential. The maps reflect what kinds of properties are perceived by residents to be of Significance in explaining the historical development and culture of each western state.

226. COCA PRODUCTION IN THE CHAPARE REGION OF BOLIVIA Ray Henkel (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

76 Coca is an ancient plant believed to have originated somewhere in the high Andes of Bolivia or Peru. The mastication (chewing) of coca leaves has been a common practice of the Quechua and Aymara Indians of these countries for many centuries. The consumption of coca leaves remains a deeply ingrained way of life despite numerous efforts to reduce it. The main coca-producing region of Bolivia is the Chapare, a tropical lowland lying along the base of the Andes northwest of the city of Chochabamba. This region produces approximately 80 percent of the coca leaves in Bolivia. Light weight, high value and an assured market for coca leaves make them the main cash crop (accounting for more than 90 percent of the income) of colonists of this region. Many in the younger generation in Bolivia are abandoning the use of coca. As internal consumption declines, the possibility and the profitability of the use of the leaves for the manufa.cture of cocaine for the world drug market increases. Thus, efforts are being undertaken to eliminate its cultivation in the Chapare and other producing areas of Bolivia. The current efforts largely have failed due to the lack of equally profitable cash crops and continued demand for coca by many highland Indians.

227. RESOURCE MANAGEMENT EXPERIENCES WITH IMPLICATIONS FOR NUCLEAR POWER DEVELOP­ MENT DECISIONS John H. Sorensen (University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado)

Within the next decade serious decisions must be made on developing nuclear energy. In the past, the locus of nuclear decision making rested with a select elite in government and business. It has gradually shifted toward greater public involvement, and in several states the future of nuclear energy will partially be decided by public referendum. Several past resource management experiences have implications for nuclear decisions. From studies of human response to the risks and uncertainties of natural hazards, we have discovered that individuals conform to a model of bounded rationality and do not behave according to concepts of economic man. The implications of alternative models of human choice for nuclear energy deci­ sions are discussed in light of upcoming referenda. Similarities exist between the characteri-stics of community fluoridation controversies and the nuclear issue. Since both issues may be based on a similar set of social processes, we can expect the nuclear referenda may follow a pattern similar to fluoridation referenda. This paper draws attention to the insights of these two experiences and out­ lines the implications they hold for future nuclear energy decisions.

228. ALTERED ECOSYSTEMS AND NEW CIVIC RESPONSIBILITIES Charles Kaplan (University of Houston, Texax)

The purpose of this paper is not to discuss the consequences of urbanization for the environment but to address the creativity and diver.stty of response involved in the management of altered urban ecosystems--particularly that of urban waste water management. Management of the local environment, until recently, proceeded from 1 ocally defi ned goal s and was admi ni stered through locally developed institutional structures. For nineteenth-century industrial cities the innovation of or adoption of waste water management techniques was crucial for continued growth. The fits and starts of this nineteenth-century activity helped define the urban form and institutional structure that contem­ porary legislation addresses.

77 The shift to a sense of national responsibility for the consequences of altera­ tions within local ecosystems has been accompanied by the federal rou"tinization of local innovations. For example the objective of the 1972 Federal Water Pol­ lution Control Act is to "restore and maintain the chemical, physical, and bio­ logical integrity of the Nationts waters." Restoration and maintenance will, in part, be achieved through the areawide waste treatment management "of urban­

industrial concentrations ... having substantial water quality control problems." Nationally approved'goals� pOlicy and process are outlined in the Act for local application. A case study of the Metropolitan Sanitary District of Greater Chicago is dis­ cussed to provide an historical perspective on the theme of altered ecosystems and new civic responsibilities.

229. SELECTED STRATEGIES FOR CORRECTIVE SETERIORATING ECOLOGICAL CONDITIONS IN GHANA Robert Dodoo, Jr (Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, Accra, Ghana)

No Abstract

230. SOCIAL, ECONOMIC AND LAND USE IMPACTS OF PROJECT DEVELOPMENT IN RURAL AREAS: A REVIEW Peter F. Mason {Bechtel Corporation, San Francisco}

Social, economic, and land use impacts of large project development in rural areas have been the object of serious studY over the past half�deeade. From an examination of several case studies as well as a review of selected number of environmental assessments which address social, economic, and land use impacts, a number of complex, interrelated components of such impact have emerged. These general problem areas include: (1) land use and community planning and zoning; (2) coordination between major employers and impacted communities; (3) changes in quality of life (i.e., recreational, medical, public safety facilities and community aesthetics); (4) availability of educational facili­ ties; (5) availability of housing;. (6) transportation planning and coordination between project and community; (7) availability of retail and service facili­ ties; (81 revenue sources' for financing publ ic services; (9) integration of new residents into established communities; (10) labor turnover; (11) intercommunity cooperation; and, (12) distribution of economic benefits. For some situations where adverse impacts have developed, three interrelated problem components appear to develop. These include: (1) rapid population growth and degraded quality of life; (2) declining industrial productivity; and (3) shortfall in local service sector. Perhaps the most constructive approach toward the ameli­ oration of adverse social, economic, and land use impacts is to include the following: (1) early socioeconomic and land use baseline and impact analysis to identify major off-site problem components; (2) development of a community impact management program in conjunction with the local community (i.e., planners, businessmen, industrial representatives, other interested parties); (3) development of one or more programs or planning strategies that will help absorb the impact of rapid community change; and, (4) coordinate changes in project development (i.e., construction build-up and decline) with community impact control programs. An early start and the maintenance of consistency in content and structure of the impact management control program can be expected to hold the problems of social, economic, and land use impacts to a manageable level.

78 231. MEASURING THE GEOGRAPHIC DISPERSION OF THE ECONOMIC IMPACT OF NATURAL RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT: THE CASE OF ARIZONA COPPER George F.Leaming (Arizona Economic Information Center, Marana, Arizona)

Copper production has been shown to have a diverse and widespread economic impact on various a reas and communities throughout Arizona. This impact has been felt through the copper industry's roles as: (1) an employer; (2) a tax­ payer; and (3) a purchaser of goods and services from other Arizona businesses. The several direct and indirect contributions to personal, governmental, and business income for the period 1970 to 1974 are detailed by region, county, school district and municipality. The methods used to derive the estimates are described and the implications for non-mining regions of changes in mining acti­ vity are discussed.

232. EVALUATING AND PROJECTING THE IMPACT OF LARGE SCALE RESOURCE EXTRACTION OPERA­ TIONS: SOME OBSERVATIONS BASED ON FIELD STUDY IN SOUTHERN ARIZONA AND NORTHERN MEXICO AS OBSERVED BY A MULTI-DISCIPLINARY TEAM �£]ark, K. J. DeCook, K. E. Foster, L. J. Gibson, C. Glass, F. Matter, and E. ,.Williams (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

During the summer of 1975, an experimental multi-disciplinary field research project was conducted by a University of Arizona faculty team. There were two basic objectives behind the formulation of this project. The first intention was to develop a set of guidelines to aid in the planning of a balanced program for the development of large-scale resource extraction opera­ tions and their support facilities in arid and semi-arid countries. The utili­ zation of a multi-disciplinary team for this"project was to insure full exposure to a wide range of concerns and value systems th�ough group interaction, in the process of achieving a final balance between resource development, human ameni­ ties and safeguards for the supporting natural environments. The second inten­ tion in the project formulation was to explore some of the facets of multi­ disciplinary team interaction under field conditions, both in the United States and in Mexico. The ultimate goal of the project supported by both of the pri­ mary intentions was to -increase the capabilities of the University of Arizona to respond to future requests for mul tt-dtsctpl tnary assistance from developing countries. As a means of increasing this response capability, seven faculty members were chosen from six different disciplines acroSs the campus to participate in the project and to gain experience in the multi-disciplinary concept. These mem­ bers were as follows: Professor Ken Clark, College of Architecture; Dr. Jim DeCook, Water Resources Research Center; Dr. Ken Foster, Office of' Arid Lands Studies; Dr. Lay Gibson, Geography and Area Development; Professor Carl Glass, Mining and Geological Engineering; Professor Fred Matter, College of Architec­ ture as Team Leader; and Dr. Edward Williams, Political Science. A study outline was developed around the life-cycle of open pit copper mining in Arizona and Mexico as a means of observing the impact of large-scale re­ source extraction operations under field conditions. A range of sites was picked in each country illustrating: (1) a developing copper mine; (2) a fully developed mining area; and (3) an area in which the mineral deposit had become uneconomical to mine. Similar phases in the development cycle were compared between Arizona and Mexico with regard to natural environmental impacts, and social and economic impacts on supporting communities. The scheduling of the field work was organized so that the team spent the first two weeks visiting mining sites in Arizona as a break-in period without foreign language problems. The second two weeks then were spent in Mexico, with a final wrap-up period at the University in Tucson.

79 Prep�rations now are being final ized to publish the team's findings. Interested partles may receive when of copies, available, by contacting. the Office Arid Lands Studies, University of Arizona, Tucson.

80 GEOLOGY

233. PRECAMBRIAN CONTROL ON ARIZONA GEOLOGY Phillip Anderson (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The evolution of Mesozoic and Cenozoic geology in Arizona, as a direct result of plate tectonic interactions at ,the Pacific continental margin, is rapidly becoming an established fact. Our present record, though incomplete, suggests individually identifiable volcanic or plutonic events in the Jurassic, Cretac­ eous, Laramide, early Tertiary and mid Tertiary, all of which are accompanied by distinct deformation styles. Further synthesis awaits unified structural­ petrologic-geochronologic studies designed to test and refine plate-tectonic models. Too frequently is the activity of Precambrian basement in these Mesozoic and Cenozoic events discounted as insignificant or neglected because basement is considered isotropic and unfractured. As Precambrian basement comprises over two-thirds of Arizona's continental crust, it is very significant in controlling the activity of Phanerozoic cover which passively overlies it. Similarly, the basement is highly anisotropic and extensively fractured. Large composite granitic batholiths invade and disrupt variably deformed and metamorphosed sedimentary and volcanic terrains. Resulting planar weaknesses include NE­ trending bedding and foliation, the borders of and fracture systems internal to batholithic masses, and a systematic Precambrian shear network. Many puzzling aspects of Cordilleran geology in Arizona such as the location, distribution and emplacement mod� of Laramide plutons, their sulphide systems, profuse Cenozoic basaltic vulcanism and Basin-range faulting are readily expli­ cable in terms of the basement's controlling influence. An understanding of the various Precambrian fabric elements and their time-dependent preferential reactivity provides a powerful tool to analyze the Mesozoic-Cenozoic tectonics of Arizona and thereby significantly advance our science.

234. SPACIAL DISTRIBUTION OF ZIRCONS IN PORPHYROBLASTIC GNEISSES Ronald B. Meers (Texas Tech University)

Force of crystallization remains a controversial idea in metamorphic petrology. Interpretation of porphyroblastic growth as replacement of displacement is critical in reconstructing sequential metamorphic events. Minerals formed or recrystallized during metamorphism canot be used to suggest or indicate physi­ cal displacement. 'Zircons act as resistant bodies which do not dissolve and recrystallize within classic metamorphic temperatures and pressures, and thus can be used to detect variations in their distribution caused by mechanical movement.

Several porphYroblastic gneisses were collected that displayed prominent bowing­ out of s, and others were collected that showed no "wrapped-around" texture. The rocks were cut into slabs approximately 5 mm thick, and the zircons were recovered from four selected portions by standard heavy mineral separation techniques: 1) centers of porphyroblasts, 2) outside edges of porphyroblasts, 3) marginal areas surrounding porphyrob1asts, and 4) areas of the matrix some­ what removed from the region of porphyrob1astic growth. Relative ratios of zircon weight percent separated from these factions are on the average 1.0, 1.3,12.0, and 9.0. Different rocks gave varying amounts of recovered zircons, but all samples produced essentially the same ratios. The conclusion is drawn that these feldspathic porphyroblasts did indeed push aside most of the resistant zircons, and quite likely some of the early formed micaceous "wrapped-around" rims.

81 235. COPPER MINERALIZATION IN CONGLOMERATES AND ASSOCIATED ROCKS ALONG THE MOGOLLON RIM Ralph Rogers (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Copper sulfide and oxide mineralization occurs in rocks of the Oak Creek member of the Supai formation. This mineralization, of the strata-bound type, occurs sporadically over a distance in excess of forty miles along the Mogollon Rim. Primary copper minerals present include chalcopyrite, bornite, chalcocite and covellite. At one locality, galena, sphalerite and uramninite are present. The mineralization is spacially related to carbonaceous (plant) and algal material. The copper sulfides frequently replace pyrite. This pyrite is pro­ bably diagenetic and related to the reducing conditions created by organic

material in the sediments. . Mineralization is found exclusively in sedimentary rocks. The sediments were deposited as part of a clastic shoreline complex. The shoreline is part of a regressive sequence that progrades from west to east through time. Numerous subenvironments are found within the shoreline framework. Rocks for which tidal flat a�d delta plain environments are postulated, contain mineralization. In recent years, numerous articles have been published discussing the genesis of strata-bound copper deposits. These articles have related these deposits to processes involving groundwater, brines associated with evaporite deposits and seawater. It is suggested that the copper deposits along the Mogollon Rim are related to groundwater action with a possible contribution from the eva­ porites of the Holbrook basin.

236. ANALYSIS OF MULTIPLE STAGE PORPHYRY' COPPER MINERALIZATION AT BUTTE, MONTANA George Brimhall, Jr. (The Anaconda Company)

Two apparently distinct mineralization and alteration events occurred in the main part of the Butte district resulting in the formation of an immense and mineralogically complex resource consisting of large vein-controlled Main Stage structures superimposed upon relatively homogeneous, pre-Main Stage, fracture­ controlled, disseminated copper-molybdenum mineralization. Methods have been developed in this study to determine the contribution of both stages of mineral­ ization to the development of present metal values. Alteration mapping used in conjunction with heavy mineral separate analysis shows increasing Main Stage effects on early pyrite-chalcopyrite-magnetite assemblages ranging from little wa wi i c effect in fresh 11 . rock, th more effect in green and whi te argi 11 faci es, and most intense effects in sericitic facies near veins. Pre-Main Stage events which are characterized by alkali feldspar-stable, potassium silicate assem­ blages show no effects of iron metasomatism. Early disseminated secondary pyrite, chalcopyrite, and magnetite seemed to have formed due to the liberation of +ron during alteration of wall rock mafic minerals predominantly within vein­ let envelopes. Sulfide deposition was clearly related to solution transport through densely-fractured wall rock in which the main components introduced were hydrogen, sulfur, and copper. In contrast, Main Stage events show increas­ ing amounts of iron metasomatism with more intense alteration and veining. Effects produced by superposition of both stages of mineralization are quite varied and include replacement of early chalcopyrite by pyrite and copper­ bearing Sulfides.

237. CONTRIBUTIONS TO PIMA MINING DISTRICT GEOLOGY D. R. Williamson and J. D. Langlois

82 Porphyry copper deposits continue to be a subject of much importance through the current period of poor economics because of the increasing difficulty in making new discoveries. New pertinent data have been provided in the most recent years by various activities in operating mines in the Pima Mining Dis­ trict, one of the major copper producers. Studies, publications and addresses by workers from outside areas but very closely related fields, during the same period, have continued to provide a framework for evaluating new ideas and ab­ sorbing new data. A demanding test course for material from both these fields of endeavor is provided by the existing bodY of geological knowledge. Cyprus-Pima can contribute to the new information. Answers have' not been found for remaining problems or unanswered questions, but specific features merit submittal at this time for consideration by others.

238. ELECTROCHEMICAL EXPERIMENTS ON BASE METAL SULFIDES � �. Fink (Tucson, Arizona)

The goal of this research is to determine the diagnostic parameters of the low potential electrolysis of base metal sulfides, primarily of the Cu-Fe-S system. Cyclic voltammetry was employed to determine the rate-limiting mechanism. Of the three types of polarization possible, i.e. 1. ohmic polarization, 2. con­ centration polarization, and 3. activation polarization, it appears that acti­ vation polarization plays the predominant role in the geophysical technique of induced polarization. The oxidation-reduction reactions occurring during acti­ vation polarization are similar to those of the galvanic oxidation of sulfide ore bodies. The relationship of the electrical double layer to activation polarization is discussed. Difficulties encountered in sample preparation and cell stabiliza­ tion are inherent to the quality of naturally occurring sulfides employed for the measurements. The effects of varying the electrolyte concentration, active species, pH and working electrodes are discussed.

239. THE TRANS-MEXICO VOLCANIC TREND AS A PLATE BOUNDARY D. H. Shurbet (Texas Tech University)

The east-west trend of recent vulcanism crossing Mexico at about 20° latitude acts as a barrier to some seismic waves generated by earthquakes and allows passage of others. Waves travelling along M-discontinunity are stopped, but those travelling in the upper-mantle, low-velocity zone pass beneath the vol­ canic chain. These observations are interpreted as indicating that the volcanic trend marks a plate boundary. Some speculation is possible as to the development of the plate boundary.

240. MID-TERTIARY VOLCANIC HISTORY AND PETROLOGY OF THE WHITE MOUNTAIN VOLCANIC PROVINCE, SOUTHEASTERN ARIZONA Robert C. Berry {Princeton University}

The mid-Tertiary (40-20 mY BP) volcanics of the White Mountain Province are part of the same volcanic episode as those of the Mogollon-Datil Province of southwestern New Mexico. The White Mountain Province differs from the Mogo1lon­ Datil Province in that andesites dominate the volcanic stratigraphy with quartz latites-rhyolites constituting only 10-15% of the section. Resurgent calderas play only a minor role in the volcanic history of the White Mountain Province. The Province can be divided into two subprovinces based on volcanic history. The western subprovince is dominated by basaltic andesites and basalts with a

83 short period of rhyolitic volcanism occurring essentially simultaneously throughout the province from 32-29 m.Y.BP. The eastern subprovince consists of an eroded and partially buried pyx-hbl andesite strato-volcanic structure overlain by basaltic andesites, and intruded by a quartz latite-rhyolite dome and caldera complex. These later units are separated from the pyx-hbl ande­ sites by a 10-14 m.y. time gap (Ratt� et al., 1969). Although the basaltic andesites volumetrically dominate the stratigraphy of the White Mountain Pro­ vince, both major and trace elements rule out any derivation of either the pyx­ hbl andesites or the quartz 1atites from the basaltic andesites by fractional crystallization. Each of these three volcanic units represents a separate magma type. The quartz latite-rhYolite complex exhibits a complete differen­ tiation trend from quartz latite to arfedsonite-bearing comendites. The major period of normal faulting in the White Mountain Province is late to post vol­ canic (less than 20-23 m.y.BP) and offsets of 500-1200 ft. are common.

241. GENESIS OF THE MID-TERTIARY MAGMA SERIES OF THE ARIZONA BASIN AND RANGE PROVINCE P. E. Damon and t4. of - Shafiqullah (University Arizona, Tucson, Arizona) --

In order of increasing acidity, the Oligocene-early Miocene mid-Tertiary magma series of the Arizona Basin and Range Province consists of basaltic andesites, andesites and rhyodacites. The rocks formed from this magma series are pera­ luminous and intermediate between alkali-calcic and calc-alkalic in composition as determined by the Peacock Index. Rocks of intermediate composition are potash-rich but, unlike typical trachytes, contain normal contents of soda. Typically, the basaltic andesites and rhyodacitic ashflows occur together spatially and temporally within a region, whereas the andesites occur separately. Frequently, the basaltic-andesites have a Rb-Sr ratio which is higher than that of the andesites. A further constraint on the genesis of these rocks is provided by the initial 87Sr/86Sr ratios which tend toward near-equality within limited regions, but var� widely over the Basin and Range Province as a whole. For example, in a 10 km2 region surrounding Tucson. The average initial ratio for the magma series is .7085 ± .0006 (0), the rhyodacites average .7089 ± .0005 (0), the andesites average .7082 ± .0003 (a) and the basaltic andesites aver­ age .7086 ± .0008. Both the chemistry and strontium isotopic composition sug­ gest consanguinity of the magma series. Our working hypothesis for the origin of this magma series is separation within the lithosphere of quartz dioritic to granodioritic batholiths containing ferromagnesian micas during the present epoch of sea floor spreading. During the mid-Tertiary orogeny, complete melting of the source batholith yields ande­ site magma. Partial melting yields a rhyodacitic magma and a residuum of basaltic-andesite composition within a vertically segregated magma chamber which diapirically rises into the crust extruding as ash ,flows and basaltic andesite lava.

242. GEOCHRONOLOGY AND GEOCHEMISTRY OF THE ALKALINE ROCKS AT PICACHO PEAK AREA, PINAL COUNTY, ARIZONA M. Shafiqullah, D. J. Lynch, and P. E. Damon (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The tilted and faulted early Miocene volcanic sequence at Picacho Peak area ranges in composition between trachyandesite and ultrapotassic trachyte. The trachyandesites of the main ridge yield K-Ar ages around 22.4 m.y. The ultra­ potassic trachytes were extruded in two episodes of colcanism about 21 and 15 m. y. ago, respectively.

84 KINa and Fe/Mg ratios vary considerably from a near unity value in trachyande­ site to greater than 10 in the ultrapotassic trachytes. The variation of these ratios is due to partitioning of the oxides in the rock-forming minerals and their relative positions in the differentiated sequence. Oxide and normative mineral variation diagrams show that both the rock types could have come from the same differentiating magma body through eruptions at different times. The ultrapotassic rocks are similar in composition to some u1trapotassic trachytes no associated with African and European carbonatites .. However, unequivocal carbonatites have been identified in this part of the Basin and Range Province.

243. CORDUROY CREEK AREA - A SECOND LOOK AT DRAINAGE REVERSAL IN EAST-CENTRAL ARIZONA � Shafigullah, H. W. Pierce, and P. E. Damon (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Regional drainage in east-central Arizona was to the northeast prior to the development of the present southerly-directed drainage. This constitutes a reversal believed to be related to the differentiation of the region into major contrasting physiographic provinces: the Colorado Plateau to the northeast and the Basin and Range to the wouthwest. McKee and McKee (1972), utilizing geolo­ gic data from four areas including Corduroy Creek, concluded that (a) drainage reversal was subsequent to the eruption of the 11.8 m.y. basalt flow, and (b) channel gravels underlying the volcanics represent northeasterly directed drain­ age as indicated by interpretation of gravel composition, and deduced source areas to the southwest. However, our data from the same outcrop indicate that Ca) the basal volcanic flow is 1.9 m.y., (b) both the flow and the underlying gravel occupy southerly directed drainage channels, and Cc) all the known faults in the area predate the basal flow. Elsewhere in the region, evidence suggest that the major� modern, reversed Salt River drainage evolved since 11.7 m.y. ago. Therefore, it appears that the conclusions of McKee and McKee (1972) con­ cerning the time of drainage reversal, though based on faulty data and inter­ pretations at Corduroy Creek, was basically correct.

244. A BURIED MID-TERTIARY DESERT IN SOUTHWESTERN ARIZONA D. J. Lynch (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Buried remnants of desert topography are preserved beneath Miocene and Pliocene lava flows in Yuma County, Arizona. These landforms, consisting of both allu­ vial surfaces and denuded mountain slopes, are the same as those currently being maintained by the arid conditions of the region. Lack of a regolith pre­ vents deep weathering of the coarse-grained crystalline rocks. Rainfall is sporadic, coming mostly from thunderstorms and a given small area may receive effective precipitation, i.e., enough to run off, only every 10 or 20 years. Runoff from thunderstorms has prodigious carrying power so that the mountain slopes are swept clean of any accumulated fragmental material. This type of erosion has created the stark topography of steep mountain slopes which inter­ sect the flat alluvial surfaces at a sharp angle with no talus rampart. Interpretation of the buried landforms and the manner in which they are being exhumed suggests that the same erosional processes were active in mid-Tertiary time as today and the area was desert that long ago. The Dietz and Holden models for the breakup of Pangea put this section of the North American continent at about 300N latitude from late Cretaceous time to the present. Since desert conditions are a function of the general circulation of the atmosphere and 300 is the desert latitude, long-term conditions in this region would support the Dietz and Holden model.

85 245. GEOLOGIC INTERPRETATION OF A MAGNETIC SURVEY IN PAPAGO PARK, PHOENIX, ARIZONA Barbara � and William A. Sauck (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

A ground magnetic reconnaissance survey with detail in areas of interest has been conducted in a 1 km2 area of Papago Park in the Papago Buttes of eastern Phoenix. The Papago Buttes are erosional remnants of Precambrian granite, rhyolite flow breccia of uncertain age, and Cretaceous-Tertiary(?) conglomerate and breccia locally known as the Papago Conglomerate. Adjoining the outcrop areas to the west and southwest are extensive pedimented areas where outcrops are rare but where colluvium is only 1-3 meters thick. The area has been struc­ turally tilted to the WSW and broken into smaller blocks by cross faults. Much of the magnetic survey is located in the pedimented area. A narrow mag­ netic anomaly has been traced for about 300 meters, from the north boundary of the Phoenix Zoo to Galvin Parkway. It appears to mark a southwesterly dipping fault zone, possibly a bedding plane fault, which has placed older ghyolite breccia over younger Papago conglomerate. This, together with evidence from Camelback Mountain, might indicate an episode of compressional tectonics (WSW­ ENE) at so�e time prior to Basin and Range faulting.

246. A TERRAIN - GEOLOGIC MAP OF THE ARECIBO VALLIS REGION OF MERCURY Douglas Wilson (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The most interesting unit in the area, the hilly and lineated terrain, is appar­ ently either directly related to the formation of the Caloris basin or is not related to any recognizable feature on the planet. I have found that the avail­ able data point towards the former conclusion as being more correct. The seis­ mic effects of the Caloris event most probably produced this terrain type in the opposite hemisphere of the planet. The smooth plains unit found in the region was produced at some later time, probably due to the reactivation of deep tectonic features. There is evidence to support the conclusion that there was tectonic activity ;n the area prior to the modification of the area to form the hilly and lineated zone. There is also some weak evidence to support the contention that this tectonic activity has continued.

247. EVALUATING THE LOSS OF EXPANSION OF SOME OF THE PREHEATED LITHIUM-SATURATED DIOCTAHEDRAL SMECTITES M. N. Gazdar (Texas Tech University)

Less than two micron fraction of two smectite clays and two soils from the High Plains of Texas were evaluated for the Greene-Kelley test for distinguishing the nature of smectites minerals. X-ray diffraction patterns depict the inade­ quacy of the Greene-Kelley test in characterization of the'montmorillonite­ beidellite series members. It is evidenced that the expansion of montmorillon­ itic type layers occurs in spite of Lithium saturation and heating of the sam­ ples at 200°C.

248. A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON PETRIFIED WOOD FROM THE TERTIARY OF ARIZONA � � � and M. Zavada (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Petrified wood from Yuma County, Arizona has been sectioned and described. Transverse sections show very evident patterns, although little anatomical detail is present in longitudinal sections. The wood has been transported before deposition, as signs of weathering are present. The wood appears to be that of Robinia (black locust). Robinioxylon (fossil wood of Robinia) has been described from Miocene or Pliocene deposlts of California, Washlngton, and Oklahoma. The presence of Robinioxylon in Arizona increases its geographical range to an even greater extent.

86 249. A REEVALUATION OF THE PALEOBOTANY OF THE FRUITLAND FORMATION, SAN JUAN BASIN, NEW MEXICO Michael Zavada (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Recent collections of plant megafossils from the Fruitland formation, San Juan Basin, New Mexico, yielded 2 species of gymnosperm fossils, Araucaria 10ngifo1ia (Lesquereux) Brown and Podocarpoxylon sp. which were not prevlously reported from the Fruitland formation. In addition, 7 species of angiosperm leaf impres­ sions not previously reported including, c.f., Geonomites tenuirachis Lesquereux, c.f. MYrica neomexicana Knowlton, c.f. Populites cyclophyl1a Heer, Ficus minima Knowlton, Ficus neop1anicustata Knowlton, c.f. Phyllites dombeyopsoides Knowlton, c.f. Phyllites pe11ucidus Knowlton were also recovered. A checklist of the 41 species of plant megafossils thus far recovered is included. The age of the Fruitland formation, based on a comparison with other Upper Cretaceous­ Paleocene floras of the western interior and available palynological evidence, is considered here to be lower to mid-Maestrichtian.

250. SODIUM IN TEETH OF FOSSIL VERTEBRATES AS A PALEOBIOLOGICAL TOOL

Ronald B ..Parker and Heinrich Toots (University of Wyoming and C. W. Post Co11 ege)

Life levels of sodium in living and extinct vertebrates are a useful paleo­ biological tool. Sodium is one of the elements incorporated into bones and teeth during the lifetime of the animals. Unfortunately, sodium is removed from bones and teeth by leaching during fossilization. The leaching is slowest from tooth enamel, but for teeth- of Tertiary age, even this slow leaching is significant. We have succeeded in developing a method to correct for the loss of sodium by leaching, and are consequently able to estimate life levels. The amount of fluorine added to teeth serves as a measure of the total amount of diagenetic change. Sodium and fluorine content of enamel from closely related mammals show a simple linear correlation. Lumping of individuals from a number of different localities and environments does not reduce the correlation. We have used the relationships to discriminate taxa with contrasting primary (life) levels of sodium.

251. INCISOR ENAMEL AND RODENT PHYLOGENY Lawrence J. Flynn (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Better understanding of rodent incisor microstructure has been achieved through Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) investigation. Early in their history, rodents had pauciseria1 enamel. By Early Oligocene time, most were of the more organized uniseria1 or multiseria1 types which'persist today. The SEM defines enamel microstructure more characterization of enamel at ' specifically, allowing a family level. Most rodents have uniseria1 enamel. Study has focused on two North American rodent families, heteromYids and cricetids, with uniserial enamel. Several �enera reveal a structural difference between the groups. The SEM is c1arify­ lng whether differences reflect incisor morphology or imply separate phyletic origin. Characters of familial significance are: thickness of enamel layers, inclination and width of 1ame1ae, and curvature of rods. In this investigation, various preparation techniques are used to reveal complementary details in ena­ mal microstructure. This work demonstrates the potential of the SEM in deci­ phering rodent lineages.

87 252. MAMMALIAN FAUNAS AND PALEOMAGNETIC STRATIGRAPHY OF THE TYPE TORREJONIAN, SAN JUAN BASIN, NEW MEXICO Louis H. Taylor (The University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The type area for the Torrejonian Land Mammal Age {middle Paleocene} is composed of two stratigraphic sections approximately five kilometers apart. These sec­ tions are located near Ojo Encino in northwestern New Mexico. These sites have been previously investigated by workers from the American Museum of Natural History, the National Museum of Natural History and Kansas University. Recently the University of Arizona has undertaken the collection of fossils from the type Torrejonian, emphasizing the recovery of small mammal fossils by the use of the screen-washing method. the U of A collection includes the orders Condylarthra, Multituberculata, Insectivora and Carnivora. The recent investigation included a sampling program for magnetic-polarity stratigraphy. Fifty-four paleomagnetic samples were collected, 33 from one stratigraphic section and 21 from the other. The vertical distance between individual samples was approximately three meters. Several volcanic ashes were also recovered from both sections, and are being dated radiometrically. The resulting stratigraphic-paleomagnetic correlatiDn indicates that the fossilifer­ ous zones in the two sections are contemporaneous.

253. STRANGE FOSS I LS William Martin (Peoria, ArizDna)

The author has collected unique and puzzling "fossi1s" from 1.2 billion year old mudstone, in various states of metamorphosos, from both Cave Creek and Four Peaks areas (northeast and east of Phoenix, Arizona, respectively). Geologists are invited to view slides and specimens and to speculate on the nature of these puzzling things. Are they inorganic or biogenic? If they are biogenic, did they live in fresh waters prior to occurrence of abundant atmospheric oxYgen? Are they remains of animals? Or plants? Maybe you can help decide! Sugges­ tions and discussion are welcomed.

254. ORDOVICIAN CONODONTS FROM HOLY JOE PEAK, NORTHERN GALIURO MOUNTAINS, PINAL COUNTY, ARIZONA Donald P. Witter, Jr (University of Arjzona, Tucson, Arizona)

Although Ordovician strata in Arizona are limited to the southeastern corner of the state, conodonts of early Ordovician age have been found at Holy Joe Peak in the northern Ga1iuro Mountains. The Ordovician conodont fauna was found ad­ mixed with conodonts of early late Devonian (Frasnian) age at the top of a 10 to 12 meter sequence of slope forming, thin bedded dolomite directly beneath the basal unit of what is now designated the Percha Formation. Kreiger (1968) mapped these slope forming beds as part of the Upper (brown sandy) Member of the Cambrian Abrigo Formation. However, based on microfossils and lithology, these beds are now assigned to the Devonian Martin Formation. The abundant and diverse Lower Ordovician conodont fauna includes species of Scolopodus, Drepanodus, and Acontiodus which suggest a late early Ordovician age assignment. Some showed signs of reworking and transport, but others did not. This Ordovician fauna may have been transported as sedimentary particles from a positive area which is inferred to have existed northeast of the study area in Frasnian time. This positive area subsided after the deposition of the Martin and prior to the deposition of the Percha in late late Devonian (Famen­ nian) time.

88 255. STRATIGRAPHY AND DEPOSITIONAL HISTORY OF THE MARTIN FORMATION (MIDDLE AND UPPER DEVONIAN) IN SOUTHEASTERN ARIZONA Edward N. Agurkis (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

The Martin Formation (Middle and Upper Devonian) in southeastern Arizona repre­ sents deposition in an epeiric sea. Transgression across Arizona from the southwest resulted either from tectonic activity in the cordilleran region or epeirogenic subsidence of the western part of the North American Plate. The Martin Formation disconformably overlies rocks ranging in age from Cambrian to Ordovician and is disconformably overlain by the Escabrosa Limestone (Mississip­ pian). The Martin Formation is correlative to the Temple Butte Limestone of the Grand Canyon, the Sly Gap Formation of New Mexico, and the Devils Gate Lime­ stone of Nevada. Based on lithology, primary sedimentary structures, biota, chemical composition, and texture, the Martin Formation is divided into three members, namely: the lower, middle and upper. The lower member includes interbedded sandstone, silt­ stone, dark shale and argillaceous limestone lithologies. Slightly fossilifer­ ous mudstone and intercalated micritic limestone comprise the middle member. In contrast, the upper member consists of skeletal packstone and grainstone lithologies. Important allochems include brachiopods, crinoids, stromatoporids, and coral fragments. Lithologic changes within the three members result from variable clastic influx, dolomitization, and silica replacement. Tectonic activity associ'ated with the Defiance uplift has resulted in diverse sedimentation patterns within the Martin Formation. This is indicated by a northward increase in clastic/carbonate ratios.

256. PALEOECOLOGY AND SEDIMENTARY ENVIRONMENTS OF THE UPPER DEVONIAN PERCHA FORMATION, SOUTH-CENTRAL ARIZONA Sally J. Meader (University of Arizona, Tempe, Arizona)

The Upper Devonian Percha Formation in south-central Arizona consists of a lower unfossiliferous shale unit and ·an upp�r fossiliferous carbonate unit. The shale unit is interpreted to represent a shallow, sub-tidal mud deposited above wave base. The-carbonate unit consists of three dominant lithologies: a fossiliferous, thinly bedded, dolomitic mudstone deposited below wave base; a crinoidal-brachiopodal biosparite deposited near wave base; and an unfossilifer­ ous, massive, colomitic mudstone deposited above wave base. The fossils in the carbonate unit comprise three associations: a bryozoan­ sponge (Ensiferites)-coral association and a rhynchonellid-spiriferid brachiopod association (Paurorhyncha-Cyrtospirifer) which is replaced basinward by a productid-sprirferid brachiopod association The Paurorhyncha-Cyrtospirifer association occurs(Leioproductus-syringosbira).in the near wave ase bio­ sparltes. Leloproductus and Syringospira are associated with below wave base silty biosparites. The bryozoan-Ensifer;tes-coral association occurs in the below wave base lime muds below and above the associations. OverlyingPaurorhyncha-CyrtoStirifer/the bryozoan-ns;ferites­ Leioproductus-SyringoShiracoral association is t e above wave base unfossiliferous, massive dolomitic mudstone. Thts faunal and litholog"tc succession indicates the Percha Formation is a transgressive-regress{ve sequence that was deposited during latest Devonian time.

257. LATE DEVONIAN TECTONISM IN SOUTHEASTERN ARIZONA Dietmar Schumacher (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

89 Devonian strata in southeastern Arizona are assigned to the lower Upper Devonian (Frasnian) Martin Formation and the upper Upper Devonian (Famennian) Percha For­ mation. Results of recent stratigraphic investigations of the Devonian show that some adjacent areas received greatly contrasting kinds and amounts of sedi­ ments and suggest that parts of the region may have been tectonically unstable during the Late Devonian. In order to more precisely determine the nature and location of Devonian structural changes, separate isopach and facies maps were prepared for the Frasnian and Famennian. The Frasnian map reveals the presence of a previously unrecognized narrow positive element extending some 80 miles from the Clifton-Morenci area westward to near Winkelman. Comparison of Frasnian and Famennian isopach maps reveals that the Percha Formation attains its maximum thicknesses in a basin, or basins, which developed over the site of the pre­ existing positive area and whose limits coincide almost precisely with those of the positive area. These post-Martin, pre-Percha structural changes resulted in an almost complete reversal of upwarping and downwarping. The subsidence of the Frasnian positive element and the accompanying broad regional uplift of the Frasnian basins occurred in the early-middle Famennian and cioncides with the beginnings of the Antler Orogeny in Nevada.

258. EARLY DIAGENETIC PROCESSES OF MISSISSIPPIAN SHALLOW MARINE CARBONATES OF THE PEDREGOSA BASIN, SOUTHEASTERN ARIZONA, SOUTHWESTERN NEW MIXICO, AND NORTHERN

SONORA AND CHIHUAHUA, MEXICO . Dan E. Wermiel (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Mississippian carbonate rocks of the Pedregosa Basin were deposited on an exten­ sive shallow shelf. Diagenetic processes, including burrowing, accretion, micritization, corrosion, leaching, and cementation"acted on the carbonate sediment at or near the lithosphere surface. These early diagenetic processes reflect physical and biochemical conditions at the time of deposition. A burrowing fauna lived in the partially lithified carbonate sediment. Burrow­ ing results in the reduction of grain size and the destruction of sedimentary structures. Accretionary grains are both biochemical and physiochemical in origin. Algal-coated grains represent biochemical accretion, while oolites are both physical and biological in origin. Micritization results from both the biological and physical breakdown of coarser carbonate material. Corrosion is caused by biological processes. Encrusting algae increase carbonate solubility, resulting in solution at the grain margin. Corrosion can also be due to the bacterial decomposition of a carbonate grain. Leaching occurs prior to the filling of primary voids and the occlusion of pores. Grains are leached and enter solution by biochemical and/or by physiochemical processes. Early cement textures are influenced by many factors, the most important being the nature of the pore substratum. Where a "clean" grainstone- dominates, a coarse, sparry rim of cement forms. Where algae, or fine carbonate sediment is present, a drusy cement develops. Cement mineralogy is related to the chemistry of the cementa­ tion environment. Several of these processes may be active in more than one depositional and dia­ genetic environment. Analysis of early diagenetic processes may be a comple­ mentary tool in reconstructing depositional environments and predicting the preservation and occlusion of primary pores.

259. DEPOSITIONAL PATTERNS OF MISSISSIPPIAN CARBONATES, NORTHERN MEXICO William C. Bahlburg (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

90 The Mississippian System in northeastern Sonora and northern Chihuahua is repre­ sented by an unconformity bounded sequence of shallow-water carbonate rocks deposited in an epeiric sea. Variations in biota, constituent grain types, primary depositional textures, and sedimentary structures indicate three major depositional environments and associated lithofacies: (1) marine shelf, (2) shelf-margin shoal, and (3) low energy, deeper marine. A complex interfingering network of lithologies consisting of mudstones, skeletal wackestones, and pack­ stones characterize the open marine shelf facies. The marginal shoal facies is typically a large scale crossbedded, winnowed grainstone composed predominantly of oolites and well rounded comminuted skeletal grains. Finely laminated, thin bedded mudstones and wackestones characterize the deeper marine lithofacies. These low-energy carbonates were deposited seaward of a gently sloping shelf margin. Vertical facies relationships reflect significant fluctuations in sealevel during Mississippian deposition. This is indicated by an upward sequence of shelf margin shoal, deeper marine, and shelf margin shoal, lithofacies in north­ eastern Sonora, Mexico.

260. DEPOSITIPNAL PATTERNS OF THE SUPAI FORMATION (PENNSYLVANIAN-PERMIAN) IN WEST­ CENTRAL ARIZONA Lawrance B. Conyers (Denver, Colorado) and David 1:1.. Sutphin (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

The Supai Formation has been divided into four 1ithosomes. In ascending order they are Packard Ranch, Oak Creek, Corduroy, and Fort Apache. Criteria for delineating 1ithosomes include. lithology, sedimentary structures, bed geometry and nature of stratigraphic contacts. Grain-size, microprobe and x-ray dif­ fraction analysis have provided supporting data for interpretation of deposi­ tional and post-depositional history of the Supai Formation. The Packard Ranch 1ithosome originated with deposition tidal flat and shallow nearshore environments composed of intercu1ated siltstone and limestone beds. Lower Packard Ranch interfingers to the southeast with predominantly shallow marine carbonate rocks of the Naco Formation. During the latter stage of Pack­ ard, Ranch deposition, braided streams flowed in a southerly direction and depo­ sited channel sand and associated floodplain sediment. The Oak Creek lithosome, lying above the Packard Ranch, was deposited in braided stream, channel fill and floodplain environments with minor transgression evidenced by thin limestone beds. The Corduroy 1ithosome, the uppermost unit, consists of braided stream and floodplain deposits. Salt flat deposits occur in the eastern part of the study area. Minor marine transgression from the south occurred during deposi­ tion of the Corduroy. Maximum transgression occurred during deposition of the Fort Apache lithosome. Eolian sand of the Coconino Formation or stream silt of the Hermit Shale pro-­ graded over the Supai Formation and marked the end of this sequence.

261. RACEMIZATION OF AMINO ACIDS IN SEQUOIADENDRON GIGANTEUM HEARTWOOD John�. Zymberge, Michael H. Engel, Bartholomew Nagy, and Bryant Bannister (Un i vers i ty of Ari zona, Tucson, Ari zona)

Proteins in living systems contain predominantly L-amino acids which eventually convert to an equilibrium mixture of D- and L-amino acids when enzymatic acti­ vity ceases. This process, i.e., racemization, occurs at various characteris­ tic rates which are temperature, moisture, pH, etc. dependent. Initial inves­ tigations of amino acid racemization in various samples of a S. giganteum, that have been precisely dated by dendrochronological methods, show a reversible

91 first order rate constant for bound aspartic acid, k = 2.0 x 10-5 year-1. This value was obtained from the extent of racemization in heartwood samples 2175 and 975 years old and was determined by quantitative gas chromatographic separa­ tions of the N-pentafluoropropiony1-(+)-2-butyl ester diastereomeric derivatives of hydrolyzed amino acids. Control experiments on decayed wood showed no con­ tamination from possible bacterial D-amino acids. Precise controls and kinetic studies are necessary to calibrate a specific biological system for chronologi­ cal and/or paleotemperature determinations. Activation energies and Arrhenius frequency factors are determined from laboratory racemization at various eleva­ ted temperatures; the amount of water present was found to be an important factor. Reconstruction of paleotemperatures from dated wood samples is also dependent on the exponential insulation effect of the younger woody tissues. Furthermore, age determinations of wood which cannot be dendrochrono10gica11y dated may be obtained if temperatures can be established.

262. LINEAR REDUCTION David Laing (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The problem of defining trend in data is distinct from the problem of predicting values of a dependent variable from those of an independent one. The latter problem is properly handled by linear regression, the former by trend line analysis. Regression yields two lines through the centroid of a data cluster, one defining the best linear estimator of the 'ordinate given the abscissa, the other defining the best linear estimator of the abscissa given the ordinate. These regression lines minimize the sum of squared residuals of the data points. The trend line, however, minimizes the sum of penpendicular departures of the data points from the line. The method of linear reduction, which I present here, defines the trend line by transforming the coordinate axes to the centroid of the data cluster, and transposing some of the data points by reflection through the centroid so that all points lie on the same side of the centroid in the direction of evident trend. A new eentroidis then found, which, together with the old one, defines the trend line.

263. USE OF PROPERTIES OTHER THAN WIDTH OF THE ANNUAL RING FOR DENDROCHRONOLOGY AND ASSOCIATED APPLICATIONS Malcolm K. Cleaveland (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The density and appearance of coniferous wood changes during the growing season, dividing each annual ring into 2 zones, called ear1ywood and 1atewood. Use of discrete portions of the annual ring and wood density variations within rings can increase the potential of dendrochronology and applications like dendrocli­ matology, .espectal ly in regions with conditions less opt tmal than the semiarid southwestern U. S. The southeastern U. S. has far from optimal conditions. In South Carolina, shortleaf pine (Pinus echinata Mill.) 1atewood width was related more strongly. to climatic variation than any other width or density measurement. Crossdating of rings uSing latewood alone was better than that found using total ring widths, the usual method. Series of widths were fitted with orthogonal polynomial curves, standardized by dividing each width by the corresponding curve value to create series with means of 1.0 and homogeneous variances, and

averaged to form earlywood, 1 atewood , and whole ring chronologies. The poly­ nomial standardization curves minimized nonclimatic sources of variance in the series, such as biological compeition. Analyses of components of variance in the series were used to select the degree of the 'polynomial curves fitted and the model of climatic influence on tree growth. Latewood growth and latewood growth plus maximum latewood density successfully reconstructed local summer

92 rainfall. Use of densitometry and width or ear1ywood and 1atewood portions of the annual ring instead of the whole ring may be a means of improving dendro­ chronological dating and reconstruction of seasonal climate, streamflow, and snowpack water content.

264. FEASIBILITY STUDY OF DATING CHERT ARTIFACTS BY MEASUREMENT OF SPECIFIC ION DIFFUSION DEPTHS LarryJL Arnold and Hank Oona (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Nine chert artifacts ranging from ca. 35,000 to 100,000 years old were tested for the existence of a sharp ion diffusion boundary whose depth (into the sam­ ple) increased with artifact age. These porcellanite artifacts from a Middle Paleolithic site (Tabun, Israel) first were analyzed with proton induced X-rays to determine a representative spectra of relative ion concentrations. In addi­ tion, a soil sample from the site was likewise analyzed to establish which ions were potentially available as a diffusing species. The samples, three from the site's upper, middle and lower levels, were then subjected to a scanning elec­ tron microprobe to establish the concentration profiles of selected ions with depth along a line penpendicular to the surface. The target ions included Na, Ca, Ti, Cl, 0, Cu and As: two of these ions, Ca and Ti, showed indications of diffusing inward in three samples. The concentration profiles in these three samples, however, decreased far too gradually to establish a definite boundary position although the oldest sample did show the greatest penetration. The­ remainder of the samples showed concentrations which appeared to vary randomly with depth often changing more than an order of magnitude and often affected by crystalline impurities in the silica matrix. It is concluded that scanning electron microprobe measurements of diffusion profiles for the above ions is not feasible as a means of dating chert arti­ facts.

265. TERRACES OF THE LOWER AGUA FRIA RIVER VALLEY, MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA Troy L. Pewe (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Three sets of paired, strath terraces are prominent along the Agua Fria River Valley in the vicinity of Lake Pleasant about 32 miles upstream from its junc­ tion with the Salt River in the Phoenix Basin. One or more of the terraces may be compound. The terraces extend south and are cut in bedrock with a gravel cover for as much as 5 miles downstream from the lake where they are then entirely in alluvium. The terraces converge downstream in relation to each other and in relation to the floodplain. The highest terrace is termed the Lake Pleasant Terrace and the gravel is heavily calichified. This terrace is 360 feet above the floodplain at the lake, but only 30 feet above the floodplain 16 miles to the south at Bell Road. About 28 miles below the lake, the terrace is-about 5 feet above the floodplain. The next highest, the Landing Field Terrace, and a sub-terrace, and the lowest, the Canal Terrace, converge and apparently do not exist south of Bell Road, 16 miles south of the lake. By the time the terraces reach the Salt River, they are buried by valleyfill of the Phoenix Basin. Similar converging paired terraces exist in the New, Salt and Gila River Valleys as they drain into the Phoenix Basin.

- 266. ORIGIN OF A FAN-EDGE BOULDER DEPOSIT, EASTERN ORGAN MOUNTAINS, DONA ANA COUNTY, NEW MEXICO William J. Stone (New Mexico Bureau of Mines and Mineral Resources)

93 A sizable boulder deposit occurs near the base of the alluvial fan associated with Ash Canyon on the east side of the Organ Mountains. The deposit post dates the prominent fault cutting the toe of the fan and rests on a smaller secondary fan formed downslope of the scarp. The feature lies above and is cut by modern drainage but lies below the primary fan surface. The deposit con­ sists entirely of boulders of igneous rock and lacks any finer matrix. The boulders display rounding, have generally equidimensional shapes, and are fairly uniform in size with diameters up to a few feet. The hypotheses regard­ ing the origin of the deposit are limited: either it consisted only of boulders when laid down, or it originally consisted of a mixture of boulders and mud, but subsequent flushing has removed finer clasts. Primary matrix-free boulder depo­ sits (beyond talus slopes) result from frost- or water-induced talus flow (ice­ cemented or landslip rock glaciers and boulder flow) or sieve deposition. Secondary (flushed) matrix-free boulder deposits result from repeated washing of bouldery debris flows until only boulders remain. The latter origin seems most likely for the Ash Canyon deposit because: 1) the general setting probably rules out rock-glacier or boulder-flow origins, 2) the abundance of fines on the fan rules out sieve deposition, 3) debris flows are common on semiarid fans having abundant fines, and 4) an adjacent channel provides a ready source for both a debris flow and the runoff necessary for removal of fines. The age of the deposit is unknown but it appears to be young. Related deposits in the Franklin Mountains have been aSSigned a Wisconsin age.

267. STRATIGRAPHY AND SEDIMENTOLOGY OF LACUSTRINE SHORELINE FEATURES IN THE LOWER ANIMAS VALLEY, HIDALGO CO., NEW MEXICO H. L. Fleischhauer, Jr. (New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology)

The positions of three shorelines of ancient Lake Animas (Late Wisconsin?) are delineated by ridges on the distal portions of piedmont slopes in the Lower Animas Valley. The lake levels indicated stood at, or slightly below, eleva­ tions of 4195, 4185, and 4180, during successive stages of desiccation. Depo­ sits compriSing the ridges generally consist of about 3 to 4 feet of homogeneous sandy gravel or gravelly sand. However, some exposures display large-scale, landward-dipping, cross-strata conforming to the ridge profile. In such areas, a beach-ridge origin is suggested. In some areas, shoreline sediments exceed 10 feet in thickness and consist of stratified sand, sandy gravel, and gravelly sand containing internal primary sedimentary structures. Such sequences are capped with beach-ridge sediments and suggest a more complex history. Clasts compriSing the gravel fraction of shoreline sediments are somewhat better rounded than those of associated fan and ephemeral stream channel sediments. They lack the abrasion coating typical of ephemeral stream channel gravel and the varnish of fan pavement gravel. Preliminary sieve analyses of shoreline sediments indicate 4 populations that yield step-like cumulative curves.

268. SUPPORT FOR A DRY, COLD-WINTER LATE WISCONSINAN GLACIAL CLIMATE IN THE SOUTH­ WEST G. Robert Brakenridge (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Two major paleoclimatic hypotheses have been advanced for the Southwest. The first and commonly accepted one maintains that lowered alpine snowlines imply lower summer but not winter temperatures. If this can be shown to be valid, then the extinct lakes of the Southwest do indeed imply increased precipitation. Alternatively, the second hypothesis, advanced by Galloway (1970), postulates lowering of both summer and winter temperatures. Galloway's lake study used a 10°C annual lowering and concluded that a 20% decrease in precipitation occurred.

94 In fact, previously published lake-budget equations also support a similar conclusion -- they show that a reduction of both winter and summer temperatures by as little as 6.5°C would have reduced evaporation to such an extent that the lakes would have been maintained under precipitation regimes identical to those of today. However, the authors of these studies did not believe that winter temperatures were cooler, and thus were forced to infer increased precipitation. The following support Galloway's general model of lower winter and summer tem­ II peratures without a "pluvial precipitation increase: 1) Present southwestern alpine snowlines do not rise southward at the same gradient that summer tempera­ tures do (.27m/km), but instead closely approximate the gradient exhibited by annual means (.96m/km). 2) Late Wisconsinan pack-rat middens record frost­ resistant joshua trees growing in place of frost-sensitive saguaros in the Sonoran desert; this indicates cooler winters. 3) Reduced evaporation (resulting in increased soil moisture) caused by the lower annual temperatures should have allowed junipers to grow about 600m lower into the southwestern deserts. Since this is the maximum depression inferred from the Wisconsinan pack-rat middens, precipitation must not have increased significantly.

269. PLEISTOCENE AND PLIOCENE DEPOSITS IN THE HOPI BUTTES AREA, SOUTHERN BLACK MESA BASIN, ARIZONA Robert L. Sutton (U. S. Geological Survey)

Deposits that range from Pliocene through Pleistocene age fill currently active, and abandoned, tributary valleys to the Little Colorado River. The Pleistocene Jeddito Formation locally underlies the flood plains of modern valleys; older sediments are preserved as stratified terrace deposits above present grade. Fluvial, lacustrine, and eolian sediments and intercalated paleosols record repeated changes from wet to dry depositional environments. The Juddito Formation is pre-Altithermal (Pleistocene) in age. The base of the formation is not yet dated time-stratigraphically. Recent finds of 4 detrital wood dated >40,000precisel,C years, from near the middle of the formation in Juddito Wash, help define the time during which at least four major subunits of the formation, with an exposed thickness of 20-30 m, were deposited. Two terrace deposits, informally called the Dilkon and the Shonto, are recog­ nized to be successively older than the Jeddito Formation in its type locality, but younger than the Bidahochi Formation, the upper part of which is Pliocene in age. Preliminary mammalian age assignments (E. H. Colbert and L. G. Marshall, Museum of Northern Ariz., oral comm) for fauna collected from alluvium underlying these terraces suggest that the Dilkon is Blancan-Irvingtonian (Pliocene­ PleistDcene), and the Shonto is Blancan (Pliocene) in age.

270. RATE OF DESERT DEPOSITION Troy L. P�w� and Elizabeth Ann Pewe and Richard H. P�we (Arizona State Univer­ sity,lempe, Arizona)

Millions of tons of silt and smaller particles are annually removed from deserts and transported short or long distances, even half way around the earth. To obtain more data on dust transport in central-southern Arizona we collected and measured dust deposited on part of a shake roof of a house in Tempe, Arizona. The roof test area was 131 m2 and dust was collected continuously in periods of 1 to 56 days (generally every 30 dgys) from April 22, 1972 to July 2, 1973. The amount of dust deposited per day/m2 was from 0.05 gm to about 4 gm, the latter being deposited in a 2-3 hr dust storm. The month's average was 17 gr/m2 and the annual deposition was 206.6 gm/m2. This compares favorably with an average annual dust deposition of 50 to 200 gm/m2 measured by Yallon in Israel. Such a rate of dust deposition indicates that about 20 lbs of dust is deposited in an average swimming pool in a year, or about 0.87 tons is deposited in an

95 acre in a year. Such an extrapolation for a measured year could be made which indicates that 20,000 tons of dust was dropped on Tempe, and 150,000 tons was deposited per year on the larger city of Phoenix.

271. THE CHINO VALLEY, ARIZONA EARTHQUAKE SEQUENCE OF FEB. 3 - 6,1976 William A. Sauck (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

The strongest earthquake originating within Arizona in the last 17 years struck in the Chino Valley area north of Prescott at 5:05 p.m. (MST) Feb. 3, 1976. Preliminary estimates of magnitude were 5.2 (Pasadena) and 4.8 (Berkeley). Pre­ liminary epicentral determinations by the USGA-NEIC and Pasadena were in the area of 34.7 to 34.9° N latitude and 112.3 to 112.5° W longitude, and were pro­ bably considerably biased by the rapidly increasing crustal thickness from SW to NE in this area. The lack of a stat� seismographic network is the main cause of the large uncertainty in the location of the epicenter of the main shock. A team from the USGS Branch of Seismicity and Risk Analysis arrived in Prescott on Feb. 4 and conducted aftershock and damage studies until Feb. 7. At least 6 aftershocks were detected at station ASU, all of them surprisingly large, with on� at 2:02 p.m. on Feb. 5 estimated to exceed magnitude 3. The USGS team pre­ liminary field reports also indicated a deviation from the normal pattern of greater numbers of smaller aftershocks. First motion at ASU and TUC for the main shock were dilatational, compatible with right-lateral movement on a NW­ striking plane. Numerous other focal mechanisms are possible but because this event was recorded at numerous stations, a reliable focal mechanism solution should be possible when all seismograms become available. This was also the first Arizona earthquake to trigger a strong-motion recorder. Accelerograms were recorded in the VA hospital in Prescott and should be of considerable interest to structural engineers.

272. CLIMATIC IMPLICATIONS OF HISTORICAL VOLCANISM BASED ON A NEW WORLDWIDE CHRONOLOGY OF VOLCANIC ERUPTIONS Katherine K. Hirschboeck (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Certain types of volcanic eruptions have the abf1ity to inject dust into the upper atmosphere in sufficient magnitudes to have a measurable effect in deple­ ting incoming solar radiation. The impact of a given eruption is largely depen­ dent on the nature of the explosion, the latitude of the eruption, and the height to which pyroclastic material is ejected. Most previous studies of the climatic implications of volcanic dust veils have been based on single eruptions or chronologies of selected great eruptions. The present study introduces a new worldwide chronological listing of historical eruptions which has been compiled from �reviously published eruption lists. The new chronology offers a scheme for classification of all types of volcanic activity and includes an assessment of relative ash-producing magnitudes for every known recorded eruption. Historical coverage of volcanic activity was found to be most reliable on a worldwide basis after the mid 1800's. When examined over the period 1885-1969, the chronology exhibited definite spatial and temporal frequency patterns of moderate and great ash eruptions. Variations in eruption frequencies were reasonably linked with twentieth century temperature fluctuations in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres. Eruptions of the 1960's were found to be of great 1m­ portarce in producing atmospheric dust veils and may have implications for recent cooling trends in the high latitudes of the Northern Hemisphere.

96 273. DESERT FLOODING IN AN URBAN AREA - A CASE HISTORY Frederick � Bachhuber and G. W. Fiero (University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Nevada)

On July 3, 1975, a high-intensity rain storm caused acute flooding in Las Vegas, Nevada. Property damage exceeded five million dollars resulting in the most severe flood recorded in Las Vegas. This flood is a classic example of flooding in a desert urban area. The severity of the flood was a function of three major factors: (1) the natural geologic-geographic setting of the Las Vegas Valley, (2) urbanization, and (3) a lack of flood plain zoning and a poorly planned and partially completed flood-control network. High-intensity summer storms, caliche development with resulting reduced infil­ tration capacity, steep gradients at the few major drainage channels, urbaniza­ tion which further reduces infiltration capacity, and debris-choked drainage channels contribute to a situation prone to high surface runoff. The economic and social problems of urbanization have contributed further to the total amount of flood damage. Much of the damage is directly attributed to the existing flood-control network within the Las Vegas area. The haphazard net­ work is characterized by small and inadequate artificial channels some of which are above grade, chain-link fences within channels or covering the intake side of culverts, right-angled turns in artificial or modified channels, major streets used as flood causeways, and drastic downstream restrictions in channel dimen­ sions. These conditions were responsible for damage in various parts of the city. The flood-control problems of Las Vegas serve as a type study of the physical, social and economic factors which result in damage in desert urban areas.

274. GEOLOGIC CONSIDERATIONS IN SITING COAL-FIRED POWER PLANTS IN THE SOUTHWEST Dr. M. T. El-Ashry (Environmental Defense Fund)

As the demand for electrical power in Southern California and Arizona continues to increase, and with more emphasis on coal to fuel power plants, as oil and natural gas supplies continue to dwindle, and as a result of the difficulties encountered in locating such plants near metropolitan areas where levels of air pollutants exceed air quality standards, attention is increasingly being focused on locating proposed coal-fired power plants in the lower Colorado River Basin, where large deposits of low-sulfur coal and sufficient quantities of unappro­ priated water exist. In order to ensure that the environment and the unique geologic features of the region remain inviolate, the following geologic factors need to be given priority consideration in site evaluation: (1) Aethetical geologic features; (2) Seis­ mic activity; (3) Topography (including relief, steepness of slopes, and other terrain features that will influence plume dispersion); (4) Soils; (5) Hydrology (surface and subsur�ce, erosion and flooding potential); (6) Coal resources (quantity and quality); (7) Water resources; (8) Other valuable mineral resour­ ces (where construction may hinder their exploitation); (9) Limestone resources (for scrubbers); (10) Ash disposal sites; (11) Liquid-waste disposal sites; (12) Distance from national parks and recreation areas; (13) Distance from in­ tended areas of use (length of transmission corridors); and (14) Distance from existing power plants (combined regional impact). In evaluating a number of alternative sites for locating a power plant, a matrtx analysis is recommended to determine the acceptability of one site over another. In such matrix analysis, environmental concerns and proximity to national parks and recreation areas should be given greater weight than has been practiced.

97 HYDROLOGY

275. ON THE MODELING AND COMPUTATIONAL ASPECTS OF DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING WITH APPLICA­ TIONS IN RESERVOIR CONTROL Moshe Sniedoyich and Sidney J. Yakowitz (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

A discrete stochastic multistage decision model is developed, in the framework of which the dynamic programming algorithm is defined. It is demonstrated that the algorithm may be used as a solution procedure for non-routine reservoir control problems. It is also demonstrated how analytical considerations may be used to significantly reduce the amount of computation needed for the implemen­ tation of the algorithm. Two reservoir control problems are studied: The "reliability probl em'' in which the reservoir is operated under the constraint which specifies the maximum probability of shortage allowed during the life-time of the project, and the IIrange problem" in which the objective is the minimiza­ tion of the expected value of the range of fluctuation around a critical storage level.

276. RESERVOIR DESIGN UNDER RANDOM SEDIMENT YIELD � Duckstein, F. Szidarovszky, and S. Yakowitz (University of Arizona and Eotvos University, Budapest, Hungary)

The design of a reservoir subject to random sedimentation events is studied by means of a simulation method applied to the Charleston Dam case. The objective function includes a penalty for either overdesign or underdesign. A fitted dis­ tribution of bivariate precipitation events (rainfall amount and duration) is used to generate synthetic sequences of Poisson inputs into the Universal Soil Loss equation. Simulated sequences of sediment yield events are thus obtained; for each sequence, accumulated sediment yield and cost of a given design can be calculated. Overall, the optimum design and corresponding risk are evaluated, first under natural uncertainty only, then with uncertainty in the bivariate rainfall distribution parameters and in the Poisson counting distribution para­ meter. The effect of rainfall record length can thus be ascertained. The op­ timum reservoir capacity and corresponding risk are shown to increase substan­ tially (up to 20 and 90 percent, respectively) as more uncertainties are incorporated into the model.

277. STOCK-WATER HARVESTING WITH WAX ON THE ARIZONA STRIP Keith � Cooley, Loren N. Brazell, Gary W. Frasier, and Dwayne H. Fink (U. S. Water Conservation Laboratory, Phoenix and Bureau of Land Management, St. George, Utah)

Water harvesting has been used to supplement water supplies from the few existing streams and springs on the Arizona Strip for years. In most cases common, but expensive, materials like concrete, steel, butyl, and fiberglass were used as catchment aprons. In September 1974, two catchment aprons were treated with paraffin wax at 1/4 to 1/10 the cost of the previously used con­ struction materials. Both catchments collected over 300,000 gallons of water for livestock and wildlife the first year. If the entire cost of catchment and storage were absorbed in one year, the water collected would only have cost about $30/1,000 gallons, which is less than the cost to haul water to these remote sites. Although these catchments were successful, wax is not effective on all soils. Laboratory studies are in progress to determine the relative effectiveness of wax on different soils under a variety of climatic conditions.

98 278. LABORATORY WEATHERING OF WATER-REPELLENT WAX-TREATED SOIL Dwayne H. Fink CU. S. Water Conservation Laboratory, Phoenix)

Water-repellent water-harvesting soil treatments are evaluated in the laboratory for suitability for field installation. In this study soil samples treated with different melting point paraffins and slack waxes were evaluated for water repellency and structural stability as affected by accelerated weathering by ozone, ultraviolet (UV) radiation and freeze-thaw cycling. The higher melting paraffin strongly resisted degradation by ozone and UV. All slack wax treated soils were water repellent and structurally stable initially and most resisted ozone attack; but several lost surface water repellency under UV exposure. Subsurfaces, however, generally remained both water repellent and structurally stable. Resistance to structural failure from freeze-thaw cycling was found to increase slightly as melting paint of the paraffins increased -- however, none performed impressively. Of the slack waxes, only Hawaiian Crude effectively withstood the disruptive forces of freeze-thaw cycling.

279. A NEW METHOD FOR MAXIMIZING THE PRESENT VALUE OF A GROUNDWATER RESOURCE Charles � Towle, Jr., and Reuben N. Weisz (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

In the past, researchers have applied a variety of analytical techniques for maximizing the present value of a stock resource--simu1ation, calculus of vari­ ations and optimal control theory. This paper presents a more operational approach--linear programming. A simplified agricultural economics example is used for purposes of illustration. The method is based on a set of state transformation equations which prevents the additivity assumption of linear programming from being violated.

280. EVALUATION OF RECHARGE THROUGH SOILS IN A MOUNTAIN REGION - A CASE STUDY ON THE EMPIRE AND THE SONOITA BASINS � Kafri and J. Ben-Asher (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

A conventional water balance method, employing long-term average values of rain­ fall, runoff and evapotranspiration yielded near-zero recharge values for the Empire and the Sonoita basins. These results, however, are not in agreement with those obtained from an analysis of the local ground-water regimes. A dif­ ferent approach for calculating recharge, based on the typical characteristics of these arid basins, is proposed. In particular, both basins are character­ ized by intense thunderstorms of short duration in the summer, which occur usually towards the evening, and shallow, sandy-gravelly soils with a relatively high permeability overlying fractured rocks in the elevated mountain regions. These factors may cause a considerable amount of water to infiltrate through the soil profile, thereby escaping evapotranspiration during the following day. The proposed model deals with separate thunderstorm events using rain intensity and frequency values corresponding to elevation. This model was coupled with a numerical solution of the flow equation, which was used to solve the one­ dimensional water flow through a soil profile. The solution includes sink terms and was solved for the simultaneous processes of infiltration, redistribution and evapotranspiration. The results obtained show almost no recharge in the low valleys, while the amount of recharge in the mountains increased with ele­ vation and decreased with the depth of the soil profile.

99 281. ESTIMATION OF MIXING IN GROUNDWATER FRGr·1 THERMAL MEASUREMENTS � � McEligot, E. S. Simpson, and S. Z. Harlan (University of Arizona, Tucson, Ari zona)

In the Tucson Basin, using the best available measurements of local geothermal heat flux and a conservative estimate of the coefficient of thermal conductivity in the saturated aquifer, it is found that the calculated geothermal gradient within the aquifer is nearly twice steeper than the measured gradient. On the hypothesis that the difference results from convection (water mixing) within the aquifer, a theoretical relationship between mixing and heat transfer is developed by an extension of Reynolds analogy for turbulent heat transfer. Values of the coefficient of transverse dispersivity calculated by this method, turn out much smaller than values obtained for similar materials elsewhere by calibrating computer models.

282. APPLICATION OF CARBON-14 GROUND-WATER AGES IN CALIBRATING A FLOW MODEL OF THE TUCSON BASIN AQUIFER, ARIZONA Michael E. Campana (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

In the absence of pure piston flow, the carbon-14 ages of ground water can be related to ground-water residence times only in the context of a flow model. To do this, a three-dimensional digital computer model of a portion of the Tucson Basin Aquifer was constructed uSing the theory of finite-state mixing cell models. The model was calibrated against the spatial distribution of adjusted carbon-14 ground-water ages, and once a reasonable fit was obtained, the ground-water residence times were calculated. The model also provides a first approximation to three-dimensional flow in the aquifer as well as an estimate of the long- term average annual recharge to the aquifer.

283. CHLOROFLUOROCARBONS AS HYDROLOGIC TRACERS ��Randall and T. R. Schultz (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The nationwide research undertaken to study environmentally dispersed chloro­ fluorocarbons introduced into the atmosphere from aerosol cans and refrigeration systems has indicated that these compounds are potentially ideal hydrologic tracers, especially Freon-ll (C13CF). The major advantages of C13CF as a tracer are its non-polluting conservative nature, extremely low toxicity and sorptivity on clays, �uantifiab1e build-up in the atmosphere, and a detection limit of about 10-1 grams. Quick and inexpensive detection of C13CF can be done using a field-operable gas chromatograph with a pulsed electron-capture detector sys­ tem. The presence of C13CF in ground water, indicating an age of less then 30 years, will permit delineation of recent recharge areas. The absolute age of the recharging water is proportional to the atmospheric concentration of C13CF at the time of recharge. The simple quantifiable increase of C13CF in the atmosphere should therefore yield more accurate ages than those determined by tritium analysis.

284. ADDITION OF A CARBON PULSE TO STIMULATE DENITRIFICATION IN SOIL COLUMNS FLOODED WITH SEWAGE WATER � � Lance and R. G. Gilbert (U. S. Water Conservation Laboratory, Phoenix, Arizona)

Polyvinyl chloride pipes, 10 cm 1.0. and 250 cm long, were packed with soil from groundwater recharge basins in the Salt River bed. Secondary sewage effluent was applied on schedules of 9-days flooding alternated with 5-days

100 drying. Previous experiments showed that most of the nitrogen was removed by denitrification when dextrose was added during the entire flooding period. In this experiment dextrose was added only during the first two days of flooding to provide a pulse of carbon to coincide with the nitrate peak moving through the soil at the beginning of the flooding period. A 100 ppm carbon pulse in­ creased N removal by about 20% of the applied nitrogen, and a 200 ppm pulse increased N removal by about 32% of the applied nitrogen. However, nitrogen removal was less when a pulse of carbon was applied than when carbon was applied continuously. Plate counts of total bacteria reached a peak during the flooding period and declined during the dry period with both methods. Peak numbers were about the same for the two methods, but the peak population developed faster when carbon was applied continuously than when a pulse of carbon was added. Adding a pulse of carbon could increase a marginal N removal percentage to an acceptable level.

285. FEASIBILITY OF USING SOLAR ENERGY FOR IRRIGATION PUMPING Dennis Larson, D. D. Fangmeier, W. G. Matlock and John Day (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Solar energy is an alternative continuing energy source which could potentially power irrigation pumps. However, solar energy is available a limited amount of time each day; presently irrigation pumps operate around the clock. Solar energy use might necessitate increased pumping rates, energy storage or reduced water usage. Alternatively, solar energy might be used in conjunction with another power source such as electricity. The engineering and economic feasi­ bility of solar energy for irrigation pumping in Southwestern agriculture is analyzed and reported in this paper.

286. ENERGY BUDGET ESTIMATES OF EVAPOTRANSPIRATION FROM SALTCEDAR � ��, T. W. Sammis, and J. Ben-Asher (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Energy budget evaluations of evapotranspiration (ET) from saltcedar were carried out on the flood plain of the Rio Grande River, near Bernardo, NM. The site was adjacent to the Bureau of Reclamation's study of the water use by saltcedar growing in lysimeters. The saltcedar energy budget for the cloudless day of June 13, 1975, revealed that energy gains from net radiation totaled 485 cal/cm2, while energy losses (in cal/cm2) were 65 to stored energy, 80 to convection, and 340 to ET. The energy loss to ET is equivalent to about 6 mm depth of water. The energy budget appears seasonable for a phreatophyte community in a semi-arid environment. However, these results will be compared to estimates of ET from the lysimeters, and from an analysis of water table depth with respect to the hydrologic and moisture characteristics of the soil.

287. GRASSLAND ISLANDS IN ARIZONA'S MIXED CONIFER FORESTS--THEIR HYDROLOGY, CLIMATE AND SOILS � � Thompson, O. D. Knipe, and Phil M. Johnson (U.S.F.S., Forest Hydrology Laboratory, Tempe, Arizona)

The general hydrologic characteristics, selected climatic factors, and soil pro­ perties of the high elevation grasslands are compared to the surrounding forest. It may be possible to establish trees in the grassland, (1) if the microclimate can be altered during establishment, and (2) mycorrhiza are introduced with the planted seedlings. This conclusion is supported by a high percent of survival in 2-year planting trials.

101 �8. LYSIMETER SNOWMELT IN ARIZONA PONDEROSA PINE FORESTS Mikeal ��, Peter F. Ffolliott, and David B. Thorud (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Eight lysimeters were installed to characterize snowmelt outflows from the base of snowpacks in Arizona ponderosa pine (Pinus ponderosa Laws.) forests. Measurements of melt rates and efficiencies were used to evaluate the lysimeter and to assess site differences. Generally, the lysimeter performed well for intermittent and shallow snowpacks that are common in Arizona. Use of an air space barrier to isolate the lysimeter snow column was necessary because of fluctuating snow depths, however. A manual-reading storage facility utilizing a standard 8-inch precipitation gage to collect snowmelt outflow helped to reduce maintenance costs. Maximum weekly snowmelt outflow ranged from 1.4 to 4.2 inches for the two years of record, with a 2.8-inch average. Differences in these values among two forested and two open sites were not significant. Average daily snowmelt rates extrapolated from weekly measurements were lower than those previously reported elsewhere.

289. USE OPSATELLITE SNOWCOVER OBSERVATIONS TO DEVELOP SNOWMELT-RUNOFF FORECASTS � � Ffolliott and William O. Rasmussen (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Snowmelt is a major source of runoff and water yield for the reservoir systems in central Arizona. Operational, short-term snowmelt runoff forecasting tech­ niques are prerequisite to efficient management of these reservoir systems. Such techniques are needed to allocate limited water supplies in an area where water is considered a precious commodity. The relatively shallow and homogeneous snowpacks, the frequent lack of continuous overhead 'cloud cover, and the limited obstructions by forest overstories suggest a possibility of implementing satellite-based snowmelt runoff forecasting methodologies in Arizona. Initial efforts involving the use of LANDSAT imagery have indicated that satellite- based forecasts of snowmelt runoff have potential. However, additional verifi­ cation will be required before these forecasting techniques become operational.

290. THE EFFECT OF AN INTENSIVE SUMMER THUNDERSTORM ON A SEMIARID, URBANIZED WATERSHED � � Boyer and K. J. DeCook (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The University of Arizona Atterbury Experimental Watershed, located southeast of Tucson, Arizona has been instrumented for precipitation and runoff measure­ ments since 1956. Early on the afternoon of July 16, 1975 an intense, convective thunderstorm produced more than three inches of rainfall in less than 50 minutes as recorded in several rain gages located in the middle of one 8.1 square-mile desert subwatershed. Storm runoff from this rural subwatershed and an adjacent recently urbanized subwatershed filled the newly finished Lakeside Reservoir and topped the concrete flood spillway with a peak of greater than 3000 cfs, the greatest flow since monitoring began. An analysis of storm characteristics, along with previously available data from local urbanized watersheds, allows speculation on the effect of such an intensive storm in a highly urbanized area.

291. RESOLUTIONS OF ANALOG RAINFALL RECORDS RELATIVE TO CHART SCALES Donald � Chery, Jr. and Dave G. Beaver (Southwest Watershed Research Center, Tucson, Arizona)

102 Five rainfall distributions, four for a total rainfall depth of one inch and one for a total rainfall depth of three inches were plotted on charts with five dif­ ferent combinations of time and depth scales. The plotted events were processed on the same analog to digital converter by four different individuals. Indivi­ dual readings and combinations of individual readings were compared with the known simulated rainfall rate -distribution. The correspondence of the rainfall rates read from the charts with the actual rainfall rate distribution is measured by an integral squared error. A selected set of measured rate versus actual rate plots are presented to show the relation between the two as the dimensions of the chart scales change. The analysis is concluded with a plot of error versus a scale statistic.

292. DETERMINING AREAL PRECIPITATION IN A RANGE TYPE OF REGION OF SOUTHERN ARIZONA - SONOITA CREEK BASIN � Ben-Asher, J. Randall and S. Resnick (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

A linear relationship between point precipitation and elevation, in conjunction with a computer four-points interpolation technique, was used to simulate the areal rainfall over Sonoita Creek Basin, Arizona, which is a range type of region. The sensitivity of the above model and its accuracy was checked against the official map of Arizona by changing the density of the interpolation nodes, and found to be in good agreement with it. The average areal rainfall was calcu­ lated by integration. Cumulative rainfall amounts were assumed to be stochas­ tically independent from one season to another. The seasonal precipitation amount for a total span of forty years (1932-1972) was subdivided into five groups for checking the adequacy of a binomial fit. The binomial distribution model fits the historical data adequately. The binomial distribution model for the cumulative seasonal areal precipitation provides one way to compute the return period. This information is necessary for the decision-makers who deal with future water balance of the area.

293. FLOW RECESSION IN THE EPHEMERAL STREAM: A LEAKY RESERVOIR MODEL Roger W. Peebles (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The recession portion of the ephemeral stream hydrograph is modeled as a concep­ tual analog of the discharge from a single leaky reservoir. Physically, the reservoir may be considered to approximate that portion of the ephemeral stream channel that is flowing at the beginning of recession. The discharging reser­ voir is described by a continuity equation and by discharge-stage and storage­ stage relations. No input is routed through the reservoir. It is assumed that initially (at the beginning of recession) the reservoir has water in storage. The discharge-stage relation for the reservoir is defined by the rating curve for the stream and storage-stage depends on reservoir configuration. A good agreement between observed and model curves is obtained by optimizing two para­ meters, reservoir leakage rate and initial storage. The agreement is most sensi­ tive to changes in initial storage. Best parameter values are physically realis­ tic and best reservoir configuration has leakage that varies directly with stage (depth) and storage that varies as the square of stage.

294. CONSTRUCTION, CALIBRATION AND OPERATION OF A MONOLITH WEIGHING LYSIMETER Theodore � Sammis, Don W. Young and Charles L. Constant (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Construction of a hydraulic monolith weighing lysimeter was undertaken, however, due to inherent design and/or construction errors this proved to be an inade­ quate device for the accurate determination of evapotranspiration from Larrea

103 divaricatta (creosote bush). Prior inability to stabilize the lysimeter with respect to barometric and tem­ perature fluctuations, and eventual failure within the hydraulic transducer package led to the eventual scrapping of the hydraulic load cell design, and adoption of an electronic strain gage transducer package. This paper deals with the detailed design and construction phases of the original lysimeter, the inherent difficulties encountered, and with the modification and conversion of the lysimeter to the electronic transducer assembly. Accompanying test data with respect to sensitivity, response time anddifferential loading characteristics support the premise that the electronic load cell design has inherent maintenance and operational advantages over the hydraulic transducer lysimeter.

295. ARIZONA WATER LAW REFORM: THE POLITICAL REALITIES Lucy Davidson and Morris Farr (Senators, State of Arizona)

Senator Davidson and Senator Farr will discuss the needs and prospects for constructive change in Arizona'S ground water law.

296. WATER FOR FOOD, ENERGY AND MUNICIPAL USE IN THE COLORADO BASIN: A CONSUMER­ ENVIRONMENTAL PERSPECTIVE Barbara Tellman (Citizens to Revise Arizona Water Law)

Water demand projections for the 7 Colorado River Basin states are examined with the goal of establishing a data base for a consumer-environmental priority set­ ting process. Water plans of the 7 states are utilized along with the standard federal water studies and recent projections of Colorado River flow to determine the need for a priority setting process. The conclusion is reached that not all demands can be satisfied within the physical framework. Proposals are made for establishing a framework for meaningful decision-making by elected officials, utilizing finite resources in a cost-effective manner, with minimal environmental degradation.

297. SYSTEMATIC ASSESSMENT OF UNCERTAINTIES IN AN ENVIRONMENT IMPACT STATEMENT $oronadi Nnaji, Donald R. Davis and Lucien Duckstein (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

An environmental impact statement (EIS) is meant to be a predictor of the con­ sequences of actions on the environment. However, uncertainties in the state­ ments make it difficult to determine the reliability of the predictions and thus the consequences of the actions. Hence, use of an EIS could be counter­ productive if the inherent uncertainties are not recognized and considered in its evaluation. Examination of several EIS's from a systems viewpoint is used to expose the following sources of uncertainty: (1) the identification of the components of the system, (2) the natural uncertainty of the inputs to the system and of the transformation functions producing the output, (3) uncertainties in the modeling of the system due to limitations of sample, economic and technological data. The above viewpoint is used to analyze the Colorado River Salinity Control Project EIS. Uncertainties are identified and classified and means for assessing and reducing their effect on the environmental impact assessment are discussed.

298. STUDY OF THE ADEQUACY OF THE WATER SUPPLY FOR THE CAREFREE-CAVE CREEK AREA, MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA, APRIL 1975 �� Nemecek and P. C. Briggs (Arizona Water Commission, Phoenix)

104 The water supply for the Carefree - Cave Creek area 35 miles north of Phoenix is derived solely from ground water. The basin which contains the water is approximately 15 square miles as delineated by extensive gravity work; the basin is relatively small and the water supply finite. Present pumpage is approximately 1300 acre-feet per year. Historic water level declines of 45 - 50 feet near Carefree indicate over development of the water supply. A digital computer ground water model of the basin was constructed in order to simulate the impact of the proposed future development of a city of approximately 26,000 people. The model was calibrated in both the steady and transient states. Although little data were available for the area, the model was reasonably able to recreate the predevelopment water levels and, using the interim pumpage, the present water levels. Data were not sufficient for an independent verification. However, the model was considered to be sufficiently accurate to use in analyzing the impacts of the proposed large increase in pumpage. The projectio� runs indi­ cate that development of only 25% of the proposed project would seriously affect the area's water supply causing water level declines which would be extreme, even for Arizona. At this time it is judged that further development would lead to failure of the area's water supply.

299. WATER IN ARIZONA: A REPORTER'S HISTORY Tom Turner (Tucson, Arizona)

Once Arizona sent National Guard troops to the Colorado River in an effort to counter California's claim on that River's water. Then, in following years, the farming interests dominated Arizona economy and politics. The farming interests promoted on their behalf the powerful Salt River Project, and the concept of groundwater as a property right. Over the years, agricultural power has held fast with only slight modifications in the basic groundwater law; this has inhibited the scientific assessment of Arizona's groundwater resources. Projections of the dire effects of groundwater policies first came from a few mavericks in the academic community. As facts have accumulated, these projec­ tions appear to be essentially correct. It is now evident that city, farm and inudstry can join to manage and conserve what is left of the dwindling water resource, or they can dry up separately. Future developments are yet unclear. Next year, groundwater reform may make it part legislative committee discussion. Meanwhile, the cost of power for pumping is climbing, and subsidence cracks grow larger. The miracle of the early days has tarnished. The issue now is survival.

300. THE HYDROLOGY OF A LAKE IN THE PLATEAU UPLAND PROVINCE OF ARIZONA: A CASE STUDY OF UPPER LAKE MARY, COCONINO COUNTY � � Avery and M. R. Murray (Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona)

Natural Lakes as well as man-made impoundments provide an important water resource for many inhabitants of Northern Arizona. A recent inventory of Navajo, Apache and Coconino Counties shows there to be 261,000 af of usable storage capacity in 59 water bodies located in these counties. This resource is variously utilized for domestic water supply, irrigation, recreation, fish and wildlife, and stock watering. The historical record shows, however, that generally lakes of the Plateau Upland Province have a variable and inconsistent storage regieme. Consequently many of them have been regarded as an undependable resource. In an effort to provide a realistic basis for planning the conjunctive use of surface and ground water in a municipal water supply system, an investigation into the hydrologic performance of Upper Lake Mary, Coconino County, Arizona

105 was undertaken in 1975-76. This paper reports the preliminary results of that investigation.

301. WATER-RELATED INFORMATION SOURCES: HIGHL I GHTS Linda M. White (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Within the past few years the use of specialized information centers and ser­ vices has increased, as more individuals become aware of the benefits such services can provide. Specialized information systems, frequently evolving to meet particular problems, have often expanded their services to cover more types of information or more user groups. Various information bases related to water (such as Water Resources Scientific Information Center, Watershed Manage­ ment Information System, Smithsonian Science Information Exchange, Current Research Information System and National Technical Information Service) are compared in terms of scope, output, turn-around time, and user restrictions. Differences in indexing policies are also discussed since such policies can affect how an information request is phrased.

302. THE PREJUDICES, POLEMICS, AND POLITICS OF WATER MANAGEMENT VERSUS THE REASONABLE MAN TEST Barbara A. Stribling (Phoenix, Arizona)

American legislative bodies and juries of laymen are founded on the concept that what a reasonable man would do is what will be done. In actuality the syner­ gistic effects of prejudice, politics, and polarized language rarely allow this to occur. The result has been conflict of interest statutorily mandated on natural resource governing boards and a lack of expertise in the courtroom. Further contempt has developed between citizen and expert and between legislator and bureaucrat. I propose to explore the operative mechanisms in the situation and discuss pos­ sible future roles for both citizen and expert as well as tools which could be utilized by them.

303. NAIWMC - POTENTIAL IN TH E SOUTHWEST Conrad G. Keyes, Jr. (North American Interstate Weather Modification Council, Las Cruces, NM)

The North American Interstate Weather Modification Council was formed to coor­ dinate intrastate, interstate and possible international weather modification activities. The main purpose of this organization is to achieve and maintain state and local control of such activities while endeavoring to attain a high degree of legislative uniformity and an effective information exchange mechan­ ism. The need, goals and objectives of the newly created Council are summarized. A summary of the Council's progress at performing the purposes of the Council are presented in this paper. The potential use of this Council in the Southwest are described in relation to existing programs in weather modification in the area. Definition of the southwestern users has been achieved.

304. THE ROLE OF THE STATES IN CONTROL OF WEATHER MODIFICATION Ray Jay Davis (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

At the present time it does not appear that in the foreseeable future there will be much more control at the national level of weather modification than the pre­ sent reporting requirements of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administra-

106 tion. In their efforts to fill the void, about two-thirds of the states have enacted cloud seeding laws. These statutes, however, are quite varied and many of them are inadequate. Accordingly, there has been a need for "suggested" or Imode1" state weather control legislation. In a project funded by the Office of Weather Research and Technology and administered through the Arizona Water Resources Research Center such a law has been prepared which addresses problems of professional licensing of cloud seeders, granting operational permits, esta­ blishing administrative means of control over seeding, authorizing governmental operations, requiring record keeping and reporting, and setting criteria for resolution of water rights and liability issues.

305. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION IN THE UPPER GILA DRAINAGE - A CASE STUDY Ray L. Kingston and Rhey M. Solomon (Gila National Forest, Silver City, New Mexico)

Increased demands for quantity of water have overshadowed the importance of accompanying quality criteria. Construction of recreation and storage reser­ voirs have in many cases been done without consideration of the future impact of sedimentation to facilities. A case study was done on the 55,793 acre Lake Roberts Watershed to assess the current sedimentation problem, its sources and possible corrective actions. This study revealed interesting patterns of surface area changes with volume changes of the original 70 acre man made reservoir over the last 13 years. The source of the problem stems from highly erosive parent materials and soils that are common to much of the upper Gila drainage. The watershed is not uncharacteristic of the unique geology and soils typical of the upper Gila drainage and may furnish insight into natural erosion rates and sediment production for much of the Gila headwater drainage in New Mexico.

306. A MULTIOBJECTIVE APPROACH TO MANAGING A SOUTHERN ARIZONA WATERSHED Ambrose Goicoechia, Lucien Duckstein, and Martin M. Fogel (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The case study of an Upper San Pedro River watershed is developed to show how a multiple objective approach to decision-making may be used in watershed management. The effects of various land treatments and management practices on water runoff, sediment, recreation, wildlife levels, and commerica1 potential of a study area are investigated while observing constraints on available land and capital. The example involves the optimization of five objective functions sub­ ject to six constraints. In an iterative manner, the decision-maker proceeds from one noninferior solution to another, comparing sets of land management acti­ vities for reaching specified goals, and evaluating trade-offs between individual objective functions. This technique, which involves the formulation of a surro­ gate objective function and the use of the cutting-plane method to solve the gen­ eral nonlinear problem, hopefully provides a compromise between oversimplified and computationally intractable approaches to mu1tiobjective watershed management.

307. OPTIMAL LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION ON REHABILITATED MINE LANDS � � Brinck, M. M. Fogel and L. Duckstein (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The problem of reclaiming surface mined areas is examined from the viewpoint of making land suitable for livestock production. Alternative watershed designs are compared using livestock production and reclamation costs in an objective function and a recontouring scheme and range management policy as decision vari­ ables.

107 Three design characteristics considered are surface configuration, surface treatment and range management policy. Corresponding decision variables, which are sought to maximize profit, are average slope of watershed, fraction of watershed area which is contour furrowed and resulting range condition (either Good or Poor). Decisions reflect a balance in the allocation of surface water to either forage production or direct livestock consumption. An event-based precipitation model is used as input into the Soil Conservation Service formula for estimating runoff. Sequences of storm events are simulated to account for natural uncertainty. The model is applied to the strip-mined area of Black Mesa in northern Arizona.

308. GEOMORPHIC THRESHOLDS AND THEIR INFLUENCE ON SURFACE RUNOFF FROM SMALL SEMIARID WATERSHEDS D. E. Wallace and L. J. Lane (Southwest Watershed Research Center, Tucson, Arizona)

The geomorphic threshold concept of landform evolution and its effect on hydro­ logic performance of drainage systems is investigated on small semiarid water­ sheds in Southeastern Arizona. Thresholds develop within a geomorphic system with time, which, when exceeded, can cause drastic changes in the geomorphic features and in the hydrologic performance of the watershed. The slow continu­ ous evolution of drainage characteristics can be suddenly altered with major re­ adjustment of the landscape taking place. A new state of dynamic equilibrium will then prevail until the drainage system is again subjected to conditions which cause some geomorphic threshold to be exceeded. Areas of potential geo­ morphic readjustment can be identified from parameters such as channel slope, average land surface slope, drainage density, and mean length of first order streams. These data are used as components in a calibrated kinematic-cascade model to determine the effect of various degrees of drainage system alteration. The influence on runoff from exceeding various geomorphic thresholds is tested and the resulting hydrologic modifications are simulated and discussed,

309. APPLICATION OF A DOUBLE TRIANGLE UNIT HYDROGRAPH TO A SMALL SEMI-ARID WATERSHED M. H. Diskin and L. J. Lane (University of Arizona and Southwest Watershed Research Center, Tucson, Arizona)

Hydrographs of runoff from small watersheds in semi-arid regions often have a sharp peak with a relatively short time of rise followed by a slower recession and a tail of low flow. This characteristic shape suggests the possible use of a double triangle unit hydrograph recently introduced to hydrology. The shape of this unit hydrograph is specified by four parameters, which may be estimated by an optimization procedure based on using the sum of squared deviations or some other suitable criterion as an objective function. Rainfall and runoff data for a number of storm events on a small watershed in the Santa Rita experi­ mental range in southeastern Arizona have been analyzed to test the above idea. Double triangle unit hydrographs were fitted to individual storm events. The differences in the shapes of individual unit hydrographs were found to be small so that they could be approximated by a single double triangle unit hydrograph.

310. SIMULATION OF PARTIAL AREA RESPONSE FROM SMALL SEMIARID WATERSHEDS Leonard J. Lane and Delmer E. Wallace (Southwest Watershed Research Center, I ucson, Art zona 1

108 The partial area response concept is investigated uSing rainfall and runoff data from small semiarid watersheds on the Santa Rita Experimental Range and the Wal­ nut Gulch Experimental Watershed in Southern Arizona. A kinematic cascade model is used, which allows infiltration (and thus rainfall excess) to vary in time and space. Components of the model correspond to geomorphica1ly similar sub­ zones of the watershed as determined from aerial photographs. The percent con­ tributing area is determined as an average over a series of rainfall-runoff events and for individual storms using the calibrated kinematic cascade model. The study also examines the interaction between the complexity of the simula­ tion model and the rainfall-excess estimation procedures. Optimal hydraulic roughness coefficients vary with model complexity and with rainfall-excess vari­ ability. In contrast to more humid areas where partial area response is directly related to subsurface flow, runoff from these semiarid watersheds is ephemeral and is surface runoff. However, the partial area concept appears valid under these circumstances.

311. OMITTED

312. ACADEMIC TRAINING FOR GROUNDWATER QUALITY SPECIALISTS Kenneth D. Schmidt (Fresno, California)

The demand for ground water quality specialists will sharply increase in the near future. The demand arises from 1) increased groundwater development, 2) increased awareness of water quality in general, and 3) increased attention toward groundwater pollution problems. Few groundwater specialists today have sufficient academic training in groundwater quality to satisfy the future needs. Proposed herein is an academic program to help satisfy this demand. The pro­ posed program focuses on two major phenomena: 1) natural factors that affect groundwater qua 1 ity, and 2} the mechani cs of groundwa ter poll uti on. The Master level program focuses on development of a solid background in ground­ water hydrology. Topics related to water quality include introductory geocnem­ istry, soils chemistry, and physical chemistry. At the PhD level, attention is focused on topics related to water quality, such as sanitary engineering, ad­ vanced soils chemistry, and advanced geochemistry. Special classes need to be developed in low temperature geochemistry, groundwater flow in the vadose zone, groundwater quality, and groundwater pollution.

313. EVALUATING WATER QUALITY SAMPLING SCHEDULES USING FECAL COLIFORM CONCENTRATIONS IN SABINO CREEK Robert M. Motscha1l, Stanley K. Brickler and Robert A. Phillips (University of Arizona�Tucson, Arizona)

Sabino Canyon Recreation Area, adjacent to Tucson, and a major water-based re­ creation complex within the Santa Catalina Mountains, Coronado National Forest, receives intensive recreational use. This natural water resource area with pri­ mary water contact activities was monitored for fecal coliform in accordance with U. S. Forest Service Regulation (FSM 2542.2). As part of a larger study, this report discusses the relationships between time, day, and location of sam­ pling with fecal coliform bacterial concentrations in Sabino Creek. Analysis of Variance shows that fecal coliform concentrations were higher: 1) on Sunday than Wednesday, 2) at 4:00 PM than 8:00 AM and 12:00 Noon, and 3) in the lower section of the four miles of the study area. This research provides the U. S. Forest Service with baseline water quality data and a benchmark from which to continue an efficient water quality monitoring program.

314. WATER QUALITY OF STREAMFLOW FROM rORESTED WATERSHEDS ON SEDIMENTARY SOILS Paul � Gregory and Peter F. Ffo11iott (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

109 Recent assessments of potentials for water yeild improvement in Arizona by mean of vegetation management have shown that little information exists to character­ ize water quality over the range of conditions on which forests are located. The limited knowledge of water quality currently available is based on work carried out on soils developed from volcanic parent materials. Knowledge of water quality from areas on sedimentary soils is essentially non-existent. Specific research efforts have been initiated to alleviate this deficiency in hydrologic information. Objectives of these efforts include: (1) to obtained baseline information on chemical and physical water quality of streamflow from forested watersheds on sedimentary soils; (2) to empirically associate chemical and physical water quality parameters to land use patterns; and (3) to analyze interactions among parameters the define chemical and physical water quality.

315. PAST MINING ACTIVITIES AND WATER QUALITY IN THE LYNX CREEK WATERSHED E. N. Felix, T. R. Verma, E. E. McCrary, and J. L. Thames (Prescott National Forest, Prescott, Arizona, and University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Lunx Lake Watershed consists of approximately 13,600 acres of the Agua Fria drainage. About 13 percent of the area is patented mining claims (mainly copper) with numerous mining shafts, waste dumps, and mill tailings. Lynx Creek itself was once mined for gold and the creek bed still shows the scars of the dredging operations. Drainage from the numerous old mining sites show a certain extent of toxic mineral and sediment pollution of the water resources in the area. Lynx Creek carries runoff which is slightly acidic in nature and has a high con­ centration of copper, manganese, iron, zinc, and sulfates. The Sheldon Mine complex is considered one of the major sources of pollution to the lake. Aqua­ tic life and recreation potential of the watershed is greatly reduced by the water pollution problem. The pollutants from the abandoned mine sites enter into Lynx Lake, a trout fisheries lake, which was created by damming the creek in 1962 by the Arizona Game and Fish Department. The Sheldon Tailings pond was rehabilitated during the summer of 1975 as part of a reclamation study and demonstration project that is currently in progress and being sponsored by SEAM (Surface Environment and Mining). The study is being conducted cooperatively by the School of Renewable Resources, University of Arizona, and the Prescott National Forest. An excellent vegetative cover is established on the site and studies are being conducted to measure the beneficial effects of the reclamation on water quality.

316. PRELIMINARY RESULTS FROM A STUDY OF COAL MINING EFFECTS ON WATER QUALITY OF THE TONGUE RIVER, WYOMING Richard � Olsen and Edward H. Dettmann (Argonne National Laboratory)

A preliminary assessment survey, preparatory to a comprehensive ERDA sponsored watershed study, was conducted in the vicinity of Sheridan, Wyoming on the Tongue River and its major tributaries during the summer of 1975 to determine the extent and magnitude of aquatic environmental impacts induced by strip mining of coal in the western Powder River Basin of Wyoming. Results of detailed phYSical and chemical analyses of mine discharge and ambient water quality of receiving streams suggest that water quality impacts of coal extraction may be minimal in the area examined, and are small when compared to other apparent land use impacts.

317. PHYSICAL CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS OF LAKE HAVASU, ARIZONA NEAR THE CAP INTAKE AREA Simon Ince (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

110 Throughout 1974 and 1975 the Department of Hydrology and Water Resources, Uni­ versity of Arizona conducted a water quality study on Lake Havasu, Arizona, near the Central Arizona Project intake. This investigation was funded jointly by the Arizona Water Commission and the U. S. Bureau of Reclamation. The Uni­ versity study evaluated the hydrography and hydrology, sediments, turbidity, temperature, chemistry, dissolved oxYgen (and biochemical oxYgen demand), ben­ thic invertebrates, phytoplankton, zooplankton, biomass analysis, and electrical conductivity to establish baseline data for the CAP intake area. The results shoed weak stratification and generally good aeration in the Bill Williams River. Biological quality was good with low amounts of benthics and numerous zooplankton andphytoplankton species. The extensive data from chemical analysis generally conformed to public health standards.

318. FUTURE EFFECTS OF THE CAP ON LAKE HAVASU'S THERMAL STRUCTURE David Kreamer (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

A temperature-stratification model developed by the U. S. ArmY Corp of Engineers, Hydrologic Engineering Center was used to predict the changes in the temperature profile of Lake Havasu that will occur with the withdrawal of Central Arizona Project water in the 1980's. This quantified change in temperature-dependent density stratification was calculated using maximum draw conditions to accentu­ �te and expose any major changes which could be potential problems. Inputs for this program included monthly evaporation and precipitation, monthly ave�age air temperature, solar radiation at the top of the atmosphere, water inflow amount and temperature, water outflow amount and location, temperature profiles, and physical reservoir data. The computed results indicate that the stratifi­ cation changes will be of low magnitude.

819. MATHEMATICAL MODELLING OF A FORWARD OSMOSIS EXTRACTOR Charles � Moody and John O. Kessler (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Osmosis occurs when two solutions of difering osmolar concentrations are separ­ ated by a membrane permeable to the solvent but not (or nearly not) to the solutes. This paper derives the relationship between the kinetics and design parameters of systems designed for the purpose of applying this process to problems such as agricultural water reclamation, dehydration of solutions and the production of potable nutrient solutions from sea water. Three mathematical models that include increasingly complex fundamental process assumptions are presented. In all cases the fundamental mechanical device is assumed to be a continuous flow extractor that incorporates a semipermeable membrane.

320. OCCURRENCE OF GROUND WATER IN CRYSTALLINE AND BASALT ROCKS OF THE SATPURA REGION, CENTRAL INDIA Vincent � Uhl, Jr. and Vishwas G. Joshi

Betul, Chhindwara, and Seoni districts, located in the Satpura region of central India, have faced water shortages for years. Until a few years ago these dis­ tricts were almost entirely dependent on shallow open wells for water supply. Seasonal fluctuations of the water table in shallow aquifers and the overpumping of these aquifers in many areas resulted in many of these open wells being dry by the onset of the dry summer season. The recent drilling of over 1000 deep wells in this area has alleviated the problem to an extent. Data collected from both drilling and pump test operations provided the data base for this study.

111 The majority of wells were drilled in crystalline and basalt rocks. Well yields were analyzed with respect to rock type and topographic locations, and the influ­ ence of factors such as depth of overburden and well depth on well yield were also analyzed. The average yield of wells in crystalline rocks (23.9 gpm) is somewhat higher than for wells in basalt rocks (17.3 gpm). Wells drilled in valleys are generally more productive than wells drilled in upland areas. In­ cremental well yields in crystalline rocks, that is well yield per foot of well depth, were found to decrease with depth, and the results for the Satpura region were compared with similar results from other areas of crystalline rocks.

112 PHYSICAL SCIENCES

321. ECONOMICS - A POTENTIAL HURDLE IN ACHIEVING ENERGY INDEPENDENCE K. D. Timmerhaus (University of Colorado)

There has been much concern about the technology that will be needed to attain the goals of Project Independence. What has not been considered to any great extent is the cost involved in moving towards this goal. We will consider some of the�e aspects relative to the various forms of energy that have been designated or suggest to meet our future energy requirements. A careful analysis shows that costs may be one of the largest hurdles that this nation has to face in maintaining its pre­ sent energy consumption.

322. THE NEW MEXICO DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE SOLAR HEATED AND COOLED BUILDING �. Diamond,�. Packard, and R. L. Sam Martin (New Mexico State University)

The New Mexico Department of Agriculture Building was in planning for over two years. This is a solar heated and absorption cooled system which can operate under three different modes, depending on which is most energy efficient. The solar system was first operated in early September 1975 and since the building's occupancy in mid-October 1975, the system has been in continuous operation. This 25,500 sq. ft. building utilizes 6,750 sq. ft. of two different types of solar collectors and 30,000 gallons of pressurized water as storage. This paper addresses the details of the solar system, its associated instrumentation and preliminary performance data.

323. SEASONAL TRENDS IN DENVER ATMOSPHERIC LEAD LEVELS � � Edwards and H. G. Wheat (Colorado State University)

This study was undertaken to define seasonal trends in Denver atmospheric lead concentrations in relation to trends in local consumption of tetraa1ky1 lead gasoline antiknock additives. Monthly average atmospheric lead concentrations were determined at six metropolitan Denver sites for the 42-month period from January, 1972 to June, 1975. Monthly consumption of lead additives and monthly consumption of cal for electrical power generation were also determined. Ad� ditionally, monthly average atmospheric mixing depths and wind speeds were obtained, The study focuses upon identifying statistically significant relationships between monthly average atmospheric lead concentrations, source strengths and meteorological parameters. Definite maxima in atmospheric lead concentrations occur during winter months, the period during which mixing depths display minima. In contrast, automotive lead inputs show maxima during summer months and are typically 2-3 orders of mag­ nitude greater than lead inputs from coal combustion. The statistical analysis shows that monthly average atmospheric lead concentrations do not correlate with monthly atmospheric lead inputs. However, the relationship between lead concen­ trations and mixing depths is highly significant. Meteorological conditions thus play an important role in determining metropolitan Denver atmospheric lead exposure� The implications of these findings will be discussed interms of the changing lead additive use pattern.

324. PLANNING THE HIGH ENERGY GAS LASER FACILITY R. J. Boh1 (University of California)

The first abacus was built in China about 2600 B.C. Some 4250 years 1ater� Pascal

113 patented and marketed mechanical calculators. As we approach 2000 A.D.,-e1ec­ tronic computers affect practically every aspect of life in the industrial countries and certainly play an important role in scientific planning. One planning system, referred to as PERT, uses computers and is becoming so widely used in the United States that PERT might achieve the word status of radar instead of being relegated to an acronym position forever. PERT is a tool used by people at all levels of responsibility, from top manage­ ment to technicians. Top management uses PERT to ensure that programmatice objectives are achieved within the defined time and cost constraints; and PERT displays scheduled job descriptions and durations for technicians. Thought and common sense, in combination with a PERT digital computer code are being applied to the design and the construction of the High Energy Gas Laser Facility (HEGLF) at the Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory. The HEGLF is scheduled to be completed late in calendar year 1980, and is expected to cost in excess of $50 million. The HEGLF is funded by the Division of Military Application of the Energy Research and Development Administration (ERDA). The goal of ERDA's laser-fusion research program is to show that useful electrical en­ ergy can be produced by this concept. The purpose of the HEGLF is to demonstrate that sufficient gas-laser energy can be generated and used to initiate efficient thermonuclear burn (fusion reaction) of deuterium-tritium fuel. Later, it is planned to use the HEGLF as a research tool to define, e.g., thermal conductivity, cross sections, and equations-of-state of materials at extremely high temperatures and pressures. The laser-fusion reaction in HEGLF allows for the necessary mea­ surement to be made in a less hazardous environment and at lower cost that in other possible methods. The statis of HEGLF construction, planning, and its future 'applications, will be discussed.

325. INDUSTRIAL HYDROCLYCONES - A UNIQUE APPROACH TO MODELING AND SIMULATION Jan N. Carlson (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The wet hydrocyc10ne finds wide application in minerals beneficiation. The device is a unit operation for classification which utilizes· centrifugal force in a rapidly rotating flow field to separate a slurry feed into an overflow product stream witn an increased proportion of fine material and underflow stream with an increased proportion of coarse material. While various mechanistic models for hydrocyc10nes have been proposed, none seem useful in a simulation sense. Semi-empirical models reported in the literature have been modified and used to represent a large quantity of representative industrial data via a unique modeling approach. Techniques reported previously have required undesirable calculation of unmeasurable dependent variables followed by parameter estimation in each model correlation without considering the interaction between correlations. Here, the various components of the modified semi­ empirical model are separated and treated singly by multiple linear regression (MLR) against all reported experimental independent design and operating variables to obtain the correlation form. Some model parameters are estimated independently of MLR. All such constants are regarded as initial estimates for a global non-linear regression analysis (NLR) which is subsequently employed to obtain optimal parameter values. In this analysis, measured characteristics of each product stream are the prediction targets. Secondary dependent variables needed in the over-all model are calculated and used of course, but no synthetic values are extracted from the raw data. Once parameterized, the final model equations are suitable for use in over- all simulations of processes employing hydrocyclones. Alternately, the model can be used in place of a cyclone test stand to evaluate reasonable changes in design or operating variables.

114 326. AN ANALYTIC STUDY OF THE INFLUENCE OF CAPILLARY PERMEABILITY AND AXIAL PRESSURE DROP ON GLOMERULAR ULTRAFILTRATION �. �. Papenfuss and J. F. Gross (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

A mathematical model has been developed to study the influence of the capillary wall permeability and the azial pressure drop on glomerular ultrafiltration. This analysis is an extension of the model proposed by Huss, Marsh and Kalaba (1975) and studies the behavior of a bypica1 glomerular capillary in the rat. The governing equations for the azia1 and radial transport of fluid have been derived with the latter based on Star1ing's hypothesis. The solution of the non-linear, coupled differential equations provides predictions of the axial volume flow, the hydrostatic pressure, the plasma protein concentration, the hematocrit and the filtration rate along the capillary. The hydrostatic pressure, concentration and hematocrit at the afferent arteriolar end, the wall permeability, the extravascular pressure and the pressure at the efferent arteriolar end must be specified. Typical values of these parameters that are based on experimental data obtained on rats have been selected for this study. An important result of this analysis is to show that in contrast to previous work an increase of the azia1 volume flow by means of enhancing the azial pressure drop is not necessarily coupled with an increase of the filtration rate. Instead, as the azial pressure drop increases, the filtration rate approaches a mazimum whose value depends on the wall permeability, and then declines with a con­ tinuing increase in azial flow. In this regime the filtration rate can be increased only by augmenting the wall permeability.

327. SOME SHORT TERM CHEMICAL CHANGES IN ARID ZONE MINE SPOILS � Franzen, B. C. Williams and E. E. Staffeldt (New Mexico State University)

Samples of recently exposed mine spoil material from two coal strip mine operations in northern New Mexico and from treated plots established on these spoil sites, as well as columns of these spoils exposed at New Mexico State University were analyzed. Samples from the spoil site plots were taken after six months and those at New Mexico State University after two months. The four treatments included a control and 5 metric ton apl1ications of sawdust, lignin, and straw mixed in upper 5 cm of the spoil at all sites. Results of the analyses showed that pH, electrical conductivity of a saturated paste extract, HCOJ and Ca++ decreased during the period of study. Values for Mg++, Na+, S04' C1-, and SAR increased. Potassium was generally unaffected. The NO� levels of the samples generally decreased except for the lignin treated plots whTch showed a marked increase. Changes in Sar were apparently the result of increasing Na+ with total decreases in the Ca++ plus Mg++ or from smaller decreases in Na+ assocated with greater total decreases in Ca++ plug Mg++.

328. ELECTRICAL EVOLUTION OF FLORIDA THUNDERSTORMS John M._ Livingston and E. Philip Krider (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Data collected at the NASA Kennedy Space Center during the summers of 1974 and 1975 indicate that the larger Florida thunderstoms exhibit two distinct periods of lightning activity: an initial, very active phase, followed by a prolonged period characterized by a low flashing rate and large electric field changes. The total number of discharges during the active period is found to be an expo­ nential, rather than a linear, function of the duration. The fraction of lightn­ ing discharges to ground, the number of strokes per flash, and the fraction of flashes which contain continuing currents will also be presented.

329. ENERGY CONTENT OF WINDS IN EASTERN NEW MEXICO O. Dayle Sittler ( Eastern New Mexico University)

115 High winds are an almost daily phenomenon in the high plains area of eastern New Mexico. The energy content of these winds, and its distribution in time, are being investigated to evaluate the iwnds as an energy resource in this area. The detector is a cup-wheel, D-C generator type anemometer mounted on a small tower on the roof of the Science building at ENMU. It is 50 feet aboue ground level. Wind speed is recorded on a strip-chart. At present, data are analyzed by reading the chart a 1-hr. intervals and using a computer program to find es­ timated mean cube of wind speed and integrated wind energy per day. A small analog computer, soon to be put in service, will simplify data analysis. Analyses of data collected since the start of the study (Nov.'75) give these tentative conclusions: (1) Except for about 1 day in 15, average speed exceeds 10 MPH for periods of several hours. (2) Average daily duration of high winds is 9.5 hrs.; range is 0-24 hrs. (3) Mean wind speeds during high wind periods range from 10-25 MPH. (4) Average power during these periods is 160 watts per square meter; it varies from 40 to 1000 watts per sq. m. (5) Average total energy per day is 2.2 kwhr. per square meter. As a rough indication of degree of dependability of wind as an energy source, it is not�d that the number of successive days having total energy below 1.0 kwhr. per sq. m. is less than 4 at this site.

330. TEMPERATURE REGIMES IN COMPLEX TERRAIN �. Lynn William E. Clements and Sumner Barr ( Los Alamos Scientific laboratoryMajPle.

Some aspects of studying local wind structure, particularly slope flow, in complex terrain are discussed. The temperature structure of the boundary layer is a major driving force for local circulations in comp1es terrain. The temper­ ature profiles are described by the numerical solution of a two-demensioned diffusion equation with the eddy diffusivity as a function of time and height above the ground. Brunt's function of a sum of cosine functions of time describes the gound temperature as a function of time. The effect of different diffusivity functions on the temperature profiles are described. These profiles are used to determine the height of the heated or cooled layer during a diurnal period; these heights are essential in estimating transport and dilution rates of atmospheric contaminants. Comparisons with data from Los Alamos Canyon are presented.

331. MASS AND MOMENTUM SPECTRA OF MOUNTAIN ALTITUDE CHARGED COSMIC RAY SECONDARIES � � Barber, T. Bowen, D. A. Delise, E. W. Jenkins, J. J. Jones, R. M. Kalbach, A. E. Pifer, and N. A. Thompson ( Univerity of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

A Cosmic ray mass spectrometer using a superconducting magnet, digitized wire spark chambers, and a scintillation counter time or flight system has been operated at an altitude of 2750 meters. The apparatus ;s most sensitive to charged parti­ cles with momentum to mass ratios between 0.2 and 2.0. Results for the momentum spectra of protons, deuterons, and muons are pre�en�ed �nd i�terpreted. Observed fluxes and upper intensity limits are given �or P, H, He, He, K±, and hypothe­ tical massive particles in the 5 to 10 GeV/c mass range.

332. BAllOON OBSERVATIONS OF THE POWER SPECTRUM OF COSMIC RAY INTENSITY FLUCTUATIONS IN THE FREQUENCY RANGE FROM 10-4 to 10 -2 Hz Neil Gehre1s and Jacques L'Heureux (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Power spectra of the flux variations in cosmic rays of energy greater than a few Gev are presented. The data were obtained at balloon altitudes (40-45 Km) from

116 two scintillation-type detectors flown f�r six hours from Palestine, Texas on November 4, 1972. The large area (� 1 m ) detectors had count rates up to 2000 cps. This lowered the Poisson n9ise level in the power spectra of the relative fluctuations to 1.0 x 10-3 (Wz)- , allowing an investigation of the power law for low frequencies. The analysis was made on the rate of each of the counters as well as on the coincidence rates between them. The data had also been separa­ ted electronically during flight into low Z (Z�l) and high Z (Z�3) components, allowing a comparison of the power laws for primary and at�ospheric secondary particles. In all cases, the spectra between 10-4 and 10- Hz are power laws � of the where 1.5 y � 2.0. 'No significant frequency peaks in the range 10-4 toform2f-Y10- are observed.

333. PMT-MATRIX CERENKOV COUNTER FOR COSMIC RAY APPLI.CATIONS T. Bowen, J. J. Jones, A. E. Pifer, P. And G. H. Sembroski Po1akos, - - (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

A Cerenkov counter for use in a cosmic ray mass spectrometer which can extend mass identification to y � 10, is decribed. For this spectrometer, which has a configuration often enountered, there is a correlation between angle and posi­ tion for the accepted particle trajectories. This correlation results from the restriction that all trajectories pass close to the center of the spectrometer magnet. Described are two schemes which exploit this correlation to provide, through a photomultiplier tuve matrix, the e of the particles.

334. WAVELENGTH SHIFTED CERENKOV RADITORS E. P. V. L. A. E. P. A. Po1akos' of Arizona, Krider, Jacobson, Pifer, - (University Tucson, Arizona) and R. J. Kurz (TRW SystemS)

The scintillation and Cerenkov responses of plastic Cerenkov raditors containing wave1enght shifting flours in varying concentrations ;'ave been studied in beams of medium energy protons and pions in an effort to find an opt;umu fluor-plastic Cerenkov radiator combination which would porvide an increase in visible Cerenkov light output with little or no scintillation in the flour. The radiators, supplied by Pilot Chemicals, Inc., consist of a polyisobuty1emthacry1ate base with 1/4, 1/40, 1/400 percent by weight of the flours bis-MSB, TPB,DPA, Perylene and PBD. The Cerenkov and scintillation response of these radiators as a function of flour con­ centration will be presented and discussed.

335. STORAGE BATTERIES FROM LIGNOCELLULOSIC WASTES Alan Wilkinson and Conne1ius Steel ink ( University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The two main constituents of wood, lignin and cellulose constitute the most abundant natural polymers harvested in this country. They also comprise the principal waste products of our industrial society. Because lignin is an oxidation-reduction polyme it has the potential of storing and releasing electrical energy_ If lignin could be transformed into a conducting material, it could act as an electrode in an elec­ trochemical cell. Wood, particle board, newsprint and Kraft lignin has been converted to electrically conductive materials by controlled pyrolysis. These pyropo1ymers function as anode� or cathodes in primary and secondary battery configurations. The unique structure of lignin permits chemical modification prior to, or subsequent to, pyrolysis. Voltage and energy-density properties of the electrodes may then be optimized by inexpensive chemical treatment.

336. CHARACTERIZATION OF THE CONVERSION OF INORGANIC MERCURY BY NATANT MICROORGANISMS Keith Christopher, C. J. Popp, D. K. Brandvold (New Mexico Tech)

111 Some time ago, observations in this laboratory indicated that a conversion of inorganic mercury to organic mercury was taking place in water with low inorganic mercury concentrations. Previous work in Sweden had established that inorganic mercury was methylated by anaerobic sediment-dwelling microorganisms, but our system did not contain sediment, and it appeared that natant microorganisms were responsible. Recent work has been involved with identifying the organic mercurial formed, and defining the distribution of the mercury between the organisms and the water. After the initial observation of conversion, controlled experiments were conducted to confirm microbial involvement. Sterile and innoculated water samples were maintained at a 5 ppb level of HgC12' and monitored for inorganic and total mer­ cury was maintained in the sterile sample, but that the innoculated sample had a rapid conversion and loss of mercury. A review of this evidence will be offered. The normal analysis procedure (EPA-1974) used in our lab determines the inorganic and total mercury content of a sample. The different is taken as "organic" mer­ cury. The precise nature of this organic mercury is ambiguous. Work towards the elucidation of the identity of the "orqantc" mercury, as well as the results of microfiltration studies which initially indicate that the organic mercury is almost totally bound to the microorganisms, wi1l be presented.

337. BIOCHEMICAL EFFECTS OF THE LETHAL FRACTION FRJM THE VENOM OF THE MOJAVE RATTLESNAKE (CROTALUS SCUTULATUS) Rodney �. Cate and Allan L. Bieber (Arizona State University)

An acidic lethal fraction from the venom of the Mojave rattlesnake (A. L. Bieber, T. Tu, and A. T. Tu, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 400: 178-188 (1975)) was studied for possible effects upon the calcium sequestering of sarcoplasmic reticulum vesicles. The toxin was found to alter calcium ion binding and ATPase activity in such vesicles from rat skeletal muscle. A dependence upon toxin concentration and preincubation time was observed for both calcium uptake and ATPase activity. Initial calcium binding and subsequent release from. the vesicles were markedly reduced when toxin was present. ATPase activity was substantially increased following preincubation of the vesicles with the toxic fraction. The toxin was shown to exhibit phospholipase activity whcih might account for the observed active transport disturbances. Such effects upon cardiac muscle active trasport systems could possibly account for the highly toxic cardiac activity previously observed (Sieber, Et al., �. cit.)

338. WILL WATER WET ITSELF? Nicholar J. Perrotta (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

An apparatus was designed and constructed to study the interesting common pheno­ mena of fluid droplets floating on the surface of the same substance without im­ mediate coalescence. Fluid when injected as a fine stream from a nozzle breaks up into many small droplets (globules) prior to contact with the surface. Obser­ vations of stability, dipole moment, and surface tension of water globules will be �resented, and plausible explanations of these results will be given.

339. GOOS-HANCHEN SHIFT AT A MOVING INTERFACE Kaiser S. Kunz and James � Newhouse ( New Mexico State University)

A beam of light incident from some medium 1 onto its interface with a less optically dense medium 2 will be totally reflected provided the angle of incidence is greater than the critical angel. According to electromagnetic theory the light penetrates medium 2 as an evanescent wave that propagates along the interface but dies off exponentially as one moves away from the interface. The rays of light thus appear

118 to enter medium 2 before being bent back into medium 1. This leads to a relative shift of the reflected rays corresponding to the two polarization components in the incident beam, namely, polarization in and perpendicular to the incident plane� This so-called Goos-Hanchen shift has been calculated and experimentally measured. We have generalized the usual calculations for this shift to apply to a moving interface between a stationary medium 1 and a stationary medium 2 with permittivi­ ties El' E2 respectively. The presence of the moving interface introduces Doppler shifts in the frequencies and propagation vectors of the reflected and transmitted waves and in addition destroys the continuity of the tangential components of the electric field g and the magnetic field H at the interface. The mathematical des­ cription of the evanescent wave for a moving interface involves some interesting problems. One can, of course, transform to a coordinate system moving with the interface but then one must take account of the complications introduced by having the media in motion.

340. A SOLID-STATE FIXED FREQUENCY WWV RECEIVER DESIGN Andrew M. Hudor Jr. (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The design of a special function radio receiver for the reception of time standard signals from radio station WWV is approached by utilizing a multifunction linear intergated circuit as the core. The unit features automatic gain control (age) of the RF stage, a MOSFET RF stage, a JFET mixer, a squelch circuit, and an inte­ grated circuit audio amplifier with 0.5 watt output. The design is flexible enougt to be used over the entire HF spectrum with the proper selection of Land C compo­ nents.

341. SOME THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES OF STRONTIUM AND STRONTIUM MONOXIDE Irwin J. Brink and Charles E. Holley, Jr. (Los Alamos- Scientific Laboratory, University of California)

Literature values for the enthalpy of formation of strontium monoxide (SrO) do not agree. Some of these values are based upon enthalpy of solution measurements of strontium metal (Sr) and the oxide, data which are of ancient orgin and of doubtful reliability. Other values are based upon direct enthlpy of combustion measurements a technique which is plagued by peroxide formation. We describe a project under­ taken at the request of CODATA Task Group on Key Values for Thermodynamics, an agency of the Internation Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry, to accurately define the enthalpy of formation for SrO. Experiments to measure the enthlpy of solution for high purity Sr and SrO in hydrochloric acid are discussed. These values are combinded to give an accurate enthalpy of formation for SrO.

342. THE USE OF THE DIFFERENTIAL SCANNING CALORIMETER IN HEAT CAPACITY MEASUREMENTS: THE HEAT CAPACITY OF FORSTERITE Charles E. Holley, Jr. (Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory, University of California)

The Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory has a program for the synthesis of minerals ar the measurement of their thermodynamic properties. For the measurement of heat ca­ pacities, an important thermodynamic property, the differential scanning calorimete has certain advantages, chief of which is that is requires only a small sample, of the order of 50-100 mg. For the measurements described in this paper a Perkin-Elme DSC-2 was used which operates between 300 and lOOOK. With proper attention to deta a precision of better than 1% is attainable. Measurements on forsterite, Mg2Si04, will be presented.

119 PSYCHOLOGY

343. A GENERAL SYSTEMS APPROACH TO THE UNDERSTANDING AND PRACTICAL MANAGEMENT OF ASTHMA � Paley and Evelyn S. Paley (National Jewish Hospital and Research Center and University of Denver)

Health is defined as a high level of orderliness and integration in the (human) system; disease results from an influx of irregular, unpredictable instructions from whatever source. In asthma these may come not only from the environment (atmosphere, plants, virus, parents, etc.) but from the consequences of the asthmatic attack itself. The efforts of the behavioral sciences team in the hospital for asthmatics are directed to a paradigm of cognitive therapy to in­ crease the level of negentropy in the system. Special characteristics of asthma, particularly the distortion of the system (changes in body image) as a conse­ quence of treatment measures (administration of corticosteroids) are discussed.

344. ATTITUDES OF SOME PROFESSIONALS TOWARD SCHIZOPHRENIA Natividad M. Allen (Eastern New Mexico University)

This survey was aimed at an understanding of the attitudes of some professionals toward schizophrenia regarding treatment, civil rights, and general attitudes. Twenty-five professionals (five psychology professors, five community leaders, five ministers, five medical doctors, and five college professors) were requested to fill out a questionnaire consisting of ten questions and two essay questions. The purpose of the questionnaire was explained to them, i.e., to get the "feel" of the attitudes professionals have about a mentally ill person, specifically a schizophrenic. Schizophrenia was defined as a splitting of thinking, feeling, and acting with the resultant gross losing touch with reality and bizarre beha­ viorally manifestations. Some interesting findings are as follows: Yes No Indiff. 1. Treatment in a home environment 92% 4% 4% 2. Ri ght to refus-e treatment 48% 32% 20% 3. Destruction of patient's record of illness 30% 62% 8% 4. Hiring a schizophrenic 70% 10% 20% 5. Community Half-Way House 96% 0% 4% 6. Hospitalization 12% 22% 4% A tentative conclusion seems to be thatprofessiona1s have a humanistic attitude toward the schizophrenic.

345. THE EFFECTS OF CONTROL VARIATION ON LEARNED HELPLESSNESS Jerry � Thornton and Evelyn Shaw (Angelo State University)

A Learned Helplessness Inventory was administered to 300 college students. Ninety-six were selected forthe experiment: 48 identified as Helplessness­ Resistant (Low scorers) and the other 48 as Helplessness-Prone (High scorers). Subjects received one of six treatment conditions which involved degrees of control in Task 1: 0.0,0.2,0.4,0.6,0.8, and 1.0. Condition 0.0 signified zero control and Condition 1.0 total control during Task 1. Task 1 (the helplessness training task) consisted of the solution of 20 anagrams with unsolvable anagrams mixed with solvable ones as a function of degree of control. Task 2 consisted of 10 trials of sorting a stack of 30 cards into 12 different designs in a 2 x 6 cell sorting tray.

120 351. BEHAVIORAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF THE SANTA CRUZ RIVER PARK PROJECT Lawrence Wheeler (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The City of Tucson has funded the planning of a 12-mile linear park along the Santa Cruz river. The river course involved lies within the western edge of the city and has tremendous potential for development in terms of recreational functions, historical reconstruction and education, biotic habitats, flood management, and commercial enterprise. The planning contract specifically calls for citizen participation and there are many other aspects of the project that should interest environmental psychologists. A number of different design op­ tions for each of several selected areas along the river will be evaluated in terms of citizen preference. Attitudes of citizens concerning the entire pro­ ject will be surveyed, with special emphasis upon the reactions of those whose present living conditions may be' directly affected by the project. It is hoped that direct measurements of user behavior can be obtained for each completed segment of the project, and that the resulting data will be influential in the design of subsequent segments, during the 10-15 year development of the area. The graduate program in environmental psychology at the University of Arizona, with the cooperation of the city, has, in this project, an unparalleled oppor­ tunity to provide research experience for its s�udents.

352. MEASURING LANDSCAPE SCENIC BEAUTY: AN APPLICATION OF PSYCHOPHYSICAL SCALING METHODS Terry C. Daniel (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

Psycho1physica1 measurement methods and models have been adapted to provide a quantitative assessment of the scenic beauty of forest landscapes. Landscapes are represented by systematically sampled color slides, the slides are shown to representative observer groups and, based on their aesthetic judgements, an unbiased standardized index of scenic beauty is derived for each sampled land­ scape. Research and development of this method has been supported for four years by cooperative research agreements between the University of Arizona and the United States Forest Service. Successful applications include evaluations of the scenic impacts of alternative forest harvest procedures, the scenic recovery of controlled burning and wild fires, and the scenic value and impact of alternative recreation-road corridors. Recent efforts are directed at inte­ grating scenic assessment methods with computer graphic and computer mapping methodologies to represent the scenic "topography" of large forest landscapes and to predict the scenic consequences of alternative proposed landscape manage­ ment plans.

353. PUBLIC INPUT INTO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DECISION-MAKING Louise M. Arthur (USDA), Russel Gum, and Edwin Carpenter (University of Arizona, Tucson,-Xrizona)

Many environmental decisions are based primarily on analysis of economic or pen­ cuniary (in addition to political) costs and benefits of alternative management strategies. With increasing public interest in environmental problems, however, decision makers have become sensitive to the need to consider public preference� Unfortunately, reliable information on public attitudes is usually unavailable. Even if such information were available, there is some question what role it should take in decision-making processes. In the case of one problem, management of predators, were has been an effort to obtain reliable information on public attitudes. A nation-wide telephone sur vey (random digit dialing) of 2800 households solicited attitudes concerning

123 predators and predator control, as well as attitudes which may be less directly related to predator management, e.g., attitudes toward other wildlife, domestic animals (such as sheep, often killed by predators), hunting, meat consumption, etc. Intensities of attitudes, as well as directions and information base, were measured by means of psychophysical rating scales. Respondents were forced to make trade-offs similar to those demanded of decision makers. The integration of public attitude measures and economic models is discussed.

354. SEX DIFFERENCES IN CHILDREN'S DREAMS David Foulkes (University of Wyoming)

Dream data were collected in concurrent, 5-year longitudinal, EEG-REM sleep studies of children aged 3/4 to 7/8 (n = 21) and 9/10 to 13/14 (n = 22). 26 children served throughout the 5-year periods. During Years 1, 3, and 5 of the studies, awakenings for dream retrieval were made according to a constant sche­ dule for both groups. Altogether, 1500 REM-sleep awakenings were made during these years, yielding 788 dream reports. The reports were: reliably coded for various character, setting, activity, feeling, motive, and outcome categories; re1ia·bly rated for hedonic tone, dreamer participation, and dream distortion; and analyzed for sex differences at each of the six age levels. At ages 3/4, there were few dream reports, and no significant sex differences. At ages 5/6 boys' dreams were more disturbed than girls' (they were more unpleasant a�d dis­ torted, and the boys were more helpless participants in their own dreams). In preadolescence (ages 7/8, 9/10, and 11/12), these earlier differences were ab­ sent, while characteristic sex differences were emerging in the representation of peers (a like-sex bias) and of gross motor activity (the boys had more at ages 9/10, but the girls closed this gap by 11/12). In late preadolescence I (ages 11/12) or early adolescence (ages 13/14), boys dreams became significant­ ly more aggressive, less home-centered, and more unpleasant than those of the girls. These findings all must be evaluated against the major finding of the study: at any age, for either sex, children's dreams were relatively realistic dramas containing little unpleasant affect or unsocialized impulse content.

355. THE EFFECTS OF REPEATED METHADONE DOSAGES UPON ALCOHOL INTAKE AND ACTIVITY IN RATS Judith M. Smith (University of Texas)

Groups of rats were first a llowed to stabilize fluid intake generated by schedule-induced drinking of either water or 5% ethyl alcohol solutions. All subjects were then administered subcutaneous injections of methadone hydro­ chloride once every 24 hours, which was followed by 48-hour inter-injection intervals. Weekly locomotor activity counts and 24-hour drinking patterns as well as daily fluid intake were recorded throughout the various treatments, including the two-week period that followed the last drug injections adminis­ tered. Activity counts were similar for water and alcohol drinkers, with or without methadone treatments. The amounts of fluid consumed tended to vary in a similar direction for water and alcohol groups; one exception occurred during the post-methadone period in which alcohol drinkers continued to increase the amounts drunk and water drinkers returned to pre-methadone levels.

356. PARENTAL DOMINANCE AND EFFEMINACY IN BOYS Spencer � Thompson (University of Texas-Permian Basin), John E. Bates (Indiana University), and P. M. Bentler (University of California-Los Angeles

124 Studies have consistently shown a relationship between parental dominance patterns and the masculinity of sons. Father dominance in decision making and child rearing appears to be related to higher masculinity in sons. In this research, parent dominance and parent-child interaction were measured in three different groups of boys and their parents -- effeminate boys (9 boys, 5-13 years), behavior problem boys (12 boys, 7-12 years), and "normal" boys (23 boys, 6-12 years). Results showed that within all three groups of parents the fathers tended to be significantly more dominant in a decision making situation than the mother. However, analysis of variance showed that the groups of fathers and mothers were not significantly different from each other. In the parent-child interaction task, each son was given the opportunity to imitate preference choices made by each parent. In no group did the boys tend to predominantly imitate the mother or the father. The imitative behavior across all groups did not correlate with the dominance scores of the father. There was a tendency (r=33, p <.03) for boys with dominant fathers to imitate their mothers more than their fathers. Overall, the degree of father or mother dominance was not related to the degree of the son's effeminacy or behavior problems. These results do not support the assumption that extreme effeminacy in boys is simply a matter of feminine imitations due to mother dominance or nondominance by the father. The son's subjective interpretation of dominance patterns and masculinity-femininity may be the most important factor affecting his behavior.

357. PROCESSING STRATEGIES IN THE DETECTION OF PLURALITY James N. Olson (University of Texas-Permian Basin)

Twenty college students were presented a list of regular and irregular nouns in their singular and plural forms and timed as they detected whether each was Isingu1ar" or "p1ural". There were three types of'regu1ar nouns and four types of irregular nouns: A model of the underlying detection process was proposed which handles the available data without making assumptions about the storage of semantic infor­ mation in the internal lexicon nor the mechanism(s) that underlies its retrieval. The model consists of two separate, successive stages of information processing: Stage 1 involves parallel self-terminating decisions about phonetic information; and Stage 2 involves serial decisions about semantic information. The data sug­ gest that when phonetic cues as to plurality (e.g., the presence/absence of a sibilant suffix) are available, Stage 2 semantic proceSSing is minimal or omit­ ted. Possible processing routines that underlie the dependence on phonetic use were proposed. Overall, the effects of plurality were interpreted as indicating that the meanings of singular forms are simpler than their plural counterparts and hence easier to retrieve.

358. DIFFERENTIAL STRESS EFFECTS OF INESCAPABLE SHOCK ON THE RAT FOLLOWING INDUCTION OF "LEARNED HELPLESSNESS II � Ryan Wagner and Thomas L. Hall (University of New Mexico)

Based on suggestions proposing the learned helplessness paradigm as an animal model of clinical depression, food intake, water intake, weight change, motor activity, and shuttle avoidance performance were assessed in albino rats fol­ lowing exposure to a session of inescapable shock, escapable shock, or no shock. Shock conditions were factorially crossed with therapeutic conditions which assessed the effects of two standard antidepressant manipulations (e1ectrocon­ cu1sive shock and desmethy1imipramine) on the postshock syndrome. With the exception of motor activity, all measures were suppressed by inescapable shock

125 relative to the other two groups. Postshock treatment of rats with a session of electroconvulsive shock or an injection of desmethylimipramine eliminated learn­ ing impairments in inescapably shocked animals but was without effect on appe­ tivitive measures. Similar results were obtained in rats pretreated with des­ methyl imipramine for a 12 day period prior to shock exposure. In contrast, shock differentials between inescapable and escapable shock conditions were eli­ minated in animals habituated to the test environment prior to shock exposure. Results suggest that inescapably shocked rats are differentially more stressed than their escapably shocked counterparts but that they are not in an analogous condition of depression as others have suggested.

359. THE EFFECT OF PARENT-CHILD INTERACTIONS ON THE CHILD'S SELF-CONCEPT Margaret � McDonald and Richard E. Miller (University of Texas-Permian Basin)

In an effort to determine the influence of parent-child interactions and paren­ tal attitudes on the development of the child's self-concept, a research project was conducted at St. Mary's Episcopal School in Big Spring, Texas. The subjects included seventy-six (76) primary and kindergarten children and their parents. The perceived and the inferred self-concepts were evaluated. The parent-child interactions and parental attitudes were compared between the children with the highest self-concept scores and the children with the lowest self-concept scores. The results indicated parent-child interactions and parental attitudes seem to be prime determining factors upon the development of the child's self-concept. If parents intend to influence their child's self-concept, it is imperative they begin at birth to establish quality relationships and continue this effort through the pre-school and school years.

360. MENTAL HEALTH SERVICE DELIVERY IN NON-VOLUNTARY CIRCUMSTANCES: SOME CASE STUDIES Clark Johnson (University of Texas-Permian Basin)'

If secondary prevention of behavioral disorder (early identification, with cut­ ting short the duration of the disorder) is to be effectively practiced, planners and policy makersin the human services must take note of the strategic role that can potentially be played by such referral services as criminal justice system components and employers. Both courts and supervisors in work situations are in a position to observe and assess persons with emotional, behavioral, and family problems at early stages of those problems. The Roxbury Court Clinic, a success­ ful mental health agency functioning in the same site as a busy District Court in Boston, Massachusetts, demonstrates that if it is available, the courts can creatively use a sophisticated community mental health agency. The court is a source of referrals of persons experiencing drug addiction, alcoholism, and family stresses leading to violent crimes. The clinic treats and intervenes with numerous cases in a casework or clinical manner that would ordinarily have to be handled either punitively or with limited probationary resources. Criminal justice-based community mental health services can be classed with employment­ based interventions as involuntary ways to require troubled persons to seek ser­ vices. As such they raise ethical and civil rights issues disturbing to tradi­ tional therapeutic principles, but from the standpoint of the human sufferer, and the extraordinary degree of discretion judges, police, and employers have over human lives in any case, such use of involuntary methods in the delivery of services may not be unethical or authoritarian in actual human results.

361. A REPORT ON BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION PROCEDURES EMPLOYED BY STUDENTS AND STUDENT TEACHERS IN THE CLASSROOM AND AT HOME Robert N. Rothstein (University of Texas of the Permian Basin)

126 Utilizing a narrative style, this paper reviews the behavior modification proce­ dures used by the author1s students and student teachers in modifying and shaping behavior in classrooms and in the home environment. Employing such techniques as a simple experimental design, the token economy, extinction and discrimination training, the author1s students tackled such problems as attendance, disruptive classroom behavior, poor grades, poor study habits, obesity, stuttering and bed­ wetting. Most students report successful outcomes. Where success was limited, the reasons for failure will be analyzed.

362. IN BACK OF BEFORE IN FRONT THE ROLE OF THE COMMUNICATION MATRIX IN SEMANTIC - -OF; DEVELOPMENT Chris Tanz (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The thesis advanced by H. Clark -(1973) that "perceptual pr tmacy" governs the order of acquisition of English expressions of space and time is tested experi­ mentally as it applies to the sptia1 expressions in front of and in back of. According to Clark, the spatial concept "fr-ont." is-less complex than---ri"back" because the alignment of our perceptual organs makes everything that is in front II more lJeasily perceptible. On the basis of these claims, Clark goes on to pre­ dict that the expression in front of will be learned before in back of. The results of the experiment1reportedlhere indicate the reverse-ro-oe-true. The proposed explanation takes into account the communicational matrix in which a child learns to speak, rather than just the concepts underlying separate lexi­ cal items.

363. A LONGITUDINAL INVESTIGATION OF DISORDERED THINKING IN NORMAL SCHOOL CHILDREN Joh D. Swartz {University of Texas-Permian}

As scored on the Holtzman Inkblot Technique (HIT), Pathognomic Verbalization (V) is a five-point scale ranging from 0 (no pathology present) to 4 (very bizarre verbalization) for measuring the degree of disordered thinking represented by nine qualitatively different categories: Fabulation (FB), Fabu1ized Combination (FC), Queer Response (QR), Incoherence (IC), Austistic Logic CAL), Contamina­ tion CCT), Self Reference CSR), Deterioration Color (DC), and Absurd Response

(AB) . The purpose of the present study was to investigate changes in the quantitative nature of V responses in normal subjects over time and explain these quantita­ tive changes in terms of shifts in the nine qualitatively different V categories. Three larger groups of normal school children were tested for six consecutive years, covering the 11- year age span from 6.7 to 17.7 years. A highly signi­ ficant curvilinear developmental trend was discovered: the lowest mean V score occurred in 12-year-01d children, with rising means both up and down the develop­ mental order. When three groups of chi1dren--6.7, 9.7, and 12.7 years of age, respective1y--were matched for sex and total V score, using only the scores from the initial testing sessions, there was a significant increase with age in the number of children giving FB responses and significant decreases in the numbers of children giving AL, CT, and AB responses. Findings are compared with previ­ ous findings for the Rorschach and implications are discussed.

364. THE MICRO-PROCESSES OF ATRIBUTE IDENTIFICATION H. J. Durrett, Jr. (University of Colorado)

Production systems provide a technique for modeling the micro-processes required for the solution of bi-dimensional attribute identification problems. The analysis of cryptarithmetic solution behavior emp10yinQ production systems has

127 illustrated their potential for model construction. Historically, the modeling of concept identification tasks has been attempted using Markov techniques. While these stocastic models can systematically describe group statistics rela­ ted to solution behavior, they are not typically capable of accounting for the discrete stages of problem solution of a single individual. It is possible to construct computer models of ideal strategies using production systems. In this way the micro-processes required for individual problem solution can be isolated and classified. Using a real-time computer system the solution beha­ vior of over 100 participants was obtained for four bi-dimensional rules: con­ junctive, disjunctive, conditional, and biconditional. It is possible to iso­ late groups of participants behaving as the ideal strategies predicted. It was observed that not all individuals use the same strategies in solving the same problems. Participants appear to apply the ideal strategies with efficiency once the problem solution space is understood. Some individuals never develop an appropriate strategy and either fail to solve the attribute identification problems or require large numbers of trials to do so. There exists the poten­ tial for further study of the discrete micro-processes. Detailed examination of successful and unsuccessful processes should provide information on where difficulties in solutions occur and what microprocesses are missing from the participants knowledge. The addition of the necessary micro-processes to the participants knowledge set should improve problem solution behavior.

365. ARE BLACK IQ TESTS SIGNIFICANTLY BETTER MEASURES OF BLACK INTELLIGENCE? Andre Joseph (University of Texas-Permian Basin)

The intent of this study was to show that all "intell igence" tests are not only culturally specific -- but are biased in favor of the particular segment within the larger culture for which they were devised and standardized. The subjects for this study were 150 Black and White elementary school children between the ages of 12 and 14. Both the California Short Form Test of Mental Maturity and The Black Intelligence Test of Cultural Homogeneity (BITCH) were administered to each student with data of a socio-economic nature collected. A mixed design: repeated measures was used to statistically analyze the data, with Scheffe's (S) Method of Multiple Comparison used as a test for trends. The results indicated that indeed traditional tests of intelligence are specific for certain ethnic­ socioeconomic groups within the larger culture; and further that the BITCH must have certain modifications if it is to serve as a measure of "Black intell igence."

366. CEREBRAL LATERALITY AND VERBAL CODING PROCESSES Jay L. Sherman (Ari.zona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

A great deal of evidence suggests that we process information by way of two separate coding systems (Paivio, 1971; Bower, 1972). One system represents and processes information concerning nonverbal objects and events. The other deals with linguistic units and generates speech. The two systems appear to be depen­ dent on cerebral laterality. Levy (1969) has suggested that in left-handed per­ sons verbal functions are represented in both hemispheres of the brain; in right­ handers, verbal functions are confined to the left hemisphere. She argued that the verbal functions undertaken by the righ themisphere in the left-hander will be at the expense of the spatial functions normally subserved by that hemisphere. To test the dual coding and localization models, right- and left-handed sub­ jects learned abstract-concrete words lists under imagery or rote repetition instructions. It was predicted that right- and left-handed groups weould not differ on a purely verbal task (abstract), whereas left-handers should be im­ paired on visuo-spatial processing (concrete). In two separate experiments,

128 right-handed subjects showed a significant superiority in the remembering of highly concrete items, while total recall did not differ reliably between groups. These findings provide firm support for the models of both Paivio and Levy.

367. COUNSELING APPLICATIONS OF VOCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY IN CAREER DECISION MAKING Richard E. Miller (University of Texas-Permian Basin)

The current emphasis on career education and career education and career gui­ dance in the United States raises an important issue regarding the kinds and quality of substantive information available from established disciplines for formulating appropriate developmental guidelines. Psychology has long been related to vocational/career choice and promises to be a discipline which can make some major contributions to. this emerging emphasis in American education. Counselors' use of psychological assessment in vocational guidance programs has met with limited success due largely to stereotyped trait-and-factor applica­ tions of measurement instruments. Both theoretical and research inadequacies in the traditional trait-and-factor approach have given rise to serious ques­ tion about the role of assessment in vocational or "career" guidance and coun­ seling. This paper examines alternative applications of "vocational psychology" (Crites, 1969) to career counseling, particularly as they relate to time-extensive career decision making. Major factors in career decision making are identified and discussed as they relate to the use of information provided from psychological assessment. Of utmost importance is the counselor's role in helping clients transform this information into experience as obtained in self-exploration and career exploration. Different models and techniques for transforming test data to experienta1 counseling information are proposed.

129 SCIENCE EDUCATION

368. DO OUR MEANS JUSTIFY OUR ENDS? John D. Hostettler (University of Colorado, Colorado Springs)

The means employed in science education seem remarkably similar from one insti­ tution to another. There are standard experiments, standard exercises, standard topics, and standard explanations in each scientific discipline. Could it be that our means, comfortable and convenient as they are, determine our ends? This paper will examine the question of'means and ends in science education. It will be argued that the ends to which some standard means appear to be direc­ ted are not always justifiable. Some general objectives (ends) for science education will then be proposed. Finally, some specific means (both standard and novel) for achieving these ends will be described.

369. WHAT1S WRONG WITH SCIENCE EDUCATION? David Hestenes (Arizona State University, Tempe,Arizona)

An analysis of deficiencies of science education in the public schools and uni­ versities with recommendations for local, state and national programs essential for significant reform.

370. IPS LEARNING--WHO AND WHAT? Sonnie J. Stevens (Coronado High School, Scottsdale, Arizona)

Measurements involving the Introductory Physical Science (Prentice-Hall, Inc.) program at Coronado High School revealed interesting and valuable information for the classroom teacher. Does the IPS course result in a change in student capacity in the process skills of observing, comparing, classifying, quantify­ ing, measuring, experimenting, inferring, and predicting? Do different ability groups achieve science thinking skills with any differences? Are IPS students more successful than nonIPS students in subsequent science courses? Does the IPS student select more physical or biological courses following the IPS expo­ sure? Does IPS appear to build upon already developed processes? If so, what processes appear to be needing the most teacher attention at the high school level? Through the use of slides and the overhead projector, the findings for these questions will be presented by the researcher.

371. INTERDISCIPLINARY COURSE IN CONSCIOUSNESS STUDIES M. Michelle Baker (Colorado Mountain College)

With growing interest in studies of mind and consciousness, the author and a colleague in psychology decided to conduct an interdisciplinary course in the Physiology and Psychology of Consciousness. Consideration of right and left brain activity, meditation techniques, hypnosis, dream analysis, biofeedback, and inner-space autobiographies brought interesting depths in the responses of the students. The course culminated in a day long workshop of various activi­ ties designed to accentuate the heightened awareness resulting from the consci­ ousness studies.

372. COLORADO BIOLOGY CONSORTIUM: SEQUEL TO BIO-CO-TIE M. Michelle Baker (Colorado Mountain College)

130 BI�-CD-TIE (Biology Core via Televised Instruction and Experimentation) was organized at Colorado State University in 1970 in cooperation with ten community colleges in Colorado for coordination and consistency in second-year biology courses. The idea behind the organization was to provide students transferring from the two-year colleges to CSU with a background of approximately the same academic materials as CSU students. This would then enable the community college transfer students to continue their studies on upper levels at the same pace as other students at the University. When NSF and other funding ended in 1975, the concensus of the participants was that the communication achieved through BIO­ CO-TIE should be continued, and the Colorado Biology Consortium was formed. This organization now includes many two- and four-year college participants, and through semi-annual meetings is continuing cooperative efforts.

373. MODERN ANIMAL CARE Leslie Cullum (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

Recent innovations in animal care will be described.

374. FUNCTIONS OF THE ANIMAL RESOURCE CENTER Robert A. Patterson (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

The role_of the Animal Resource Center in the support of both research and teaching within the College of Liberal Arts of Arizona State University.

375. PROJECT BIOTECH--INDIVIDUALIZED INSTRUCTIONAL MODULES Richard A. Dodge (American Institute of Biological Sciences)

To produce individualized teaching modules which demonstrate a wide range of biologically related technical skills. The modules are task oriented and do not consider conceptual or philosophical questions and may be used in virtually any teaching situation requiring the learning of a biological skill or technique. Each module stands alone and' demonstrates "how to do" a task. BIOTECH modules may be inserted into any teaching plan when and where students need to see how a task is done. Primarily designed for introductory biology courses and training of potential biological technicians. The modules have been used in two-year and four-year college and university classes in such courses as introductory biology, botany, zoology, and microbiology. In addition, .the modules have been employed in'in­ dustrtal and government training and research laboratories, as well as in tech­ nical institutes, high schools, and proprietary training institutions. The more than 100 modules that have been produced are skill oriented, self­ contained, independent units which may be incorporated singly or in groups within existing courses, programs, or training regimes. They are not designed as a curriculum, but rather, in the modular sense, are designed to "plug into" existing or newly designed programs.

376. THE INVOLVEMENT OF COMMUNITY AGENCIES AS AN EDUCATIONAL RESOURCE IN A METROPOL­ ITAN AREA Michael Schoenfeld (University of Northern Colorado)

Albuquerque is the largest city in the state of New Mexico. It has many federal, state, county and private agencies serving a population over 350,000. During the 1974-75 school year, the science department of Rio Grande High School (Albuquerque Public School System) proposed a project to investigate how these various agencies could support existing science programs. Inquiries were made

131 to see if agencies would consider becoming valuable educational resources by allowing students to participate with agency activities. This exposure would enable students to correlate classroom concepts with realistic issues and prob­ lems of the "outside wor1d". The project established school/agency relationships on the following basis: (1) An agency's daily work or research complemented the science department's goals and objectives. (2) Exposure to professional activities, as part of the science program, offered students learning experiences that were beyond the con­ fines of traditional classroom activities. Results from these inquiries yielded various activities benefiting both schools and agencies. Opportunities were discovered for students offering them active participatory roles in supporting professionals within the community. In return, the agency benefitted by observing students perform professional tasks at sub-professional levels. These observations were meaningful to undermanned agencies during a period of tight budgers and low staffing.

377. AN ANALYSIS OF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF SLIDE PRESENTATIONS AND FIELD TRIPS AS METHODS OF INSTRUCTION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION Robert 'W. Schneider (University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona)

The research involved an investigation of the effectiveness of in-class slide presentations and field trips as methods of instruction for environmental edu­ cation. A general program dealing with an environmental education topic was developed and modified into two presentations which differed only in the medium emp'loyed to teach the lesson and the location of the presentation, i.e., in the classroom or in the field. Treatments were assigned at random, to a total of 16 sixth grade classes which were organized into 4 sampling blocks of 4 classes each. The treatments were: 1) slide presentation; 2) field trip; 3) a combined pro­ gram of both presentations; and, 4) a control. All presentations were of one hour duration with the exception of the combined program which was two hours in length. Prior to the administration of the treatments, all classes were pre­ tested with an examination developed to sample the student's knowledge of the concepts and understandings of the general program. After exposure to the treatments, each class was posttested USing a test similar to the pretest. The analysis carried out on the data collect utilized an analysis of covariance pro­ cedure in which class pretest scores were used to adjust posttest scores for pretreatment differences. It was found that all treatments were significant at the .01 level with the combined program being the most effective, the field trip second best, and the slide presentation the least effective of the methods tested.

378. INTERSESSION: A MEANS OF ENCOURAGING UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH John W. Eads, Page C. Twiss, and Ron R. West (Kansas State University, Manhat­ tan, Kansas)

The concept of brief two to three week concentrated course offerings is an increasingly popular area in many institutions. The fact that a faculty member has this time to either give an in-depth approach to a course being offered during regular semesters or, the opportunity to experiment with entirely new courses is well known. It is also possible to take classes out of the confines of the classroom and into unique areas during this time, for first hand studies and observations. These off campus intersession courses appear to fall into two main categories. First, they may consist of trying to see as much as possible and expose the

132 students to an entire region. However, the student often spends much of his time looking out of a car window as the country side goes flying by. On the other hand, an area can be selected and the entire time spent in that vicinity doing more involved investigations. The following brief presentations will describe some of the activities included in a recent intersession trip to Puerto Penasco, Sonora on the Gulf of California. It was the intent of that trip to explore ways of involving undergraduates in short term research projects. Thereby, introducing them to research techniques, ways of approaching problems, etc. We feel we were successful and will show what can be accomplished by such a group in a short period of time, and hope­ fully encourage others to try similar ventures.

379. A. SHALLOW-WATER TRANSECT AT PUERTO PENASCO, MEXICO: PROCEDURE �� Sawin and J. E. Mathewson -(Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas)

A transect perpendicular to the beach at the Marine Research Station of the University of Arizona-University of Sonora was performed on January 12, 1976. Air temperature was about 19°C and the afternoon clear and calm. Water tempera­ ture was 15°C with waves of 0.02 m high. Currents were undetectable except a slight longshore current at the seaward end (150-160 m from strand line) of the stransect. The bottom sloped gently from shoreline to a depth of 3 meters 160 meters from shore and was composed of beachrock, basalt boulders and skeletal sand. Wet suits, masks, snorkel, nalgene po1ypaper notebooks and pencil were employed. Thin neoprene gloves were helpful because of the low water tempera­ ture and did not hinder note taking. Mapping could be done without mask and snorkel to a distance of 50 m from shore (0 to 1 m water depth), from 50 to 100 meters distance (1 to 2 meters of water) mask and snorkel were required and beyond 100 meters from shore (water depths over 2mr scuba gear would be facili­ tated data gathering.

380. B. A GEOLOGICAL TECHNIQUE USEFUL TO THE MARINE BIOLOGIST f.:_ h Twiss and R. R. West (Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas)

A volumetric determination of sediment grain size can be easily and rapidly accomplished in the field through the use of simple and inexpensive equipment. Seven 100 ml. nalgene graduated cylinders are arranged in a plexiglas frame. A 100 ml. nalgene beaker is filled to the 100 ml. mark with a randomly selected sediment sample and water added to insure a level sediment surface. Using a nested set of brass wire cloth sieves (in nalgene frames) this 100 m1. sample is separated into 7 fractions (+10, +18, +35, +60, +120, +230 and pan) corres­ ponding to grains greater than 2.0, 1.0, 0.5, 0.25, 0.125, and 0.0625 mm. and less than 0.0625 mm. in diameter. Each size fraction is then washed into its respective cylinder using a na1gene funnel and wash bottle. The percentage of the sediment in each si�e class can then be read directly from the graduations on the cylinders. Total cost of necessary equipment is less than $50.00 with the most expensive item being the sieves ($33.00 per set). At Puerto Penasco a grain size profile of the beach at the Marine Research Sta­ tion of the University of Arizona-University of Sonora consisting of eight sam­ ples, sample descriptions, and elevations and distance from shoreline of each sample was constructed using this method in a two hour period. Average grain size was coarse sand 160 meters offshore in 2 to 3 meters of water and medium to coarse sand 6.6 m. behind the berm. Near strand line the sediment was com­ posed of skeletal fragments of granule size.

133 381. C. DISTRIBUTION AND SUBSTRATE OF SOME BROWN .l\LGAE AT PUERTO PENASCO, MEXICO �� Mathewson and R. S. Sawin (Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas)

Sargassum johnstonii, Sargassum camouii, Sargassum herporhizum, Padina druvil­ laei and Colpomenia phaeodactylus were identified and their substrate noted. These taxa were selected because of their density and ease of identification. In terms of distance from shore the following "zones" were noted: 1) 0-28 m - beachrock dominated by S. johnstonii, 2) 28-46 m - beachrock dominated by C. phaeodactylus, 3) 46-6g-m - beachrock with the 3 species of Sargassum and P. durvil1aei in subequal numbers, 4) 69-94 m - beachrock dominated by P. durvil­ laei and 5) 94-100 m - skeletal sand to a depth of 5 cm on beachrockiWith all 5 species present in subequa1 numbers. At a distance of 69 m from shore the soft coral, Palythoa, was noted and its position has been interpreted as marking the position of lowest low tide (Wor­ mersley and Edmunds, 1952). Beyond a distance of 150 m from shore no algae were observed. The substrate was a burrowed, skeletal coarse-grained sand with sym­ metrical ripple marks oriented N300W and wavelengths of 25 cm. It was also noted that none of the five algal species occurred when the sand thickness over beachrock exceeded 5 cm and that in depressions where sand exceeded 5 cm thick­ ness the algae were limited to the perimeter of the depression.

382. D. A PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION OF CLUSTERING IN THE SNAIL CERITHIDEA ALBONODOSA, AT ESTERO MORUA, SONORA MEXICO Rebecca Durst and Carol Stout (Kansas State University)

Estero Morua, off the Gulf of California in the vicinity of Puerto Penasco, Sonora, is a diverse area containing a number of halophytic plants'. The snail, Cerithidea albonodosa has a strong tendency to cluster around the basal area of plants ln the estuary. Some possible explanations for this clustering were the focus of this initial investigation. Within the observable plant zones, random samples were taken which showed no specific preference by the snails for anyone plant species. The radula of C. albonodosa suggested a relationship between clustering and it's mode of feeding. Therefore, the organic content of soil samples in the areas containing the snails was determined. Other factors examined were the effect of tidal level on the numbers and distribution of C. albonodosa size distribution within plant zones. This preliminary study raised many questions which will be the target of future investigations.

383. E. A PRELIMINARY LIST OF NEW SPECIES TO THE PUERTO PENASCO, SONORA AREA, AND A BRIEF CHECKLIST OF CERTAIN SPECIES AND THEIR DISTRIBUTIONS J. S. Schesser (Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas)

During the seven days spent at Puerto Penasco a number of plants and animals previously not known to occur in this area were encountered. These include cacti and molluscs for the most part and they will be described fully at this time. Also, certain species will be discussed in connection with their occurence and distribution.

384. F. SOME INTERTIDAL INFAUNA AND THEIR SUBSTRATE: PUERTO PENASCO, MEXICO R. R. West, P. C. Twiss, J. E. Mathewson and R. S. Sawin (Kansas State Univer­ STt� Manhattan, Kansas)

134 Infaunal intertidal invertebrates were studied at Estero Morua east of the Marine Research Station and at Choya Bay north of Pelican Point. Bivalved mol­ luscs were of primary interest becuase of their potentially preservable shells and hence role in the fossil record. At Estero Morua the bivalve CryptomYa cf. C. californica was collected live from a sediment dominated by subangular to subrounded fine-grained quartz sand with some feldspar and biotite grains and ostracodes, foraminiferids and broken and abraded bivalve shell fragments. Tegelus cf. � (T.) dombeii, at Choya Bay, was collected live from, and its burrowing behaviour observed tn a sediment dominated by angular to subrounded, very fine-grained quartz sand with some grains of orthoclase, biotite and ferro-magnesium minerals. Foraminiferid tests and broken and abraded bivalve shell fragments were also noted. Both bivalves are infaunal siphon feeders having well-developed incurrent and excurrent siphons which are r.eadily observed in the burrows of T. cf. T. (T.) dombeii. Both intertidal areas are ripple-marked and contain many-Other lnfaunal inver­ tebrates (e.g., Callianassa sp. and numerous unidentified genera of marine annelids). Callianassa burrows are rather easily recognized on the surface because of accumulatlons of distinctive fecal pellets near the burrow openings.

385. SCIENCE EDUCATION WORKSHOP/DEMONSTRATION BIOTECH--INDIVIDUALIZED INSTRUCTIONAL MODULES Richard A. Dodge (American Institute of Biological Sciences)

PANEL DISCUSSION: IMPACT OF STATE FUNDING PRACTICES ON THE QUALITY OF UNDER­ GRADUATE SCIENCE EDUCATION Organized by Dexter Hess (Otero Junior College, La Junta, Colorado)

Panel participants: 386. Dexter Hess (Otero Junior College, La Junta, Colorado)

387. Walt Faucette (Central Arizona College, Coolidge, Arizona)

388. Harold A. Daw (New Mexico State University, Las Cruces, New Mexico)

389. J. R. Goodin (Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas)

390. Vern McMahon (University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming)

In a time of tight economY the amount of funding for all levels of education are decreasing. The concern of this panel is not the general need for fiscal economY and wise expenditures but rather the increasing power on the part of funding legislative bodies to control and dictate educational policy and method by edict and selective fiscal control. This causes loss of quality in teaching which is affecting all students, reme­ dial and vocational as well as general students. Topics of concern to be dis­ cussed by the panel are the following: a. Legislative demands to increase productivity for dollar spent has resulted in increasing teaching loads by increasing number of students per class and in the number of different course preparations assigned to each instructor. This has left many college teachers with almost no free time for lecture, laboratory or shop preparation, nor time for individual advising and counseling with students. b. Many legislative bodies have not only decreased the actual amount of money allowed for supplies and equipment (including library expenditures) but have instituted lengthy and cumbersom budgeting and purchasing procedures in an

135 effort to control how and for what the remalnlng money is spent. These bud­ get procedures also lessen the quality of education by denying the student the experience of adequate laboratory, shop or library facilities. Repair, maintenance and replacement of materials needed in teaching are essential, regardless of whether it is a shop machine, a piece of laboratory apparatus, or a library reference or film. Panelists will give short presentations of conditions in their respective states. Time will be allowed for participation and discussion from the floor.

391. SCIENCE EDUCATION AT THE FLANDRAU PLANETARIUM J. Lawrence Dunlap (Tucson Public Schools-Planetarium)

Instructional programs in astronomY for public and private school students in grades 3 - 12 began in January at the Flandrau Planetarium at the University of Arizona. The facility includes a theater (145 seats) with unique projection devices to create both night and daytime environments and to simulate natural phenomena, and three exhibit halls with displays on optics and astronomY. The current school programs, developed with the support of the Tucson Public Schools, feature large-group instruction in the theater and individual exploration of the exhibits with guidance from docents provided by the College of Education. The facility and the school programs are described.

392. A MINICOMPUTER IN THE ELEMENTARY PHYSICS LABORATORY � Dayle Sittler and Mercedes M. Agogino (Eastern New Mexico University)

A programmable calculator is used as an instructional aid in elementary physics labs. Interactive programs which lIaskll the user for data, then calculate and print results enable students to use mean and standard deviation, least squares fits, and other data analysis techniques which would be too time-consuming if done with a slide rule (or pocket calculator) and pencil-and-paper. Lab exer­ cises incorporating these techniques include (1) Free Fall; (2) Concurrent Forces in Equilibrium; (3) Atwoodls machine; (4) Simple Harmonic Motion; (5) Young1s Modulus; (6) Calorimetry experiments. In the first lab exercise, stu­ dents learn how to use the calculator and become familiar with some of the pro­ grams to be used during the course. Some experimentsutilize special programs which take in all data for that experiment and compute an end result, p1us-or­ minus its estimated error. The calculator also finds uses in more advanced courses: Optics, Nuclear Phy­ sics, Atomic Physics, Electronics, and AstronomY. Students are encouraged to learn to program the machine. Most students adapt quickly to using this mini­ computer; some find it helpful in working problems in chemistry and other science courses. It appears that this type of minicomputer might be an excellent alter­ native to the remote computer terminal, especially for small departments.

393. STUDENT PERFORMANCE IN A-T HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY John W. Eads (Kansas State University)

A course in human anatomY and physiology utilizing a modular approach was begun at the University of Arizona in the summer of 1970. Every effort was made to make the course as enjoyable and interesting as possible with the belief that this would aid in building student interest and motivation. Re-arranging topic sequences, actively soliciting student opinions, giving the course a small class atmosphere, as well as the modularization of the material itself, was done to combine a stimulating climate with a sincere commitment to improve the learning experience.

136 This particular study was conducted to determine if students in certain majors, in age, sex, or ethnic groups were more successful than others the course. The grades earned by more than 3,000 students were among those analyzed for the studY to be reported. Certain majors and ethnic groups consistently scored higher in the modularized science course than did the other groups. Students tended to achieve at higher levels in the modularized science course than in non-modularized science courses and their level of achievement in the modularized science course very nearly approached the student's overall GPA. Sex had little correlation with achieve­ ment and correlations between age and achievement reflected increased maturity and experience. It was concluded that for certain incoming minority students and for students in majors that had typically low scores in the past, the modularized approach used in this science course was a distinct improvement. Scores by the entire group under consideration in the modularized course raised after the material was converted to modules. Scores on nationally standardized exams in the sub­ ject matter area also reflected increased comprehension after modularization.

394. A DIFFERENT APPROACH TO LEARNING IN A BIOLOGY LABORATORY Robert C. Gray (Scottsdale Community College, Scottsdale,Arizona)

At Scottsdale Community College, we believe that several advantages can be gained by modifying the traditional lecture-laboratory format of our introduc­ tory biology course. The lecture portion of the course continues to be tradi­ tional in nature. The laboratory portion of the course has been changed to an open laboratory concept in which students are free to attend the lab at their convenience during each week. Objectives and procedures for each laboratory experience have been spelled out in sufficient detail in the laboratory manual so that a student should be able to enter the laboratory, listen to the introductory tape, read the laboratory manual, and complete the laboratory experience. The laboratory manual is designed in such a way that it can be readily checked by the laboratory instruc­ tor to determine if the student has indeed accomplished the objectives of the experience. Student response to the open lab concept has been excellent. Students especial­ ly like the freedom to attend the lab at their own convenience. Students indicate that the open lab concept makes the scheduling of classes immensely easier at registration time. They can schedule classes without a three-hour lab block conflicting with prime class time that can be used for scheduling other classes. Students also indicate that they like the check-out procedure used in the lab. The procedure enables students to leave the lab at the completion of a labora­ tory experience with confidence that they have indeed met the objectives set forth for that particular laboratory experience.

137 SOCTAl SCIENCES

395. IMPLICATIONS OF SPECIFIC PERSONALITY CHARACTERISTICS UPON THE HELPING SERVICES �Eugene Gibbons and Reed Blake (Brigham Young University)

No Abstract.

396. ENERGY TAXATION, TAX EXPORTATION AND TAX HARMONIZATION Wil1ian� Morgan and Robert B. Shelton (University of Wyoming)

In a recent contribution to fiscal federalism, Sandler and Shelton examine the implications of tax exportation on the stability of fiscal federalism (2). Uti­ lizing general equilibrium analysis, they specify necessary and sufficient condi­ tions for stability when regions experience public good "spill-ins" and have the power to export part of their taxes. A further examination by Hogan and Shelton, utilizing data from the 50 states, demonstrates that states do attempt to maximize the exportation of part of their taxes, especially those taxes on natural resources, such as severance taxes. However, no attempt has been made to examine the short and long-run regional implications of severance tax exportation. This paper corrects this deficiency. Utilizing data from the Council of Economic Advisers and the Federal Energy Admin­ istration on energy substitution, short and long-run elasticities and alternative extraction rates are estimated for three energy sources (coal, natural gas, and oil) in the Rocky Mountain Region. Utilizing these estimates, the effects of varying levels of state severance taxation on rates of extraction are calculated to give pre­ sent values for the respective mineral deposits in each of the Rocky Mountain States. An "optimum" tax rate, which maximizes the present value of state revenue, is given for each state in the Rocky Mountain Region. The next section of the paper explores tax harmonization. The effects that tax harmoni zati on wou1 d have on "nati ona 1'1 use of the energy sources are shown and the impact (loss) to each state in the Rocky Mountain region is demonstrated when all states are required to adopt different "optimum" rates calculated in the previous se section. The concluding section of the paper provides policy recommendations regarding pos­ sible tax harmonization alternatives. This section stresses the need for coordina­ tion of severance tax policies by the respective states. (1) Hogan, T. D. and Shelton, R. B., "Interstate Taz Exportation and States' Fiscal Structures," National Tax Journal, 26, No.4 (December, 197�, 553-564. (2) Sandler, T. M. and Shelton, R. B., "Fiscal Federalism, Spillovers and the Export of Taxes," Kyk10s, 25, Fasc, 4, 736-753

397. AN ANALYSIS OF THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE 1974 ENERGY CRISIS AND ATTITUDES TOWARD PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION IN FLAGSTAFF, ARIZONA Christine Jarre1 (Northern Arizona Univerisity, Flagstaff, Arizona)

Social scientists have long been interested in the relationship between environ­ mental changes and personal attitudes. Certainly the 1974 energy crisis had major impact on the lives of many Americans. There seems to be an inverse relationship between availability of gasoline and the pub1ic's willingness to endorse public transportation. In a study of Flagstaff, Arizona, Widdison and Salisbury docu­ mented a decline in respondent's propensity to endorse public transit between the height of the energy crisis and the immediate post crisis period. The hypothesis of this study is that this inverse relationship would intensify over a more extended period of time. Thus a second study was conducted during the summer of 1975. De· spite the fact there were some major discrepancies in: the type of study; composi-

138 tion of the questionarie; sample selection; and, SES profile of the respondents, the findings seem to support the general hypothesis that the energy crisis had a major but short lived inverse relationship with peop1e's attitude toward public transit. In addition, it seems that questions that allow respondent's to provide degree of feeling have more analytical value than simple yes-no response patterns for this type of attitude study.

398. THE WAR IN VIETNAM: A CONFLICT ANALYSIS Han I. Doan and James T. Duke (Brighan Young University)

No Abstract

399. DEATH AND DYING IN A DEATH DENYING SOCIETY Penny I1es (University of Arizona,.Tucson, Arizona)

Paper topics and Participants to be announced. Discussant: Harold A. Widdison. (Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona)

400. MIGRATION AND BELONGINGNESS: THE EMERGENCE OF A COMMUNITY Ted f_. Smith and Bam Dev Sharda (University of Utah)

Social scientists have long argued about the influence of migrants on the life styles of local cultures. Very little, however, is known about the emergence of new communities. Our paper deals with the study of such a community during the first five years of its inception. This community developed from an aggregate of persons who had been recruited and/or attracted to an area to participate in the construction and eventual maintenance of a major power project--the Glen Canyon Dam. The project brought persons into the community not only from the immediately surrounding area but also from outside. Field work was conducted during the five year period of the study, during which time field observations were made by a team of researchers. Field observations were also supplemented by survey research in which data was collected using structured interview schedules. Techniques of "foxed interviews" were employed to collect II data from heads of househo 1 d-s--both "1 oca 1 area mi grants and "outs ide: mi grants-­ about their perceptions of community organization. The results from both the survey and field observations indicate that (1) migration into the community was selective on the basis of different social processes, and (2) the differential collectivities resulting from these selective processes of migration was reflected in community organization as it emerged. Identifiable collectivities related to the different processes of migratory selec­ tivity included, as an example, (a) outsiders whose presence in the community was an aspect of career development within a national, governmental bureaucracy--the bureaucrats; (b) outsiders whose presence in the community was an aspect of a no­ madic life style involving the movement to construction projects as they developed-­ modern nomads; (c) local area migrants primarily from predominantly Mormon com­ munities in the general region of the construction project; (d) others who came for a variety of reasons but lacked the bureaucratic and/or communal ties of the other migrants. Of particular note was the fact the community did not include Native American although they constituted a major part of the population of the immedi­ ately surrounding area, and many participated in the construction of the dam. These processes were noted to have had differnet determining implications for community organization as the economic base of the community became more differen­ tiated to include these various groups, and the unifying influences of intergrative symbolizations were noted to have changed through different stages as the community moved from what Durkheim would call mechanical to organic solidarity.

139 401. POLITICAL CONSEQUENCES OF LOSS OF COMMUNITY Ha11and G. Carey (Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona)

The "loss of community" is a form of allienation which has received extensive at­ tention from social scientists and popular writers. The idea, however, has never been very carefully defined. In this paper I will: (1) attempt to offer a concrete definition of the idea as a social and psychological phenomenon; (2) discuss the conditions in the process of social change which bring about "loss of community"; (3) discuss some political consequences of this form of alienation. This enter­ prise in sociological theory is based primarily on an analysis of the work of Ferdinand Toenines, Eric Fromm, Emile Durkheim, Gerhard Levski and Robert Nisbett. Loss of community is a phrase which might be better called alienation from commu­ nity or from primary_groups. It arises from the growth of awareness: awareness of the self and of alternative values and possible behaviors. This occurs because: (1) as a socfety becomes more extensive in the variety of so­ cial contracts, individuals develop a capacity to choose between tradition andalter­ native behaviors; (2) as the members of society become more mobile, they are less subject to the socializing agencies of society; and (3) as population density in­ creases, if sufficient economic surplus is available, traditional occupational pat­ terns are altered. This process of re-structuring society results in: (1) a declining importance for primary groups, (2) fewer common;va1ues, and (3) less commonness in the life pat­ terns of people. The consistencJ and continuity of life is disrupted. Since politics is the process of s�mmon problems among a people, as the number of people who share a common economic and social life increases, the extent of politics increases with the above process. But since the bases of political decision making are the common values and aims of community, as community declines, the political life of society will be altered.

402. COMMUNICATION NETWORK ANALYSIS: A COMPUTERIZED TOOL FOR ORGANIZATION DEVELOPMENT AND THE ANALYSIS OF LARGE SOCIAL SYSTEMS Rolf T. Wigand (Arizona State University, Phoenix, Arizona)

Communication networks consist of the regular pattern of communication contacts which develop among people within a social system as they use various forms of communication (face-to-face conversations, memoranda, telephone calls, etc. ) to accomplish certain tasks and activities. Information regarding the functioning of the various types of human communication networks is important since it can be used to understand the system's process flow of information and to assess its effective­ ness and efficiency. A formal algorithm for analyzing communicatior, , aetworks has been implemented in an extended FORTRAN program for the CDC 6500 computer. This algorithm can be realized on any large, general Purpose machine, and it far surpasses any other similar analytic technique, that the author is aware of, in terms of utility, capacity, and efficiency. The goals of network analysis are (1) to detect and (2) to describe any structure at the dyadic, group or systems level of the network. The FORTRAN program provices additional information with regard to indices such as connectedness, integrativeness, etc. of individual nodes as well as entire groups for networks of up to nearly 5,000 people. The paper describes a set of procedures for analyzing such communication networks in large systems. These include (1) indentification and evaluation of various kinds of networks, (2) assessment of the organizational hierarchy, (3) appraisal of various parts within the system, and (4) evaluating the individual and group communication behavior. Lastly, some implication of communication network analysis in regards to its utilization for organizational development are presented.

140 403. PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS H. Richard DeLaney (Northern Arizona University)

No Abstract.

404. RATING WILDLAND SCENIC QUALITY: IS IT POSSIBLE? Beverly J. Kaiser (Northern Arizona University)

Attempts to develop rating systems for wildland scenic quality are laced with perceptual biases on the part of the system authors. Most apparent are biases toward wilderness need, prefered type of scenery, and optional wilderness uses. These biases may reflect atitudes and values evolved from the system authors' geographic background, occupation,' and view of wilderness as a simple or a complex sys� As Wilderness acreage becomes a scarcity, along with our other natural resources, the need for "objective" wildland value definitions increases. That is, if wilderness.' is to be viewed as a resource instead of a luxury.

405. LESBIANS: A MINORITY GROUP Mary Jeo Oiesen (University of Utah)

This study is unique in that it studied lesbians as a minority group rather than a deviant subculture, the participant-observer lived with lesbians and participated in almost all aspects of their lifestyle for five weeks, and a theoretical framework was used to help direct and organize the research. There are two major hypotheses: 1. If lesbians are a minority, they will show the following charactersitics: a. Minority characteristic b. Prejudice and discrimination c. Depersonalization d. Internalization

2. If lesbians are viewed as being on a continuum with the stages of submergence, exclusion, social pluralism secession and militancy, they may be said to be closer to one stage depending on their group perception and self perception.

The individual N=32, and the group N=6. The data indicates that lesbians do complete the requirements to be considered a minority group, and the self and group perception suggests that a majority of lesbians may be in the social pluralism stage.

406. "NEGATIVE STEREOTYPES AS A DETERRENT TO MARIHUANA USE II Warren C. Lucas (Northern Arizona University)

Labeling theorists have stressed the hardships places on the deviants reentry into the society because of the stigma society has attar.hed to them through its labels. This research is designed to examine labeling theory in another context, namely, the deterrent effect labeling has upon individuals. Analysis focuses attention on the relationsiip between a stereotype 0 ne holds and its effect on their past and projected marihuana use. It was found that persons viewing marihuana users in negative terms were less likely to have used marihuana in the past or expect to use the agent in the future.. Even when con­ trolling for other significant variables thought to be influencing to the use of marihuana, the original relationship persisted.

141 These findings raise crucial questions concerning the role of stereotypes in our society. Specific value judgements must be made regarding the positive and negative aspects of the two-edged sword, labeling theory. Only when both aspects of labeling theory have been examined can a fundamental critique of the role of the stereotyping process be made. The basic question to be answered is, "Is what the society does to an individual for using marihuana a greater harm than that inflicted upon the individual be the agent itself?"

407. ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF AYMARA INDIANS Joseph W. Bastien (University of Texas of the Permian Basin)

This annotated bibliography reviews articles and books concerning the Aymara Indians of Bolivia and Peru. The bibliographies not only summarize these studies, but also evaluate the r contributions to Aymara research. An overview of Aymara research indicates some interesting comparisons and conclusions about future research. The many community studies indicate the diversity of the Aymara speaking peoples, but they have not dealt with Andean complexity, i.e. the interrelationship of the diverse ecological levels, distant communities, political systems, and historical epochs. Future research should also study the integration and continuity of Aymaras with the whole Andean Civilization. Moreover, now there is a need to synthesize archaeological, ethnohistorical, and ethnographic' studies. Another area of debate concerning the Aymaras has been that most ethnographic studies depict them as a negative and violent tribe. But few, ;f any, of these ethographers ?poke the Aymara language, and many of them used mestizo informants, who were racially prejudiced against the Indians. Nor did they substantively verify these stereotypes by either psychological tests or crosscultural comparisons. Agrarian reform studie� .were popular in Bolivia during the sixties and in Peru during the seventies. Each of these studies added sometbing to community research, but their specificity limited them to micro-research. These studies need to be synthesized to infer conclusions about the effects of the Agrarian reform on the Aymaras. In addition, much of the data from these community studies could be coded for computer analysis in an attempt to find variables that cross cut communities, as well as for macrostructural research concerning migration, urbanization, and coloniaztion. Anthropologists should make accessible their research for assistance in the public policy planning of the Bolivian government toward the Aymaras.

�08. "RURAL MINORITY AGING!! LIFE SATISFACTION!! AND PERCEPTION OF NEEDS: A CASE STUDY IN FLAGSTAFF ARIZONA Michael A. Allen (Northern Arizona University)

The older: adult American Indian, Black, and Mexican-American residents of Flagstaff, Arizona are subjects for an older adult survey. This Spring-summer 1975 Survey resulted in numerous interesting trends toward life satisfaction and implications for deve90pment of diverse social service delivery systems. How may resignation and political apathy be combined with older adults perceptions which require improvement of segments of social and health service system? Holding age and social stratification constant, there is a strong correlation between a positive view on the social involvement scale and the positive viewpoints of life satisfaction.

�09. A CRITICAL EXAMINATION OF FACTORIAL ECOLOGY AND SOCIAL AREA ANALYSIS FOR I EPIDEMIOLOGICAL RESEARCH. Michael D. lebowitz (University of Arizona Medical Center, Division of Respiratory' Sciences, Tucson, Arizona) 142 A critique of factorial ecology, or social area analysis, must be both substantive and methodological. Conceptually, the dimensions found a utilized in factorial analysis must be judged as to their operational quality of such things as social statusJ Methodologically, again for validity and reliability, different multivariate statistica techniques should be utilized in each study to confirm or deny the dimensions differentiated and the relationships found. Two epidemiological studies are examinded in this 'context.

410. DIFFERENTIAL ATTITUDES TOWARD FAMILY PLANNING Richard K. Thomas (Memphis Regional Medical Program)

In this study 593 mothers between the ages of 15 and 66 were interviewed with regard to their knowledge,of, attitudes toward, and practice of family planning. The sample included appropriate proportions of the various racial, age and income groul w'ith the findings being analyzed on the basis of these characteristics. The attitudes of the respondents with regard to the practice of birth control, sex role differentiation and natal ism were examined and proved to be one of the most instructive portions of the study. The responses to "eqree-dtsaqree" attitude statements indicated that there are patterns of belief on each of these subjects. Further, the three types of attitudes tended to be related, with those displaying a pro-birth control attitude also being anti-sexist and anti-natalist. Conversely, those who opposed birth control tended to be very traditional with regard to stereotyped sex roles and child-bearing. Although patterns of attitude were discer in each case, the patterns were usually characterized by an inconsistnecy which seemed to reflect the disjunct.ion between wnat is IIright" and what is Ipractica1." Race, age and income all were variables real ted to differential family planning attitu with the last-named showing the greatest degree of association.

411. THE NEW OLD - OLD WIDOW ROLE Mary Opal Wolanin (Univercity of Arizona)

Widows have traditionally been viewed as young with little children. This study of 500 new Tucson widows indicates that the present day widow is more likely to be over sixty and increasingly seventy or eighty. The family support systen were part of the study wiich included the number in the older age group, and their dependency. The new trends in widowhood at an advanced age brings with it increased problems in care by a family which rna, be in the young old age group themselves.

412. liTHE PATIENT IN THE COMMUNITY: A CASE STUDY FOR PARTIAL CARE. David McKell and Marilynne McKell (MSW)

The focus of the paper is a case study of a community plan of action for the establishment of a partial care facility to service the mentally ill in Flagstaff, Arizona. Within this framework the following items will be considered; the nature of the problem of mentally ill in the community, the formulation if a proposal for the development of a community partial care facility and the expected stages of implementation.

143 ZOOLOGY

413. EFFECTS OF SILICA ON JVHD INDUCED IMMUNOSUPPRESSION OF SKIN AND TUMOR ALLOGRAFTS h Louise Leonard and David W. Talmage (University of Colorado Medical Center)

Graft-versus-host disease (GVHD) in CAFl or C/DBA1 F1 mice, caused by an injec­ tion of parental spleen cells, pro10ngeo the acceptance of antigenica11y unre­ lated skin and tumor grafts. In one C/DBAl F1 recipient of parental spleen cells and a C56BL/6 yellow mutant skin graft, the graft survived with hair growth until the mouse died at 109 days, apparently from pneumonia. One hundred per­ cent of animals, with GVHD, receiving allogeneic tumor showed tumor growth at 50 days, and more than 50% of these animals died with a large tumor. Of 15 uninjected controls given the same allogeneic tumor, none showed tumor at 50 days. The injection of silica, which has been reported to impair macrophage function, reduced the immunosuppression to both skin and tumor grafts, this despite the fact that the substance appeared to be toxic and produced an increased mortality at hi�h dose levels. The peripheral blood 1eucocytes of mice with mild GVHD showed a reduction of lymphocytes and an increase of monocytes and eosinophi1s, beginning at 3-4 weeks after initiation of the disease. The eosinophilic response was especially high in those animals with regressing skin and tumor grafts, but was quite low in animals ill with acute GVHD.

414. HYPOTHALAMO-HYPOPHYSIAL-THYROID ACTIVATION IN THYROXINE-TREATED NEOTENIC TIGER SALAMANDERS David � Norris and William A. Gern (University of Colorado)

Single doses of 2.0, 0.2 or 0.02 �g T4 (thyroxine) induced metamorphosis in 8/8, 7/8, and 3/8 neotenic larvae of Ambystoma tigrinum, respectively, when injected intrahypothalamica1ly (IH). Iodide uptake by thyroid glands of 2.0 �g T4 IH­ injected larvae which had resorbed 50% of the gills (GR50) was 8.5% of tne in­ jected dose of radioiodide (1.0 �Ci 1311), whereas larvae receiving saline IH exhibited 0.47% radioiodide uptake. Larvae receiving 0.2 Ug T4/day intraperi­ tonea11y for· 10 days exhibited 0.96% uptake at GRSO. Corrections for consider­ able ovarian uptake of radioiodide (34.9 ± 2.48% 1njected dose) did not change the significance of the results. These data support the hypothesis that the action of T4 injected IH is on the hypothalamo-hypophysia1-thyroid axis, and the observed metamorphosis is not due to a direct action of T4 on the peripheral tissues.

415. RECEPTORS MONITORING MUSCLE TENSION IN CRAB WALKING LEGS H. B. Hartman (Texas Tech University)

Macmillan and Dando (1972) and Eagles and Hartman (1973, 1975) identified the first tension receptors directly associated with power muscles in arthropods. Investigation of the propus-dacty1us joint in walking l�gs of crabs reveals the presence of similar tension receptors which are anatomically simple and readily exploited using physiological techniques. The receptor is located on the apodeme on the closer muscle in Carcinus maenus and Ca11inectes sapidus. That the recep­ tor is reporting tension 1S 1nd1cated by the fact that 1.) if the muscle con­ tracts and shortens but develops little tension, the sensory units are weakly excited; 2.) if the muscle contracts and shortens (isotonic), the units fire at frequencies proportional to the tension that is developed; 3.) if the muscle

144 length is fixed (isometric) and the muscle stimulated, the frequency of firing of the sensory units is related to the rate of tension development and the final tension achieved. Results of both the isotonic and isometric experiments have been sufficiently consistent with regard to the order of recruitment of tension sensory neurons to hypothesize that the size of these sensory neurons and their excitability are related. The dendrites of the receptors monitoring tension insert at the junction of the muscle and the apodeme. The axons form a distinct and easily isolated sheathed nerve, the closer apodeme sensory nerve (CASN).

416. MONOCROTALINE-INDUCED PULMONARY HYPERTENSION: CORRELATION OF HISTOLOGICAL CHANGES AND PROTEIN SYNTHESIS � Laugharn, S. Paplanus, and R. Huxtable (University of Arizona)

Monocrotaline (MONO) when administered to rats in drinking water (20mg/liter), produced a pulmonary hypertension, the progression of which conformed to the changes seen in essential pulmonary hypertension in man. Over a 28 day period of exposure, hypertrophy occured in the musculature of arterial media and the right ventricle. Marked changes were also seen in protein synthesis in the lungs of immature rats (less than 150g) as shown in the table. MONO initially sharply reduced the rate of protein synthesis to one-tenth of control. After two weeks, rats began to show a stimulation in protein synthesis in the lungs and right ventricle. These results correlate changes in histological appearance and protein synthesis in the lung during MONO-induced pulmonary hYpertension. Table I Protein Synthesis/g Tissue (% of control)

Days Right Ventricle Left Ventricle Left Lung Right Lung

5 44.9 ± 0.3 36.3 ± 5.2 14.9 ± 2.7 9.9 ± 2.4 11 105.4 ± 0.6 86.8 ± 7.3 93.0 ± 17.3 90.2 ± 19.2 13 131.2 ± 3.0 107.4 ± 32.8 146.6 ± 1.2 148.3 ± 20.4

27 269.5 151 . 1 159.3 130.3

417. COMPETITION AND HOST PLANT SPECIFICITY IN CACTIPHILIC DROSOPHILA Robert Mangan (University of Arizona)

Host plant specificity in cactiphi1ic Sonoran Drosophila is often determined by biochemical requirements of the flies for development or toxicity of the cactus. In cases where chemical factors are not involved, competitive exclusion is fre­ quently inferred. Data is presented concerning differential fitness and larval survival of Drosophila mojavensis and � nigrospiracula in competition on saguaro substrates. The two species are frequently sympatric in the lower Sonoran desert and both species can be reared on necrotic Saguaro tissue. D. mojavensis is found only on organ pipe (Lamariocereus thurberi) or agria (Machaerocereus gummosus) in nature. � nigrosplracula is excluded from these cacti by chemical toxicity.

418. MACROSCOPIC INTERTIDAL INVERTEBRATE ZONATION ON THE COQUINA REEF AT PLAYA DE ESTACION, SONORA, MEXICO Steve A. Mackie and Edwart H. Boyer (Arizona State University)

145 The intertidal reef at Playa de Estacion, near Puerto Penasco, Sonora, Mexico consists largely of porous coquina conglomerate with scattered basaltic boulders. It supports an unusually diverse invertebrate macrofauna making zonation studies very complex. An ecological study was done on the reef using quadrats designed to standardize measurements on a very heterogeneous area of shoreline habitat. One-third by three meter quadrats were surveyed for number of individuals or percent cover. The data describe the zonation of 18 major invertebrate species of 7 phyla; Porifera, Cnidaria, Annelida, Bryozoa, Mollusca, Arthropoda, and Echinodermata and relates these zones to ecological parameters. Graphs and dis­ tribution curves indicate at least three distinct zones, with possible sub­ zones. Zone I is the Tetrac1ita - Ctha1amus zone, Zone II Acanthina - Heliaster zone, and zone III the Porites zone. Microhabitat was found to be of great S1g­ nificance in individual distribution within the specific zones.

419. AN ALGEBRAIC METHOD FOR COMPARING ECOLOGICAL COMMUNITIES James R. Modeer. and Donald � Van Horn (University of Colorado, Colorado Springs)

Described here is an algebraic method for comparing biotic communities based on a combination of the presence of species and the relative numbers of species in each community. The numbers are arranged in two vectors. Each vector is nor­ malized. The two communities are then compared by determining the inner pro­ duct of the corresponding vectors. This yields a number between 0 and 1 where o indicates complete dissimilarity and 1 indicates complete identity. 0.707 may be regarded as the dividing line between "similar" versus "different" commu­ nities. This number is called the community similarity product. Some examples of applications of this method will be given.

420. COMPUTER SIMULATIONS OF GENETIC DRIFT AND MUTATION Stuart E. Nixon (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

A model for small populations has been constructed which utilizes random num­ bers in an algorithm that illustrates the effect of sampling error on gene fre­ quencies. Increasing the population size between simulations showed an expected increase in the required number of generations for fixation of alleles due to a propotiona1 decrease in the variance of gene frequency changes per generation. However, significantly lower variances were observed than those predicted by the population sizes and initial gene frequencies. This reduction may be due in part by the low variance predicted at gene frequencies that approach fixation and the number of generations the population maintained these extremes in fre­ quency before fixation. A computer simulation was established to model base substitutions in a randomly chosen sequence of nuc1eotides. Once the initial sequence was determined, ran­ dom substitutions similar to those produced by tautomeric shifts were made in the "gene" and the resultant amino acid changes in the "protein" were noted. If the amino acid change resulted in a change in charge of the protein, this was also noted. It was found that due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, only 75% of the mutations resulted in amino acid changes, and of these only 42% resulted in a net charge difference. This indicates that only 31% of this type of mutation are detectable by electrophoresis and thus current measures of gene­ tic diversity using electrophoretic techniques are underestimates.

421. RE-CYCLING SEWAGE SOLIDS AS FEEDSTUFFS: BIOASSAYS Maureane Hoffman and G. Stanely Smith (New Mexico State University)

146 Sewage solids have known nutritive value for animals, but usage has been restri ted in the U.S.A. by hazards of pathogens, potential toxicity from contaminants (e.g. industrial and household chemicals), and cultural stigma. Economic as well as ecologic considerations warrant research to determine feasibility of using these "wastes" as agricultural resources. Usage of "waste" radioisotope� to minimize hazards of pathogens has been demonstrated by Sandia Laboratories (Albuquerque, N.M.) and appears to be feasible on an industrial scale. New Mexico State University has conducted chemical analyses and animal assays for nutritive value and toxicity using thermo-radiation treated sewage solids. Weanling albino rats were fed thermo-radiation treated sewage solids at levels of 10% and 25% in a basal diet (commercial chow) and compared with positive (100% chow) and negative (10% and 25% alpha-cellulose) experimental controls. Treatments were conti nued through adulthood and one breedi ng cyc l e. Growth, nutrient balance (energy, nitrogen and minerals) and reproductive performance was measured as well as absorption and urinary excretion of heavy metals and trace elements. The results demonstrate usefulness of nutrients, low urinary excretion of trace elements and apparent lack of toxicity.

422. UTILIZING ATP ANALYSIS TO MONITOR THE EFFECTS OF TOXICANTS ON FRESH WATER COMM NITIES Kathryn Vogel and David Nyquist (University of New Mexico)

The ATP content of small aquatic organisms is a useful measure of living bioma The ATP content of periphyton communities grown on glass slides floating in fr water tanks was measured. Replicate slides were used for determination of dry weight and chlorophyll content. -The ATP:dry weight ratio for all samples rang near 0.1 ug ATP/mg dry wt. When ATP/chlorophyl1 is calculated, the numbers va from about 15 ug ATP/mg chlorophyll for pure algal 'cul tures to over 150 ug ATP! mg chlorophyll fo rcommunities having many heterotrophic protozoans and small inverteqrates. Measurements of this type were used to monitor the effects of toxicant on the health and composition of a periphyton community. These data were found to correlate well with other chemical and biologic assays of an art ficial stream community stressed with a known toxic substance.

423. EVOLUTION OF AGONISTIC BEHAVIOR IN GOBIID FISHES Phillip S. Miles (Free University of Tucson)

The agonistic or fighting behaviors of eleven gobiid fishes from the Gulf of California represent a spectrum of types reflecUng both adaptation to habita1 and specialization in other niche parameters. Emphasis on e l therTroatalior lateral orientation �uring combat characterizes species groups from estuaries and rocky shores. Species specific sequences of acts during threat displays and combat could have evolved by slight modifications.

424. REPRODUCTIVE STRATEGIES OF THE GRUNIONS: ADAPTATIONS TO DISSIMILAR PHYSICAL REGIMES Donald A. Thomson and Nancy � Moffatt (University of Arizona)

The California grunion, Leurest-nes tenuis (Ayres), and the Gulf of California grunion, � sardina (Jenklns and Evermann), congregate and spawn in the high­ tide wave-wash zones of sandy beaches. Completely leaving the water to depos their eggs in beach sand, these small fishes are vulnerable to both marine ani terrestrial predators as well as the rigorous conditions characteristic �f t� intertidal zone. Each species of grunion has adapted to a different set of environmental factors: those of a maritime coastal zone (California) and a desert coastal zone (Gulf of California). These adaptations are reflected in the behavioral and physiological responses of the adults, larvae, and eggs to tides, waves, sea temperature, salinity, and light.

425. STUDYING THE HEAT PHYSIOLOGY OF WARM SPRING FISHES UNDER FIELD CONDITIONS Paul Winkler (Lummi Aquaculture School)

A method was developed to measure the thermal tolerance of populations of small fishes under field conditions. After modification of equipment, increased sen­ sitivity and reproducibility of results were achieved. A project was begun to compare field tolerances and laboratory tolerances of a population of Gambusia affinis affinis (Western Mosquitofish) living in a warm spring in southern Arizona, the thermal gradient in winter being 40 to O°C along the 400 meter stream. Only the field results will be presented here. Both physiological and behavioral mechanisms were utilized by G. a.affinis to avoid acclimation to the highest temperatures present in their-habltats. Under cyclic thermal conditions, the thermal tolerance of G. a.affinis significantly changed during daylight hours, and varied directly wTth-the amount of time fish spent 'in warmer water. However these fish acclimate to the modal temperatures in the field and not to the maximum temperatures they experience. G. a.affinis behaviorally thermoregulates only during daylight hours and such behavior has a significant effect on their physiology. It was also discovered that at anyone habitat temperature, fish which would experience higher tempera­ tures that day had a significantly higher thermal tolerance. Smaller females proved more tolerant of heat than larger females or males, the size and sex-ratio of G. a.affinis the stream this observa- --- along corroborating tion. :

426. FACTORS INFLUENCING THE BIOGEOGRAPHIC LIMITS OF TROPICAL AND WARM TEMPERATE ROCKY SHORE FISHES IN THE EASTERN PACIFIC Charles E. Lehrer (University of Arizona)

Coastal sea surface temperatures of the warm eastern Pacific are examined for their role in determining resident fish associations of rocky shores. Fishes of temperate and tropical affinities are often sympatric in faunal tran­ sition zones of northern Peru, the southern outer coast of Baja California and the northern Gulf of California. Ichthyofaunal associations of these transi­ tion zones and temperature tolerances of some species strongly implicate the importance for tropical species of warm sea temperatures for reproductive success and winterkills as a limiting factor in these transition zones. Warm temperate fishes, sympatric with tropical fishes, have temperature tolerances that suggest sea temperatures are less important than competition with tropical fishes in determining their presence in warm habitats. The biogeographic limits of wide-ranging tropical fishes depend largely on sea temperatures. Secondarily, the intrusion of tropical fishes into cooler transi­ tional zones may set the stage for the competitive exclusion of warm temperature fishes.

427. SOUTHWESTERN RIPARIAN BIRDS AND THE ENDANGERED SPECIES CONCEPT Steven W. Carothers (Museum of Northern Arizona, Flagstaff) and R. Roy Johnson (U. S. National Park Service, Grand Canyon)

Emphasis will be placed�nlowland breeding species of the Colorado and Rio Grande Drainage systems. Data will be presented which show that approximately one-half of the birds nesting along water courses are restricted to riparian

U1}8 areas (obligate riparian). Of the remalnlng one-half approximately 20% show a preference for riparian nesting habitat (preferential riparian). Channeliza­ tion, phreatophyte control and other management practices which result in a re­ duction of riparian and other wetland habitats has drastically reduced available nesting sites for these obligate and preferential nesting species. If this trend toward stream modification continues several species of biards may soon be extirpated in the Southwest. The importance of wetlands as migratory corri­ dors and wintering habitat will be discussed briefly.

428. BREEDING BIRDS OF RIPARIAN HABITAT IN SOUTH-CENTRAL ARIZONA Nancy Stamp (Arizona State University)

Breeding bird populations were studied on a 5-ha cottonwood plot and a 10-ha mesquite plot on the lower Verde- River. 28 species with a density of 684 breeding pairs per 40 ha occurred on the cottonwood site. On the mesquite plot, there were 244 pairs per 40 ha with 19 species. The cottonwood plot had a high avian density, highest number of species, and highest bird species diversity (BSD) in comparison to other floodplain cotton­ wood communities. These high avian numbers were due' to. high tree-understory density and high foliage volume of shrubs which contributed to a high foliage height diversity and total foliage volume. The mesquite site had a high number of species, high BSD, and highest density in comparison to other mesquite communities. Although there were few comparable vegetative measurements, some major differences such as higher average tree height and presence of permanent water nearby may have accounted for higher numbers on this: study area. Using different methods to determine BSD and foliage height diversity (FHD), BSD as a function of FHD was compared. BSD based on 20-25 pairs was correlated with FHD uSing a board method for foliage measurements. Using a pole method to determine FHD, BSD based on pairs per 40 ha correlated with FHD for the cotton­ wood plot but not forthe mesquite site. Possibly a low infestation of mistletoe (Phoradendron ca1ifornicum) contributed to fewer berry-eating avian species on this study area.

429. SUBALPINE BIRD COMMUNITY MEASUREMENTS IN CENTRAL COLORADO Donald H. Van Horn (University of CG1orado)

Two years of data from a spruce-fir forest in the Mosquito Range of central Colorado indicate that five species of breeding birds are important in terms of numbers and biomass out of a total of about twenty-five avian species thus far recorded. Certain summer resident species were completely replaced by closely related species during the winter. Tentative comments on the degree of similar­ ity of subalpine forestbird communities with montane bird communities are pos­ sible.

430. TEMPERATURE RELATED FORAGING BEHAVIOR OF MIGRANT WARBLERS IN THE MOJAVE DESERT � Scott Miller and George T. Austin (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)

The relationship of foraging behavior to ambient temperature of migrant wood warblers was compared to resident species in the northern Mojave Desert. Foraging of migrant species was intense at ambient temperatures of 30°C and lower. Above 30°C, however, both intensity and duration of foraging were reduced substanti ally. In pari tuc1 ar, mi grant species decreased foragi ng maneu­ vers involving flight at ambient temperatures above 30°C. Resident desert species showed no striking decrease in foraging intensity at temperatures below

149 35°C. Time partitioning by migrants varied as a function of ambient temperature with nearly all time spent foraging at lower temperatures. The amount of time spent sitting increased with temperature in all species except the Wilson War­ bler. Both resident and transient species showed similar behaviorial adjust­ ments to ambient temperature, but migrants responded earlier in the daily tem­ perature cycle.

431. HEAT LOSS VIA CONDUCTION THROUGH HUMMINGBIRD NESTS William A. Calder, III (University of Arizona)

"Animals tend to become more tightly coupled to physical environmental factors as body size decreases" (King, 1974). Hummingbirds are the smallest above-ground homeotherms. Several species must incubate in near-freezing air temperatures, thus the energy cost of thermoregulation is of interest. MY previous accounts erred in assuming that the "thermoneutral" temperature within the nest would necessitate only a basal metabolism for that proportion of the female's body within the nest cup. Measurements with a heat flux disc in the field and in laboratory simulations permit revision. Techniques for measuring heat loss and thermal conductance of nests will be discussed.

432. COMPETITION AMONG FLOWERING PLANTS FOR HUMMINGBIRD POLLINATION Nicholas M. Waser (University of Arizona)

Separation of flowering time among morphologically similar flower types may represent one form of evolutionary divergence resulting from competition for a shared pollinator. In this paper, I outline research designed to explore com­ petition for hummingbird visitation as a sufficient explanation for sequential flowering of two hummingbird-pollinated Colorado wildflowers. Experiments with natural communities and also with artificial arrays of potted plants indicate that seed sets of both wildflower species are significantly reduced when they flower together, relative to control plants flowering separately in time or lo­ cation. Competitive interaction is also implied by variations in nectar reward in the two flower types between times when their flowering does and does not coincide. Finally, mixtures of pollens of both species are found on humming­ birds and on receptive stigmas of each species in situations of flowering over­ lap. These findings support an interpretation that pollen mixing as a result of pollinator movements between dissimilar flowers is involved in lowering repro­ ductive success of competitors flowering together.

433. TETRATOGENIC EFFECTS OF 2,4,5-TRICHLOROPHENOXYACETIC ACID ON FERTILIZED ORYZIAS LATIPES EGGS Gordon � Murray and Donald O. Schreiweis (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)

Fertilized Medaka (Oryzias latipes) eggs exposed to concentrations of 2,4,5- TrichlorophenoxYacetic acid up to 14 ppm exhibited no significant gross develop­ mental effects. Multiple malformations of the heart and blood vessels were induced by concentrations above 14 ppm. Embryotoxicity reached 100% when exposed to concentrations above 25 ppm.

434. THE EFFECTS OF 2,4,5-TRICHLORPHENOXYACETIC ACrD ON MAMMALIAN DEVELOPMENT Thomas � Daniel and Donald O. Schreiweis.(University of Nevada, Las Vegas)

Pregnant Wistar rats were injected ip with 12.5, 25, 50 and 75 mg/Kg body weight 2,4,5-TrichlorophenoxYacetic acid on day 5 of gestation. Dams were sacrificed on day 20 and examined for developmental anomalies.

150 Average fetal weight/litter decreased significantly (r= .9968) as dose levels increased. Minor skeletal anomalies also increased as dosage was increased.

435. BASIS OF DIALECTS IN PIKAS (OCHOTONA PRINCEPS) Preston Somers (Fort Lewis College, Durango, Colorado)

Previous work has shown that based on frequency and length of call, pikas pos­ sess two dialects in the southern Rocky Mountains. Dialect A is found north of the Colorado River and has a mean fundamental frequency of 460 Hz and a mean length of 0.350 S. Dialect B is found south of the Colorado River and has a mean fundamental frequency of 1105 Hz and a mean length of 0.180 S. This paper reports the successful cross-breeding in captivity of individuals of these dia­ lects and the raising of two hybrid offspring to adulthood. These hybrids give calls that are intermediate between the two dialects in fundamental frequency (mean = 664 Hz) and in length (mean = 0.231 S). Another pika born and raised in captivity and that was the offspring of two individuals from south of the Colorado River gave calls of Dialect B (mean fundamental frequency = 954 Hz; mean length = 0.192 S). All of the pikas born and raised in captivity were exposed from birth to the calls of adults of both dialects. These results in­ dicate that dialects in pikas are genetically based and that there is little, if any, environmental influence on the dialects.

436. RESPONSE OF COTTONTAIL TO PONDEROSA PINE SILVICULTURAL TREATMENTS Ralph Costa (University of Arizona)

The response of cottontail to forest management practices in the ponderosa pine forest was studied on experimental watersheds from 1972 to 1975. Treatments evaluated included clearcutting, stripcutting, patchcutting, group selection and thinning practices. The study was conducted on the Beaver Creek and Heber Watersheds in north-central Arizona. Cottontail fecal pellets were tallied in the spring and fall of each year on 1/100-acre plots arranged in lines transec­ ting ten watersheds. The pellet tally was used to determine the relative re­ sponse and density of cottontail on the watersheds. Among the Beaver Creek Watersheds, the only significant differences (P 0.10) existed between a c1ear­ cut watershed and the remaining five watershed means during all sampling periods. Findings suggest that cottontail response and density were greater on the clear­ cut due to increases in cover and forage production. Densities of cottontail on the Beaver Creek Watersheds ranged from 0 to 14 per section during the study period. Among the Heber Watersheds, significant differences occurred between Watershed 1 and the remaining three watersheds for the fall 1974 and the fall 1975 sampling periods. Findings indicate that cottontail response and density were greater on Watershed 1 due to a higher density of ponderosa pine repro­ duction on this watershed. It is believed that the dense regeneration provides increased yearlong cover for the cottontail. During the study period densities on the Heber Watersheds ranged from 0 to 14 per section.

437. PHYSIOLOGY OF HYPERGLYCEMIA IN MICE SELECTED FOR LARGE SIZE Donald � Nash and Donald F. Logsdon, Jr. (Colorado State University)

Selection for increased body size, followed by brother-sister inbreeding, has produced an inbred strain of mice, the G/Gw, in which the males have an average weight of 41 gm and females 35 gm. The increased size has been achieved by an increased rate of growth with the growth proportional in terms of body dimen­ sions, body composition and most organ weights. All mice of this strain exhi­ bit a hyperglycemia at 60 days of age with plasma glucose values of 230 mg/100

151 cc. During the first 30 days of life plasma glucose increases from normal levels to the hyperglycemic levels. The pattern of response to glucose tolerance tests is essentially normal both after an 18 hour fast and a 72 hour fast. Plas­ ma insulin levels appear normal and the strain does not show any indication of an overall insuli.n resistance. The rapid growth rate can be eliminated by dietary restrictions, but the mice still develop the hyperglycemia. The mild hyperglYcemia observed in this strain appears to be associated with an elevated level of growth hormone.

438. WOUND AGE ESTIMATION USING HISTOCHEMICAL TESTS Denis � Hancock, Jr. and Charles G. Wilber (Colorado State University)

In the past fifteen years, histochemistry has been employed to distinguish post­ morten wounds from antemortem wounds and to estimate the age of a vital wound. The basis for estimation lies in the sequential appearance of enzymes and other biochemical agents at the wound site during the earliest phases of healing (i.e. 0-16 hours) before any visible signs such as inflammation occur. Using hairloss (hl) mice and histochemical techniques, enzyme and carbohydrate histochemical tests were performed on incised skin wounds of known age. The enzyme tests have revealed a wide variation in response to vital wounds, and it appears that other tests must augment the enzyme studies in order to arrive at reliable wound age estimation. The Periodic acid-Schiff reaction (PAS) has shown a clear cut vital reaction; the intensity is time dependent. The results are consistent from animal to animal. The PAS reaction at the wound site is impervious to amylase digestion; this fact rules out glycogen as the agent responsible. Tests in other labora­ tories and our own indicate that acid mucopolysaccharides are not responsible. Work is progressing to identify the agent responsible for the PAS reaction at the wound site, and to determine if it is, in fact, diagnostic for wound age estimation.

439. SINGLE-STRAND NUCLEASE ACTION ON HEAT DENATURED SPERMIOGENIC CHROMATIN J. D. Hunter (University of Texas, El Paso)

The sensitivity of chromatin from representative stages of spermiogenesis to a single-stranded nuclease was compared after heat denaturation. Thermal dena­ turation of chromatin was assayed in situ in fixed round, elongating and elon­ gated spermatids and in sperm fromtni� Production of single-stranded DNA at elevated temperatures was monitored by digesting chromatin with endonuclease specific for single-stranded DNA (Sl nuclease), staining the residual DNA with gallocyanin-chrome alum (GCA) and measuring the stain content by absorption cytophotometry. Changes in GCA staining were minimal over the temperature range of 22° to ggoC in all cells not exposed to nuclease. Stain content decreased progressively with advancing cell maturity. Nuclease had no effect on the GCA content of round spermatids below 60°C, but above this temperature there was a progressive decrease of GCA-stainable chromatin. Immature spermatids showed Significantly greater sensitivity to nuclease digestion than did more mature stages; sperm showed little effects of nuclease action. Progressive chromatin condensation with decrease in available phosphate groups during spermiogenic cell maturation likely caused the decline in sensitivity to nuclease and decrease in GCA staining. Denaturation of round spermatids labeled with 3H-thymidine produced no change in autoradiograph mean nuclear grain counts, indicating no loss of thymidine­ labeled DNA during denaturation. When round spermatids and sperm were hydro­ lyzed with hot TCA before staining both nuclear GCA content and autoradiograph

152 grain count were partially reduced indicating incomplete DNA removal. Loss of Feulgen-stainable material inthese cells occurred and may be due to depurination and elimination of Feulgen reactant aldehydes.

440. MEDIATION OF RESERPINE-INDUCED CATECHOLAMINE SUPERSENSITIVITY IN THE RAT CERE­ BRAL CORTEX BY NEURONAL ADENYLATE CYCLASE �� C. G. Palmer and R. W. Putnam (University of New Mexico School of Medicinewa}ner,

Adenylate cyclase, located in the postsynaptic membrane of catecholaminergic (CA) synapses, catalyzes the conversion of adenosine triphosphate (ATP) to ade­ nosine 31 ,51-cyclic monophosphate (cAMP). Activation of the enzyme by CAs is significantly increased by extended interruption of neural transmission in CA systems and has lead to suggestions that adenylate cyclase mediates CA super­ sensitivity. The current work investigated changes in the ability of adenylate cyclase to synthesize cAMP following functional interruption of CA transmission by administration of the CA-depleting agent reserpine (2.5 mg/kg) daily for four consecutive days. Significant accumulations of cAMP were found in response to both norepinephrine (NE) and isoproterenol (ISP) (5.10-4 - 10-6 M) in reser­ pinized animals using tissue slice preparations (whole cell) of rat cerebral cortex. Both alpha (phentolamine) and beta (propranolol) antagonists blocked NE-induced accumulations in control animals while only propranolol was effective in reserpinized rats. In related studies using tissue homogenates (broken cell), increases in the conversion of substrate ATP to cAMP were found in enzyme �re­ parations from reserpinized rats in response to NE, ISP, and dopamine (10-4 - lO-6M). Following separation of cortex into neuronal and-gTia1-enriched frac­ tions, reserpine supersensitivity remained evident in the neuronal fraction in response to both NE (10-4 -10-6M) and ISP (10-4M) but not to dopamine. Glial­ enriched fractions from reserpinized animals were not differentially sensitive to CAs. Results suggest that reserpine-induced supersensitivity is mediated postsynaptically by an increase in the responsiveness of adenyl ate cyclase to CAs, that this effect involves the beta receptor component of the enzyme, and that it is limited to the neuronal fraction of rat cerebral cortex.

441. AMIDO- AND THIO- SUBSTITUTED PHOSPHATES AS SUBSTRATES FOR GLYCERALDEHYDE-3- PHOSPHATE DEHYDROGENASE Gary W. Kittams, John W. Spencer, and Louis J. Guillette (New Mexico Highlands University)

Standard inorganic phosphate (Na4P207·10HOH) and several substituted inorganic phosphates, monoamidophosphate (KHP03NH2), diamidophosphate (HP02(NH2)2), and thiodiamidophosphate (NaPOS(NH2)2), were supplied as substrates for the Glycer­ aldehyde 3-Phosphate-dehydrogenase (GAPDH) reaction of the Embden-Meyerhoff Pathway. Enzyme from rabbit and yeast sources were compared with respect to pH and temperature optima. A phosphate-free buffer was employed to yield a final reaction mixture of pH 9. This pH is the optimum for the GAPDH reaction and minimizes hydrolysis of the substituted phsophates. Spectrophotometric assay methods involving NAD coupling yielded changes in relative activity, but these changes were not statistically significant. None of the substituted molecules increased the apparent activity of the enzyme. Supported in part by the NIH­ MBS Grant #5-S06-RR08066.

442. A MECHANISTIC SIMULATION MODEL OF A HOST PARASITE SYSTEM Keith A. Redetzke and Albert G. Canaris (The University of Texas at El Paso)

153 A mechanistic simulation model was developed to predict the responses of para­ site populations to variation in host population levels and environmental condi­ tions. The parasite life cycle selected for the model was'that of Brachylaime microti, a trematode utilizeing the terrestrial snail Oreohelix strigosa as its intermediate host, and rodents PeromYscus maniculatus and Microtus montanus, as its definitive host. A mechanistlc compartment-flow representatlon was employed in modeling the system. The system parameters to be predicted were represented by compartment levels, with flows between compartments governed by rate proces­ ses, using mathematical functions to simulate the biological mechanisms involved. The compartments were the levels in terms of numbers of each parasite life stage including: sporocyst, cercariae, metacercariae, and adult. The rate processes included: infection, grazing, nutrition, reproduction, and mortality. The external driving variables were the weather parameters, and host population levels. A system of difference equations was developed to describe these pro­ cesses for computer simulation. The model was tested statistically using a confidence interval approach to compare actual field data with model predictions. The model passed this statistical test and tests of weather stress indicating that it was realistic. This investigation was supported in part by Grant RR-080l2-04 from the General Research Support Branch, Division of Research Resources, National Institutes of Health.

443. TINAJAS AS DESERT AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS Dennis M. Kubly (Arizona State University)

One of the common yet virtually unstudied aqu�tic habitats in the desert moun­ tain ranges of the American Southwest is the rock-pool or Spanish "tinaja". The majority of these depressions appear to lie in steep-walled canyons with a high degree of fall and are of the five following types: joint-block cavities, scour depressions, riffle hollows, potholes and plunge pools. A system of such pools currently under study lies in the White Tank Mountains approximately 25 miles west of Phoenix, Arizona. This paper will present a descriptive model relating physical components, e.g. morphometry, position, substrate and degree of exposure to insolation, which are predicted to be important in determining the environments represented by different pools. Preliminary results will be given concerning the expectations of this model as it relates to the composition of the biota and trophic status of these pools.

444. SEASONAL VARIATION OF ZOOPLANKTON VERTICAL DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS IN TWO BUTTES RESERVOIR, COLORADO Philip A. Buscemi (Eastern New Mexico University)

Little work has been done on the specific influence that changes in season may have on the vertical distribution of zooplankton species in lakes. The question is interesting, from a theoretical point of view, as a possibility exists that vertical patterns may image horizontal patterns which in turn may image those of time. Common processes may underly all of these which are still quite un­ known. With these ideas in mind, the author is completing a reappraisal of the seasonal quantitative study he conducted in 1950 on Two Buttes Reservoir. Preliminary findings are surprising, showing, for example, clear-cut layered species compe­ tition between two species of Daphnia in one part of the reservoir. Other com­ petitive and distributional associations will be described.

154 445. ZOOPLANKTON SUCCESSIONAL SEQUENCES IN UTE RESERVOIR, NEW MEXICO Philip A. Buscemi (Eastern New Mexico State University)

Since the inception of a quantitative and vertical distribution study of the zooplankton in Ute Reservoir, New Mexico, in 1968 a significant change in the species composition of all major taxa has occurred. This artificial impoundment is aging rapidly from the standpoint of lake population dynamics and is now clearly eutrophic, with many species appearing in 1974-75 that were rare or absent seven years ago. Variations in species composition will be described and an effort made to correlate these findings with vertical distribution pat­ terns as a function of time.

446. COMPARATIVE BREEDING DENSITIES AND FORAGING BEHAVIORS OF THREE INSECTIVOROUS AVIAN SPECIES IN MIXED MESQUITE HABITATS William F. Laudenslayer, Jr. (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona)

The densities and foraging behavior of Verdins (Auriparus flaviceps), Black­ tailed Gnatcatchers (Polioptila melanura), and Lucy's Warblers (Vermivora luciae), were studied during the breeding seasons of 1974 and 1975 in three mesquite com­ munities along the lower Colorado River, Yuma County, Arizona. In general, the Black-tailed Gnatcatcher populations tended to increase slightly whereas the other two populations decreased slightly between the two years. The foraging behaviors of these species tended to be similar as to their preferred foraging stance and perch characteristics (type, size, location). Some differences were noted in their preferences for tree height strata and tree species. The tree canopy volume per hectare, in 1.5 meter he,ight intervals, may be an important aspect to examine inthese three species. They preferred to forage in that portion of the tree canopy which had a volume in excess of 3000 cubic meters per hectare.

447. PHYSIOLOGICAL ECOLOGY OF THE SMALLEST DESERT MAMMAL, NOTIOSOREX CRAWFORD! Stan L. Lindstedt (University of Arizona)

High surface/volume ratios and weight specific metabolic rates combine to make homeostasis in extreme environments especially difficult for very small mammals. The gray or desert shrew (Notiosorex crawfordi, 4 g.) is the smallest desert mammal and therefore offers unique opportunities for the study of temperature regulation and water balance. This is the only new world shrew inhabiting a hot, xeric environment, in fact one significantly exceeding the climate space for the masked shrew (Porter and Gates, 1969). The ecology and physiology of this fascinating animal had gone virtually unstudied. In contrast to its North American relatives, the desert shrew exhibits a greatly depressed rate of meta­ bolism, a unique tolerance of high ambient temperatures, and a kidney apparently capable of producing highly concentrated urine.

448. SEASONAL AND DAILY TEMPERATURE PREFERENDA OF.THAMNOPHIS ELEGANS VAGRANS John R. Scott (Colorado State University)

Garter snakes from elevations above 2,000 meters in Larimer County, Colorado encounter a wide range of temperature fluctuations from late May to October. As part of an overall investigation of the snake's strategies for temperature optimization temperature preferenda were studied in the laboratory. Snakes captured in the fall maintained cooler body temperatures than snakes captured in the summer.

155 449. THE MICROENVIRONMENT OF A WINTER-ACTIVE, MONTANE LIAZRD, SCELOPORUS JARROVI Cecil R. Schwalbe (University of Arizona)

Extensive winter activity in temperate, montane reptiles is relatively rare. Sceloporus jarrovi is a winter-active lizard found in southeastern Arizona on rock faces and talus slopes from 1470 to 3100 m. Recent studies have involved its physiology and behavior, including its activity temperature. I will present data on microenvironmental conditions correlated with winter activity. The ther­ mal buffering property of the animal's substrates will be discussed.

450. PRELIMINARY FIELD INVESTIGATIONS OF THE MOVEMENTS, BURROW USAGES AND BODY TEMPERATURES OFGILA MONSTERS (HELODERMA SUSPECTUM) James � Schwartzmann and Robert D. Ohmart (Arizona State University)

Two gila monsters implanted with temperature sensitive radio transmitters were studied during the summer and fall of 1975 in Queen Creek, Pinal County, Arizona. One frequented an area of about 0.001 ha. and the other about 6.5 ha. Body temperatures ranged from 26.6 to 37.0°C under all environmental conditions. Creosote flats were preferred over sandy wash areas for burrow locations. Two general burrow types were recognized; those at the base of a live plant, and those in areas with little or no vegetation. Gila monsters made repeated visits to particular burrow complexes. Burrow emergence activity was totally nocturnal during the study period.

451. INTERACTIONS BETWEEN LEOPARD FROG SPECIES David Pettus and Douglas D. Post (Colorado State University)

In recent years it has been shown that the leopard frogs of North America com­ prise a complex of closely related species rather than one, highly variable species. One of the remaining enigmata concerning this group is the basis of their peculiar contiguosly allopatric distributions. Another is the manner by which they maintain their genetic integrity despite their ability to form via­ ble hybrids. We propose that the two problems are directly related; .e. the distributions are an outcome of their genetic compatibility. Studies at two localities in Colorado where Rana pipiens and R. blairi are in limited sympa try suggest that the nature of the interactions between the two species are, in part, a function of the length of time they have been in contact.

452. DEVELOPMENTAL RATE AS A FUNCTION OF DORSAL COLOR IN RANA PIPIENS Stephen Corn (Colorado State University)

A stable color polymorphism is present in Rana pipiens, and is produced by a pair of Mendelian alleles, with green being dominant to brown. The developmental rates of laboratory reared frogs were analyzed with respect to the polymorphism. The developmental rate was defined as the slope of a linear regression of the log of the percent of the frogs metamorphosed on the percent of the total emergence period. Correlation coefficients for all the regressions were highly signifi­ cant (r>.9). Brown frogs (gg) had the fastest rate of development (b=0.0164) while green frogs (GG and Gg) had a slope, b=0.0135. These two slopes are dif­ ferent at the .05 level of significance. The developmental rate for hetero­ zygous green frogs was b;0.0145. The remaining green frogs (approximately one­ third GG and two-thirds Gg) had a rate of b=0.012l. The slowest frogs to reach metamorphosis, then, were the homozygous green frogs, followed by the hetero­ zygous green frogs, and then the brown frogs.

156 453. ONTOGENY OF THE FOOD NICHE IN THE CHORUS FROG (PSEUDACRIS TRISERIATA) Keith Christian (Colorado State University)

The food niche and the foraging strategies of Pseudacris triseriata were exa­ mined from metamorphosis to adulthood. These are shown to be dynamic proper­ ties of the species. Emphasis was placed on the predator/prey size relation­ ship with respect to prey availability. The methods used to quantify the changes that occur in the food habits were: niche width, an index of electi­ vity and the comparison of data from stomach analyses to maximizer models of foraging strategy. Small frogs (� 17.0 mm) consumed a relatively narrow range of small, abundant prey. Frogs between 17.1 and 23.0 mm foraged in order to maximize the amount consumed. Larger frogs (� 23.1 mm) foraged as energy maximizers. It was shown that frogs between 23.1 and 25.0 mm took the same prey size distribution whether they were members of this size class inlate summer or early spring, even though the amount of food consumed at those two times was different. Frogs � 25.1 mm (i.e. fully grown, or nearly so) showed a tendency toward specialization for optimal sized prey.

454. ANALYSIS OF PROTEIN SYNTHESIS DURING EARLY EMBR OGENESIS OF DROSOPHILA MELANO­ GASTER FEMALE STERILE MUTANTS � � Weide and E. S. Goldstein (Arizona State University)

Drosophila melanogaster female sterile mutants were screened for aberrant rates of protein synthesis during early embryogenesis utilizing a cell-free protein synthesis assay. Seven mutants were screened one hour after egg deposition, and four of these were screened at five hours. When compared to normal one-hour embryos, one mutant showed a higher rate of protein synthesis, two showed lower rates, and four were near normal. In the five-hour embryos, three displayed a rate lower than normal, and one had a normal rate. The quantity of poly-A­ containing RNA in mutant embryos was similar to the amounts found in normal embryos. Total cytoplasmic RNA content was normal in all but one mutant. A model for gene control of message utilization during early embryogenesis will be discussed.

455. HEAVY METAL CONCENTRATIONS IN FISHES FROM LAKE POWELL Robert Bussey, David Kidd, and Loren Potter (University of New Mexico)

Ten tissues from each of four species of fish: rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri), largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides), walleye (Stizostedion vltreum), and black crappie (Pomoxis nigromaculatus), from Lake Powell were analyzed and com­ pared for the concentrations of ten heavy metals: Pb, Cd, Se, Cr, As, Ca, Mg, Zn, Fe, Cu. Preliminary analysis of the data indicates that recreational use may contribute to higher concentrations of certain heavy metals in fish. This contention is based on a comparison of cation concentrations in fish taken from a region of heavy recreational use and fish collected from an area of limited use. Differ­ ential accumulation of metals for individual organs and between species will be discussed.

456. THE ASSESSMENT OF LONG-TERM COPPER CONCENTRATIONS ON RAINBOW TROUT (SALVELINUS FONTINALIS) IN A STRESSED ENVIRONMENT David Nyquist (University of New Mexico)

157 The acute or short term bioassay has been the main tool for making biological assessments of toxic substances to insure that fish and a few aquatic inverte­ brates are being protected. However, because most pollution can be a subtle, insidious sort of thing, the long-term sublethal chronic effects are now recog­ nized to be as important, if not more so, than the short term effects. The exposure concentrations of copper utilized in the study were from 6 to 64 ug/l for 186 days. Non-standard long-term bioassay techniques were employed with varying degrees of success. At copper concentrations between 20-36 ug/l there appears to be a threshold effect above which Rainbow Trout do not continue to retain higher concentrations of copper. The highest mortality at all concen­ trations occurs up to 45 days exposure after which mortality declines to 90 days. Zero mortality was recorded after that time to 186 days when the experiment was terminated. Statistical analysi$ of the data included growth (length and weight), fish condition (as denoted by serum proteins, percent plasma and hemoglobin), and mortality (as affected by copper and environmental conditions). Data interpre­ tation included preliminary tests for intraclass correlation, followed by analy­ sis of variance, multiple range testing and probit analysis of the quantal response data. The data was found to correlate with results from other investi­

gations of copper toxicity to fish .

. ACUTE TOXICITY OF COPPER, ZINC AND MANGANESE TO AGOSIA CHRYSOGASTER GIRARD, THE LONGFIN DACE Michael Lewis (Arizona State University)

Statis bioassays, on Agosia chrysogaster GIRARD, using copper, zinc and manganese concentrations, were conducted for 96 hours to determine the lethal concentra­ tions for 50 percent of the individuals (LC 50). Toxicant levels were repre­ sent��ive of those found in copper mill discharges entering Pinto Creek, Mari­ copa Co., Arizona. Agosia, a common native cyprinid to southwestern streams, is the most numerous of the 5 fish species inhabiting the stream. The occur­ rence of 2 major fish kills in the stream and lack of data on hard metal toxi­ city to native southwestern fish prompted the investigation. The 96 hour LC

50's were, .85 mg/l copper; 1.03 mg/l zinc and 69.3 mg/l manganese .

. MINOR ELEMENT DISTRIBUTION AMONG VERTEBRATE CALCIFIED TISSUES Ronald B. Parker and Heinrich Toots (University of Wyoming and C. W. Post College, Greenville, N.W.)

We have endeavored to use minor element content of bones and teeth for the solu­ tion of paleobiological problems. This research required that we obtain com­ parative data about the composition of skeletal tissues of modern species. This study involves differences among the various clacified tissues on the level of an individual, variability among the individuals or populations of a species, and systematic differences between species. Sodium content differs among tissue types, but shows very little variation for a given tissue type among individuals of the same species. However, there are significant differences between species. The distribution pattern of magnesium among bone, dentine, and enamel differs from that of fluorine and sodium. Biomedical literature has largely relied on analysis of single samples from arbitrarily selected species. Different species have been used as standards for different tissue types, giving a very incomplete and potentially misleading picture of the composition of calcified tissues under natural (i.e. nonexperi­ mental conditions. In filling this gap our current research is hopefully just the tip of the iceberg.

158 459. A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF DENTAL ANOMALIES IN DEER MICE (PEROMYSCUS) Robert � Furtek and W. Glen Bradley (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)

Dental anomalies and related features including accessort cusps, supernumary, subnumary and diminutive teeth; displacement, fusion and uneven wear of teeth; and dental caries were determined for six species of PeromYscus. The species examined and sample size were P. manicu1atus (284), P. eremicus (203), P. crinitus (188), P. truei (140)--,P. boyl;i (123) and � hylocetes (80). �noma­ lies were rare with only 1.9 percent of the total 1,018 skulls examined exhi­ biting abnormalities. No examples of supernumary, subnumary or fused teeth were found nor were dental caries detected. Uneven wear, usually the upper incisors, occurred in 1.5 percent of the total sample. Uneven wear was not necessarily caused by displacement which was found in only O.S percent of the sample. Three individuals (0.3 percent) had dimlnutive teeth; one P. maniculatus and one P. eremicus had all of the lower molars greatly reduced--. Accessory cusps werelTIore variable andnumerous than previously suspected.

460. EFFECT OF ENDOGENOUS HORMONES ON IN VITRO STEROL SYNTHESIS BY RAT AORTA Robert E. Gosselin, Barry Markaverich, and William Hobson (Albany Medical College�nternational Center of Environmental Safety, Holloman AFB)

The effects of neonatally-induced alterations in hormonal environment on subse­ quent sterol biosynthesis were studied in aorta slices obtained from mature rats. Incorporation of 14C-acetate into cholesterol and cholesterol esters was examined following a 3-hr incubation of aortas from 90-day old rats treated on Day 4 as follows: control gonadectomy, testosterone propionate, O.lS or 1.S mg, or estradiol-17S, 0.01, 0.025, or 0.25 mg. All male treatment groups except the castrates showed a significant (p<.OS) decrease in cholesterol biosynthesis below controls. Cholesterol ester biosynthesis was also reduced (p<.OS) in all male treatment groups except animals receiving 0.25 mg testosterone propionate. In females, synthesis of cholesterol from labelled precursor was significantly (p<.OS) less than controls for all treatments, whereas there were no treatment effects in cholesterol ester biosynthesis. These data establish a relationship between neonatal exposure to steroids and subsequent modification of sterol metabolism by the aorta. The results suggest that susceptibility or nonsuscep­ tibility to atherosclerosis could be established by prenatal exposure to maternal steroids.

461. ELECTROPHYSIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS OF PITUITARY CELLS IN THEIR SECRETION OF MELANO­ PHORE STIMULATING HORMONE (MSH) M. Duff Davis and Mac E. Hadley (University of Arizona)

Evidence is presented here to show a link between spontaneously depolarizing pars intermedia cells and their secretion of melanophore stimulating hormone (MSH). Fluctuations in the frequency of membrane electrical potentials corres­ pond to changes in the amount of hormone released. The pars intermedia cell is unique in that automatous secretion of melanophore stimulating hormone(MSH) results from removal of an inhibitory hypothalamic influence. Removal of and incubation of the neurointermediate lobe from the frog pituitary results in a continuous but inhibitable release of hormone. Electrophysiological recordings indicate spontaneous depolarization of pars intermedia cells and, when stimulated electrically, show enhanced frequency of depolarizations. Electrical stimulation of isolated pars intermedia reversibly enhances MSH secretion.

159 Preliminary evidence indicates that norepinephrine and GABA inhibit both secre­ tion of MSH and electrical activity recorded from the individual cells. Other agents such as isoproterenol show an increase in release of hormone as well as an lncrease infrequency of depolarizations. All these events are reversible. There is also supporting evidence that electrotonic junctions may exist between pars intermedia cells which could play an important part in intracellular com­ munications from hypothalamic regulating neurons ending in the gland.

462. GLUCAGON STIMULATION OF MELANOPHORE STIMULATING HORMONE (MSH) SECRETION Tamra Whitley and Mac E. Hadley (University of Arizona)

Glucagon stimulates melanophore stimulating hormone (MSH) from the frog, mouse and rat pituitary gland in vitro. Insulin also stimulates MSH secretion, probably due to its contamination'by glucagon. These results suggest that, unlike its effect on the liver, insulin is not antagonistic to the effects of glucagon. Glucagon and theophylline together, in minimally effective concen­ trations, result in a synergistic increase in MSH secretion. These results suggest, as for its actions on other cell types, that glucagon mediates its effects" on MSH secretion by increasing the intracellular levels of cyclic AMP within pituitary pars intermedia cells. These results do not, however, necessarily imply that glucagon plays a normal physiological role in the secretion of MSH. Pars intermedia cells, like other cells responsive to glucagon, may possess "primitive" hormone receptors which respond to unphysiological concentrations of glucagon. Structurally-related ana­ logs of glucagon are being studied for their MSH release activity.

463. ERGOT ALKALOID INHIBITION OF MELANOPHORE STIMULATING HORMONE (MSH) SECRETION Clifford � Morgan and Mac E. Hadley

Ergot alkaloids inhibit prolactin secretion from the isolated pituitary gland incubated in vitro. We have found ergonovine maleate, an amine ergot alkaloid, to similarlY inhibit the secretion of melanophore stimulating hormone (MSH) from the neuro-intermediate lobe of the pituitary in the frog, rat, and mouse. This inhibition was demonstrated utilizing concentrations as low as 10-8 M and was shown to be irreversible for up to three hours after the removal of the ergot compound from the incubation media. Catecholamine inhibition of MSH secretion is mediated through alpha adrenergic and/or dopamine receptors. Dibenamine, an alpha adrenergic antagonist, blocked ergonovine induced inhibition of MSH secre­ tion in the frog. Chlorpromazine was demonstrated to block both dopamine and ergonovine inhibition of MSH secretion. These activities of chlorpromazine are similar to those of perphenazine, a related phenothiazine, which blocks the inhibitory action of dopamine and ergot alkaloids on prolactin secretion. These results are interpreted to indicate that ergot alkaloid inhibition of MSH and prolactin secretion is mediated through alpha adrenergic and/or dopamine recep­ tors. At present ergot drugs are being used in mammary cancer studies and are commonly used to reduce incidence and extent of post-partum hemorrhage in the human female, it is evident from this study that the effects induced by ergot alkaloids should not be considered specific for prolactin and may well manifest themselves in other secretory systems controlled by alpha adrenergic receptors. (Supported by grant No. AM 16282 from the USPHS.)

%4. AN IN VITRO MILK-EJECTING ASSAY FOR NEUROHYPOPHYSEAL HORMONES Mac E. Hadley and Victor J. Hruby

160 We present here a simple, rapid, and quantitative in vitro milk-ejecting assay for neurohypophyseal hormones and analogs. The method uses mammary glands from lactating albino mice, and is sensitive and specific for neurohypophyseal hor­ mones and analogs and can be used to study both agonist and antagonist activi­ ties. Lactating albino mice from whi�h the pups have been removed 18-24 hours previ­ ously are used. The animals are sacrificed by cervical dislocation and a longi­ tudinal slit is made in the ventral integument and the mammary glands are removed intact and placed in a Krebs Ringer bicarbonate (KRB) solution. The glands are sliced into small fragments and the tissue is weighed out and transferred into plastic beakers of control or experimental solutions. The beakers are then sha­ ken in a Dubnoff metabolic incubator under 95% 02-5% C02 for 30 minutes at 36°C (pH 7.5). The solution from each of the beakers is then poured into spectro­ photometer tubes and the optical density at 630 nm is determined. The in vitro method reported here is sensitive to about 0.01 mU of USP standard and to about 5 x 10-11 g/ml of crystalline deamino-oxytocin which we use as our standard. Against the USP standard, crystalline deamino-oxytocin was found to have a po­ tency of about 340 U/mg. We have determined the potencies of the naturally occurring neurohypophyseal hormones: arginine and lysine vasopressin, oxytocin, mesotocin, glumitocin and isotocin. The bioassay is highly specific for neuro­ hypophyseal hormones since a-MSH, prolactin, human chrionic gonadotropin, insu­ lin, glucagon and several other peptide hormones had no milk-ejecting activities. Biogenic amines such as histamine, serotonin, epinephrine, norepinephrine, and melatonin were also without milk-ejecting activity. Acetylcholine (10-3 to 10-6 M) did have milk-ejecting activity, and this activity could be selectively blocked by atropine (2 x 10-4M). Atropine, however, did not block the activity of deamino-oxytocin, demonstrating the different receptor specificities for these two substances. (Supported in part by USPHS Grant AM 16282; and NSF Grant 00-40106.)

465. ARGININE VASOTOCIN AND MELATONIN LACK ANTIGONADOTROPIC ACTIVITY IN THE MOUSE L. l. Young, III, William O. Barrow, and Mac E. Hadley (University of Arizona)

Both melatonin and arginine vasotocin (AVT) have been previously proposed to be pineal hormones which reduce reproductive competency in mammals. We have studied the effect of AVT and melatonin in the mouse, using blind study techniques, and present evidence which fails to support the proposed role of either melatonin or AVT as a mammalian antigonadotropin. Experiments were performed to determine the effect of melatonin on compensatory ovarian hypertrophy (COH), and the effect of AVT on the weight of reproductive structures in immature mice. The action of melatonin on COH was examined using young adult female mice. Unilateral ovariectomies were carried out under ether anesthesia and the mice were injected once with 100 �g melatonin or carrier so­ lution immediately following surgery. The mice were sacrificed on the ninth postoperative day and the remaining ovary removed and weighed. The data were compared using percent hypertrophy of the remaining ovary. AVT (in dosages of 1.0 or 2.0 �g) or carrier solution was injected into immature mice of both sexes for 3 or 4 days starting on the 25th day of age. The mice were sacrificed approximately 24 hours following their last injection. The ovaries, uterus, testes, ventral prostate and accessory organs were then removed and weighed. The data from all the organs, except the ovaries, were transformed to milligram percent since these organs are directly correlated to body weight in this age animal. Analysis of variance on the data for each experimental compound (e.g. melatonin or AVT) revealed none of the above parameters to be significantly affected by

161 the treatment. These results were obtained by methods similar to those reported in the literature and thus contrast to the data previously reported by other in­ vestigators. Bioassays established that both compounds exhibited biological ac­ tivity as measured on other physiological processes. By these methods the data fail to support an antigonadotropic role for AVT or melatonin in mammalian repro­ ductive physiology. (Supported in part by USPHS grant AM 16282.)

466. INSULIN REGULATION OF PLASMA GLUCOSE AND KETONE BODY UTILIZATION IN THE HEPA­ TECTOMIZED RAT C. M. Herndon, D. S. Schade, and R. P. Eaton (University of New Mexico School of Medicine)

Insulin is the principal regulatory hormone of energy yielding substrates. However, its site of action (hepatic vs peripheral) in different physiological states has not been well defined. This study was designed to quantitate the peripheral activity of insulin on two substrates (glucose and ketone bodies) in the fed, fasted, and diabetic ketoacidotic animal, which had undergone functional hepatectomY to remove the source of substrate production. Three populations of Sprague-Dawley rats were studied--a fed population, a 24- hour fasted population, and a streptozotocin-induced diabetic, ketoacidotic popu­ lation. Each population was divided into 3 groups of 5 animals each. In groups I and II all rats were functionally hepatectomized by clamping the coeliac and superior mesenteric arteries and hepatic portal vein. Group I was then intra­ arterially administered a bolus injection of saline and Group II a bolus injec­ tion of insulin (0.1 U/kg). Group III served as sham operation control. To assess rates of peripheral utilization, serial micro blood samples were with­ drawn from the right common carotid during the 30 minute post-hepatectomY period and assayed for glucose, acetoacetate, betahydroxybutyrate, and insulin. Our results demonstrate that insulin significantly augments the peripheral utili­ zation of glucose in the fed (p<.Ol), fasted (p<.Ol), and diabetic animal (p<.Ol). In contrast, in the fed animal insulin significantly decreased the peripheral utilization of ketone bodies (p<.Ol). No effect of this hormone on ketone body utilization was observed in the fasted or diabetic animal (p=n.s.). Our observations suggest that insulin exerts a substrate-specific regulatory role on the peripheral utilization of energy substrates. This regulation, however, may be modified by the physiological status of the animal.

467. EFFECTS OF HYPOPHYSECTOMY ON ELECTROLYTE BALANCE IN AMBYSTOMA TIGRINUM Joel D. Richter (Arizona State University)

Larval Ambystoma tigrinum were hypophysectomized and placed in a dilute radio­ isotope medium (0.5mM NaCl) containing Na-22 and Cl-36. Their net fluxes, as well as plasma Na, K, and Cl content, were measured. Sham operated animals were used as controls and placed in the same type of medium. Hypophysectomized. animals showed lower plasma ions. These varied from a 17% reduction in Cl to a 10% loss of Na. Net Na flux was slightly more negative when compared to shams, as was net Cl flux. The sodium retentive mineralocorticoid, aldosterone, was injected in operated animals and ethanol in shams. The steroid had no effect, therefore the pituitary is needed for proper ion balance. Hypophysectomized animals turned pale due to melanin concentration in the center of the cell, which was caused by the loss of MSH.

162 468. THE EVOLUTION OF NEUROMUSCULAR ADAPTATIONS FOR SALTATION IN POCKET MICE AND KANGAROO RATS: AN HISTOCHEMICAL ANALYSIS �� Frederick and D. M. RoddY (Northern Arizona University)

The primary ankle extensor muscles from Perognathus bai1eyi, ordii, and Dipodo�s merriami are studied using standard muscle histocDi�OdOmYSemistry techni­ ques. Stalned muscle sections are analysed with regard to the muscle's func­ tional capabilities. Individual fibers are classified as either fast glycolytic (FG), fast oxidative glycolytic (FOG) or slow oxidative (SO). This scheme allows inferences to be made about the physiological properties of individual fibers and, hence, the contractile properties of each whole muscle.' The data show a relative paucity of SO fibers when compared with other mammals. The functional Significance of this pattern is discussed in the light of a model of the evolution of saltation.

469. THYROID FUNCTION AND METABOLIC RATE IN DESERT MAMMALS: A PARADOX UNRESOLVED M. K. Yousef (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)

Modification of metabolic rates, MR, during acclimation to heat or cold has been attributed in part to thyroid function in mammals. Recently, we found that lowered MR of some desert rodents was associated with low thyroid activity. Thus it is reasonable to assume that the low ratio of MR/body wt. of Camelidae as compared to Equidae is related to differing thyroid function. Four burros and two llamas were used to measure T and T3 secretion rates (SR) using the degradation method and V02 by using a4gas-tight mask. Plasma levels of T3 were 0.64 and 1.95 ng/m1 and for T4 were 47.5 and 238.0 ng/m1 for burro and llama respectively. Daily T3SR was 13.3 and 16.6 ug and T4SR was 240 and 368 ug for the burro and llama. Short term exposure (20 hr) to cold increased plasma T3 more than T4 whereas heat slightly decreased these hormonal levels. Exposure of several days to heat decreased T3 turnover rate more than T4 in both species, but the depression in the burro was more evident than in the llama. Dehydration significantly lowered T3 and T4 in both species. The data on MR and thyroid function in burros and -lamas present a paradox which requires further investi­ gation.

470. COMPARATIVE ECOLOGY OF THE HARVESTER ANTS POGONOMYRMEX BARBATUS (F. SMITH) AND POGONOMYRMEX RUGOSUS (EMERY) Priscilla Johnson (New Mexico State University)

Factors affecting local geographic distribution, foraging behavior and activity, forage selection, numbers of foragers per colony and nest spacing of PogonomYrme) rugosus and PogonomYrmex barbatus were studied. There were seasonal differences in foraging activity. P. barbatus was more active in early summer and foraged at night, while � rugosus was more active in mid-summer foraging at night during July. Both species exhibited forage preference for grass seeds but took a variety of other materials. Where both species inhabited the same area they had an index of overlap for forage of 0.7. The colonies of both species were randomly distributed. Colony density was approximately 20 per hectare in areas supporting one or both species. There was no evidence if intraspecific aggression and foraging areas of colonies of the same species overlapped consi­ derably. P. barbatus and P. avoid competition by habitat selection. Interspeciflc aggression probabreTosusy accounts for the lack of overlap in local dis­ tribution.

163 471. FORAGING PATTERNS OF PHEIDOLE SPa Patrick E. Hamilton (New Mexico State University)

Activity and forage preference of the seed harvester ant, Pheido1e sp., were studied during a five month period in 1975. Nests selected were on an alluvial fan (bajada) located on the Jornada Validation Site NNE of Las Cruces, New Mexi­ co. Activity, forage preference and local weather conditions were collected weekly. Vegetation transects of the surrounding area were conducted. Pheidole mi1iticida, P. xerophila, P. rugulosa, and P. desertorum are known to inhabit the area. P.�esertorum waS-not studied due-ro extremely low density. P. militicida is the-most actlve forager. Saturation deficit seems to be the major ablotlc factor affecting foraging activity.

472. SEASONAL ACTIVITY (DIURNAL AND NO-CTURNAL) OF PHEIDOLE Dirk J. DePree (New Mexico State University)

Species of the genus Pheidole are harvesters and are heavily dependent on local grasses and small annuals. The ants appear to respond to various biotic and abiotic stimuli and consequently they exhibit seasonal activity. Studies were conducted on the Jornada Validation Site NNE of Las Cruces, New Mexico. Transects were mapped out on an alluvial fan site (bajada) and the playa site. Diurnal and nocturnal transects were conducted throughout the season. This study provided relative activity of the four species of Pheido1e present in the area: � mi1itiCida, L rugulosa and L deser-torum. Local temperature as well L'xeroRhi1a,as weat er conditions were noted throughout the tran­ sects. This provided data for correlating activity with local abiotic factors. Of the four species present P. mi1iticida was easily the most active with P. xerophila and�� regu10sa exhlbiting about the same activity and � desertorum was virtually non-existent.

473. ECOLOGICAL DETERMINANTS OF GROUP SIZE IN PECCARIES John A. Bissonette (Arizona State University)

In Big Bend, peccary group size is very highly correlated with range forage quality. Range quality varied between group territories and with elevation. Ranges with higher proportions of the preferred forage species were found at elevations. Territorial group size was found to be positively correlated hi�her= (r 0.972) with percent vegetative cover and percent composition of prickly pear, lechugui11a, and2forbs (r2 = 0.927) but was negatively correlated with percent woody cover (r = 0.909). Prediction of peccary carrying capacity can be made accurately by assessment of range cover and percent composition of pre­ ferred forage species.

474. THERMOREGULATORY RESPONSES AND SWIMMING TIMES OF DESERT PACK RATS Zacha ry h Nelson and M. K. Yousef (Un i vers i ty of Nevada, Las Vegas)

Swimming times at water temperatures (T ) of 10, 21-22, 30, and 40C were measured using adult desert pack rats, �eotoma lepida. Rectal temperature (T e) and skin temperature (Ts) were determined before and after swimming to exhaustlon. Swimming time at 10C averaged 36.3 ± 1.6 seconds and Tre and Ts decreased 5.6 ± 0.4C and 6.7 ± 0.3C respectively. The rate of decrease in Tre was 0.15C/second. At Tw of 21-22C, Tre and Ts dropped 4.6 ± 0.5C and 4.9 ± 0.3�, respectively, after 90.7 ± 13.7 seconds of swimming. The decrease in Tre was at a rate of 0.05C/second. Swimming time at 30C averaged 73.9 ± 5.8 seconds. Changes in Tre and Ts were relatively small as compared to swimming at colder temperatures.

164 The average decrease in Tre and Ts was 1.2 ± 0.3 and 1.0 ± 0.1 respectively. Swimming at 40C increased Ire 2.3 ± 0.3C and T� 31. ± 0.3C. The animals swam 98.3 ± 20.3 seconds. The rate of increase in Tre was O.OlC/second. Individual swimming times were variable and seemed related to Tw. Animals were unable to maintain homeothermy swimming in cold and hot water.

475. SKIN BLOOD FLOW IN UNGULATES USING 133XE M. K. Yousef (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)

Skin blood flow (SBF) was measured uSing 133Xe disappearance rate from intra­ cutaneous injection sites. Two animals from each of 3 families: Bovidae (Guernsey calves), Camelidae (llama) and Equidae (burro) were studled. Measure­ ments were made on different skin areas of each animal during exposure to com­ fort zone (TNZ), cold (lOC) and heat (40C). Also data were obtained on llamas and burros during ·dehydration at 40C. When exposed to TNZ, SBF rate expressed in ml/min 100 g was 8.3, 6.1 and 2.4 for burro, llama and Guernsey respectively. Exposure to heat increased SBF almost 100% in the 3 species, but exposure to cold decreased SBF 63% in the burro and 55% in the llama. Dehydration during heat exposure decreased SBF 41% in the burro and 52% in the llama. The changes in SBF were correlated to skin and rectal temperatures and to skin vaporization rate. The data on SBF provide, at least in part, an explanation to the rela­ tive importance of sweating and panting in various species of Ungulates. (Supported in pa rt by NSF BMS 74 ... 04861.)

476. THE EFFECT OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, ACTIVITY, AND BEHAVIOR ON BODY TEMPERA­ TURE OF FREE RANGING ABERT'S SQUIRRELS Richard T. Golightly, Jr. (Arizona State University)

Body temperatures of seven free ranging Abert's squirrels (Sciurus aberti aberti) were monitored by temperature sensitive radio transmitters implanted lnto the peritoneal cavity. Body temperatures ranged from 35.2° to 41 .1°C and varied with behavior. A hyperthermic condition, during both summer and winter, devel­ oped duri ng bouts of i ntense activity; the degree of hyperthermi a re 1 a ted to the intensity of the activity. Immediately following intense activity a squirrel would seek a shady location in a tree to facilitate cooling. In the nest, either during the day or night, the squirrels became hypothermic. The squirrels spent considerable time basking in the sun on winter afternoons and upon emerging from the nest in the morning. Basking resulted in an elevated body temperature. POSitioning of the tail moderated solar radiation striking the squirrels' body during basking. Wind and rain significantly reduced body temperature if the squirrels were outside the nest. The effect of ambient temperature on the body temperature of resting squirrels was subtle and could not be ascertained in the field. Body temperatures were lowest during the winter and probable seasonal acclimatization is implicated. Squirrels were active during all seasons, including winter days of inclement weather.

477. PHENETIC STRUCTURE OF BAT FAUNAS Michael Schum and James S. Findley (University of New Mexico)

Eighteen morphological features were measured for 103 species of insectivorous bats found throughout North America. Using these morphological characters, thirty-one distinct faunas, ranging from a Boreal Forest fauna to a Wet Tropical fauna, were analyzed in an 18-dimensional mathematical hyperspace with numer-ical taxonomic techniques.

165 The results show that tropical faunas occupy a greater morphological hypervolume than temperate-tone faunas. Morphological packing is not greater in tropical faunas, and it appears that a limiting morphological similarity exists between species of insectivorous bats in North America. The first major trend of vari­ ation through the faunal character hyperellipsoid is associated with size vari­ ance and this accounts for approximately 68% of the variability in all the faunas studied. The second and third major axes are associated with relative proportions of ear and wing elements which accounts for an additional 13% and 5% of the total variability, respectively. To relate faunal morphological structure to effects of the physical environment, eleven indices of faunal location, physiography, precipitation and temperature were statistically compared to eleven indices of phenetic structure for twenty­ nine faunas. Morphological packing, indicated by average distance to nearest neighbors, is greater at higher altitudes and in areas of decreased precipitation. These statistical models of community morphological structure suggest that increased tropical diversity in bat faunas is a result of the utilization of new niches at the extremes of a resource spectrum and not by subdivision into narrower niches.

78. ECOLOGICAL DISTRIBUTION, SEASONAL ACTIVITY AND REPRODUCTION OF THE CHIPMUNKS, EUTAMIAS PANAMINTINUS AND AUTAMIAS PALMERI Joseph B_.=_ Hirshfeld and W. Glen Bradley {University of Nevada, Las Vegas)

Data were obtained on ecological distribution, seasonal activity, and reproduc­ tion for two species of chipmunk occurring in the Spring Range of southern Neva­ da. Eutamias panamintinus was widely distributed and relatively abundant in Juniper-Pinyon woodland, whereas the endemic E. palmeri occurred at higher ele­ vations in montane coniferous forest. Both speCles occurred in a narrow zone of contact where environmental gradients resulted in an abrupt change from wood- 1 and to forest. Eutami as panami nti nus was act i ve duri ng a 11 seasons except when maximum daily temperatures were below lOC for several consecutive days. In con­ trast, � palmeri activity almost ceased during the winter months due to colder temperatures at higher elevations. Male � panamintinus were reproductively active from March-August as compared to April-July for male E. palmeri. Females were reproductively active in March-June and April-June for E. panamintinus and E. palmeri, respectively. Based on field observations, the mean number of em­ bryos was 4.2 (range 3-7) and 4.7 (range 4-7) for � panamintinus and � palmeri, respectively. Litter sizes, based on laboratory observations, ranged from 3-6 for � panamintinus and 4-6 for � palmeri. li9. ECOLOGICAL RELATIONSHIPS OF DESERT PACK RAT NESTS IN THE SPRING RANGE OF SOUTHERN NEVADA Caris L. Crow, W. Glen and Kenneth S. Moor of Las -- Bradley, (University Nevada, Vegas)

Desert pack rat, Neotoma lepida, nests and vegetation were sampled by belt transect at 103 stations between 2000-9000 feet elevation where 223 occupied nests were found. Nests per hectare varied between 0.6 at 2000-2999 feet to 4.5 at 4000-4999 feet elevation. No occupied nests were found above 8000 feet. Nests were commonly associated with Yucca; 50, 19, and 7 percent, respectively, with Y. schidigera at 2000-5999 feet, Y. baccata at 5000-6999 feet and Y. brevi�ia at 5000-5999 feet elevation--. Approxlmately 5 percent of the-nests were associated with other shrubs. On open slopes, nest associations with rockY outcrops varied between 3 and 100 percent at 3000-3999 and 7000-7999 feet elevation, respectivelr. In washes and small canyons, nests were commonly associated (25 percent} with large rocks and cliff overhang at 2000-5999 feet

166 elevation. The exposed portion of the nest was oriented in mesic (NE-N-NW) directions (76 percent of total) below 4500 feet as compared to xeric (SE-S-SW) orientation (74 percent of total) above 4500 feet elevation.

480. MICROHABITAT PARTITIONING BY COEXISTING DESERT RODENTS Mary V. Price (University of Arizona)

Demonstration that differences in resource use exist between species does not necessarily shed light on the role of competition in producing and maintaining those differences. In order to ascertain whether previously-observed micro­ habitat differences between four coexisting heteromYid rodents might truly reflect their competition for space, I conducted a series of controlled-density enxlosure experiments to determine whether microhabitat use changed in response to competitor density. Changes' in niche breadth and the distribution of activi­ ty in competitor-preferred microhabitats conformed to predictions of niche theory and support the hypothesis that microhabitat partitioning is actively maintained through interspecific interaction. The nature of microhabitat specificity and its role in determining heteromYid coexistence and community structure are dis­ cussed.

481. EVAPORATIVE WATER LOSS AS RELATED TO SIZE AND TEMPERATURE IN THE DESERT TORTOISE, GOPHERUS AGASSIZII Shirl � Naegle and W. Glen Bradley (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)

The rate of total evaporative water loss (EWL) from the pulmocutaneous system was determined for 28 post absorptive desert tortoises, Gopherus agassizii, at Ta of 10, 20, 30 and 40C. Tortoises ranged in size from 23 g to 4200 g repre­ senting ages from hatchling to over 25 years. High coefficients of correlation, 0.70-0.90, were found between body weight and EWL. Smaller animals lost pro­ portionally more water per gram body weight at all temperatures examined than larger animals. The relationship between body weight adn EWL was described by single regression lines at 10 and 20C, whereas at 30 and 40C two slopes were found; one for smaller tortoises (less than 500 g) and a second for larger (greater than 500 g). The efficiency of EWL was calculated as heat loss divided by heat production. At 10C only 8 percent of the heat produced was lost by EWL as compared to 52 percent at 20C. Smaller animals can account for 81 and 129 percent of heat production at Ta of 30 and 40C respectively, whereas larger animals could account for only 14 and 99 percent of heat production at 30 and 40C, respectively.

167 ACADEMY BUSINESS

And

Annual Report

Officers 1975-1976

ELECTED

Gordon Bender ...... President

David T. Smith . . President-elect

William J. Breed. . Past President

Al bert T. Ell is .. Corresponding Secretary

E. James Lander . . ... Membership Secretary

R. James Becker ...... Treasurer

David Ochsner . · .Counsellor-Northern Arizona

Eleanor Davey · . Counsel lor-Central Arizona

J.E. Endrizzi. · .Counsellor-Southern Arizona

APPOINTED

Elizabeth Davidson .. . Editor, Newsletter

Robert M. Harris .. . Editer, Journal

J. Smith Decker ...... Historian

J. Smith Decker ...... Executive Secretary

SECTION CHAIRMEN

Anthropology ...... Stanle� Olsen

Bi 01 ogy ...... Wes Niles

Conservation . · Larry Michel

Entomology . .Richard Wilson Genetics and Developmental Biology .J.E. Endrizzi

Geology .. · . . . . . Paul Damon Gibson Geography. . · Lay J.

Hydrology. . · ..... Lloyd W. Gay

Nevada Division · ...... Len Storm

Psycho logy .. . .George Seely

Science Education · . . . Ken Pi ke

168 COMMITTEE ROSTER

1975-1976

FELLOWS COMMITTEE STATE SCIENCE TALENT SEARCH

NECROLOGY COMMITTEE SCHOLARSHIP COMMITTEE

E. James Landers Thomas W. Barrett Robert M. Harris Ward W. Brady Victor J� Miller

NOMINATING COMMITTEE RESOLUTIONS COMMITTEE

Wi 11 i am J. Breed R. Roy Johnson M. R. Battaccini

PROGRAM COMMITTEE AUDIT COMr�ITTEE

Davi d T. Smi th R. James Becker James W. O'Leary E. James Landers A. T. Ellis J. Smith Decker A. J.Ellis

RESEARCH COMMITTEE

John Alcock

OUTSTANDING SCIENCE TEACHER AWARD

J. Smith Decker Dorothy Enger Shirley Johnson

169 PRESIDENT·S REPORT

The Arizona Academy of Science is reaching maturity as a respected science organization. This year's meeting with nearly 500 papers being presented attests to the growing support of the annual meeting as a forum for presenting results of recent research.

The Journal of the Academy is widely read and has become an important vehicle for information on southwestern states. The recent decision to impose page charges for articles published in the Journal was long overdue. Most Journals have had page charges for some time. This action will help a great deal in supporting the costs of the Journal which is the largest single expense incurred by the Academy.

An increase in membership dues is essential to the continued financial health of the Academy. The exact amoung of the increase is still to be determined but it will be in line with the needs of the Academy.

The membership is now stabilizing and beginning to increase slightly after a period of moderate decline. I urge each of you to invite friends and colleagues to become members. It is an organization of which they can be proud and membership will reflect favorably upon them.

Discussions are being held regarding establishing a joint Arizona-Nevada Academ of Science. We now have a very active Nevada Division and are investigating the pros and cons of a joint Academy. We need your adivce and counsel in this matter.

The Junior Academy of Science was reestablished this year after several years of inactivity. Its members will participate with us in the annual meeting and have developed a considerable program of their own. You may wish to attend some of their sessions to become acquainted with the Junior Academy and its activities.

The Arizona Natural Areas Program which was initiated by the Academy two years ago is now being implemented by the Arizona State Parks Department. Patti Bergthold has been the Natural Areas Coordinator this year and has done an outstanding job in moving the program along. The Natural Areas Advisory assisting Patti with the Natural Areas Program. Areas which have received attention include Escudilla Mountain, Cabeza Prieta and a number of others.

We are a member of the Association of State Academies of Science which is composed of State Academies from throughout the United States. The Association meets in conjuncion with the American Association for the Advancement of Science. This year the meeting was in Boston near the end of February. The Association has been discussing some projects which could be very helpful to us if and when they develop. Watch for more information in the near future.

The future of the Arizona Academy of Science looks very bright. With your interest and assistance it can be assured.

Sincerely, Gordon l. Bender, President Arizona Academy of Science

170 MINUTES OF THE ANNUAL MEETING

Minutes of the annual Meeting of the Arizona Academy of Science held at Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona, Apri11 11, 1975.

1. The meeting was convened by William J. Breed, President of the Academy for 1974-75, who called for the report of the Nominating Committee.

Roy Johnson, Chairman of the Nominating Committee presented the following slate of officers for 1975-76.

President Elect David T. Smith

Corresponding Secretary Albert T. Ellis

Membership Secretary E. James Landers

Treasurer R. James Becker

Troy Pewe moved (second Bub Harru) that the slate of nominees presented by the Nominating Committee be elected unanimously. Motion passed.

At this time, Bill Breed turned the meeting over to President Gordon L. Benden.

2. President Benden called for the minutes of the previous Annual Business Meeting The minutes were presented by the Corresponding Secretary A. T. Ellis. Ellis moved (second Harris) that the minutes be accepted as printed. Motion passed.

3. President Benden referred the members to the reports of the Membership, Re­ search, Scholarship, Science Talent Search, Outstanding Science Teacher and Fellows Committees printed in the proceedings.

Individuals chosen by the various committees to receive awards at the Awards Luncheon are as follows:

Scholarship Edward York-East High School, Phoenix

Science Talent Search Dolora Ann Wojciehowski-Xavier High School, Phoenix

Outstanding Science Teacher Dorothy Engle-Saguaro High School, Tucson Shirley Johnson-Dysart High School, Peoria

Fellows Kenneth E. Bean Willian J. Breed Julian D. Hayden Alexander J. Lanosay Paul T. Miller

4. President Benden Called for the report of the Resolutions Committee. Paul Damon, Chairman of the Resolutions Committe presented the following resolution which had received committee approval.

Any member who has reached the age of retirement and who has maintained continuous membership in any active category in the Arizona Academy of

171 Science for at least 17 years prior to retirement may apply for the status of member emeritus. The board shall upon presentation of veri­ fication of retirement and certification of continuous membership for at least the previous 17 years, change the status of the member to mem­ ber emeritus. The member emeritus shall have all privileges of member­ ship but will be relieved of all charges and dues applied to other mem­ bers of the Academy.

Damon moved (second Harris) adoption of the resolution. Motion passed.

Damon presented the following resolution by Alice Schultz without committee recommendation.

Whereas the state of Arizona is in need of an Environmental Early Warning System to facilitate planning in advance crisis, and Whereas the AAS has available or can acquire the knowledge essential to the function of such an information system, and Whereas this activity would be an application of the Academy's purpose II ••• to assist in developing and in making known the material and other

resources of the state ... to disseminate scientific knowledge in the various fields to encourage the publication of records of scientific investigations ," and Whereas (as expressed at the AAAS Annual Meeting, 1974) the need is for SClentlsts to become meaningfully active and recognized in governmental decision making, therefore Be It Resolved that the Arizona Academy of Science is in favor of coor­ dinating activities necessary to an Early Warning System for the benefit of the people of Arizona. Definition and intent of an Environmental Early Warning System: The sci­ entific information relating to environmental degredation, and the pre­ sentation of these science-based facts to the public and government leaders so that serious or irreversibel damage to our life support systems can be averted and their integrity be maintained.

Tim Schoenwetter suggested that the fault was not in the system. Environ­ mental Impact Statements are available to any scientist or citizen and there­ fore the machinery for an Early Warning System exists but scientists tend to ignore the options available to them. Dr. Bartlett suggested the resolution was not necessary unless it inspired scientists to act more than they already to. Motion depeated.

Paul Damon moved (second Landers) a committee be appointed to study the intent and substance of the resolution. Motion passed.

5. Landers moved (second Becker) that the meeting be adjourned. Motion passed.

6. Meeting adjourned at 12:20 p.m.

A. T. Ellis Corresponding Secretary

172 ARIZONA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

STATEMENT OF USES OF CASH FOR THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1975

(audited)

Academy Activities:

Cash expended for: Science fairs $ 150 Scholarships 800 Awards 50 Research Grants o

Journal Printing & Journa 1 ma il i ng 10 ,007 Reprints 1 ,081 Back issues storage 150

Annual meeting Meals 741 Wages 135 Supplies 11 Facilities o Section chairmen 275

Secreterial & clerical 885 Office supplies & postage 682 Phone 289 Newsletter o

Corp. Comm. fee 6 AAAS membership fee 30 Audit 200

Refunds 10 Natural Areas Study (OEPAD) 7,850 Deposit to Scholarship fund 481 Net due ASU account 459

$ 24,292

173 ARIZONA ACADEMNY OF SCIENCE

STATEMENT OF SOURCES OF CASH FOR THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1975

(audited)

Academy Activities:

Cash received from Membership Regular $ 5,870 Family 196 Life 175 Sustaining 90 Patron 300

Journal Subscriptions 1 ,511 Reprints 1,810 Back issues 68

Endowment Interest on endowment fund 481 Scholarship contributions 126 AAAS reimbursements 313

Special funds received 10,500

Property sales & misc. 50

Annual meeting Meals & registration 1 ,753

$ 23,243

174 REPORT OF THE MEMBERSHIP SECRETARY

Total memcership as of January 1, 1975 611

Members dropped during the year (includes removals for nonpayment of dues, resignations and deceased) 122

New members received during 1976 64

TOTAL MEMBERS AS OF DECEMBER -13, 1975 549

Includes the following categories:

Life 28 Patron 3 Honorary 4 Fellows 49 Emeritus 15

E. James Landers, Membership Secretary

REPORT OF THE NOMINATING COMMITTEE

After due deliberation the Nominating Committee selected a slate of nominees for offices in the Arizona Academy of Science during the year 1976-77. We are pleased to announce that the following have agreed to serve, if elected:

President-elect: Jim Becker Arizona State University

Corresponding Secretary: A 1 bert T. Ell i s Glendale Community College (Dr. Ellis has served in this capacity since 1972)

Membership Secretary: E. James Landers Arizona State UNIVERSITY (Dr. Landers has served in this capacity since 1973)

Treasurer Ray Henkel Arizona State University

Counselor-Central Arizona: Eleanor Davey Xavier High School, Phoenix

175 David T. Smith, President-elect 1975-76, will assume the duties of President at the Annual Business Meeting to be held in Tucson, April 29-May 1, 1976� replacing Dr. Gordon L. Bender of Arizona State University.

William J. Breed

R. Roy Johnson

M. R. Buttaccini

FELLOWS COMMITTEE

The report of the Fellows Committee was not availabe at press time.

REPORT OF THE SCHOLARSHIP COMMITTEE

The Arizona Academy of Science Scholarship for 1975-76 has been awarded to Miss. Holly M. Hutchison of Chaparral High School, Scottsdale, Arizona.

Thomas W. Barrett

Ward W. Brady

Victor J. Miller

STATE SCIENCE TALENT SEARCH

The winner of the 1976 State Science Talent Search is Franz Joseph Joachin, Santa Rita High School, Tucson, Arizona.

John Alcock

Gerald Cole

Gordon Castle

OUTSTANDING SCIENCE TEACHER AWARD

The committee received six applications for the 1976 awards from their admin­ istrators. There were six applications from 1975. All twelve applications were considered by the individual members of the committee and they were con­ sidered both subjectively �nd objectively. The committee found all applicants worthy to receive the award. Lamar Haines of Coconino High School is the reci­ pient.

Dr. J. Smith Decker, Chairman

Dorthy Engel

Shirley Johnson

176 REPORT OF THE EDITORIAL BOARD

The journal of the Academy, during 1975, published 25 papers requiring 165 printed pages.

The cost of publishing and distributing the Journal continues to rise despite savings instituted by changing the method of printing. This will result in page charges to all authors commencing in 1976. Members of the Academy will be charged $15.00 per page for the first eight pages of a paper and $30.00 for each additional page. Non-members will be charged $30.00 per page for all pages. As before, the Academy will continue to absorb the cost of figures and tables to a total of $30.00 per paper.

Because of the limitation on the number of pages published in each Journal and the increasing number of manuscripts submitted, the time between receipt of a manuscript and its publication is gradually increasing. Authors whould consider other journals as outlets for the publication of their efforts unless they are willing to wait from 9 to 14 months for publication by the Academy.

Again, the Editorial Board is grateful to those members of the scientific community who have proffered their time to reviewing manuscripts.

R. M. Harris Editor.

REPORT OF THE NECROLOGY COMMITTEE

It is with regret we report the death of a fellow member of the Arizona Academy of Science since the 1975 Annual Meeting. The deceased member is Mr. Walter C. Lawson.

E. James Landers

Robert M. Harris

CONTINUED HISTORY OF THE ARIZONA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

In Volume 7, No.2, June 1972, of the Journal of the Arizona Academy of Science: there is a history of the Arizona Academy of Science through 1971. A number of major activities were omitted from that history for lack of space. As examples

1. The great amount of work done by committees and high school and University staff on the Junior Academy of Science has not been give due credit. David Smith has devoted much time, energy and planning in keeping alive an active Junior Academy. Ron Boster is now getting the feel of the great potential in the science teachers and students in Junior High and Senior High schools in the state. A list of the student officers who have been co-leaders in this section of the Academy along with their advisors is give below. (See list 1)

2. The influence of the Traveling Science Institue speakers who gave hundreds of lectures to high school audiences throughout the state would take many pages to give adequate treatment. In 1963-64, their brochure included lectures in the following areas. Many of these speakers participated in mo

177 than one school each year.

Archaeology -2 speakers Astronomy-3 speakers II II Biology -3 Botany -9 Chemistry -4 II Geology -5 II II Math & Eng. -9 II Mic. Bio.-1 Physics -9 II Zoology -7 II II Arid Land Topics-8

This program began under the direction of Howard Gloyd of the University of Arizona in April 1959 and was continued until after funding was withdrawn from the National Science Foundation in 1970. Roy M. Johnson of ASU was the last director. Rosters of those participating in the Traveling Science Institute programs are kept in the Academy office. Scientists in the State continued to visit high schools for at least two years without stipend or expense money. It became impossible to find a director of the non-funded program, therefore further lectures of this type are arranged between the teachers of young peo­ ple and Academy members. Officers of the Arizona Academy of Science since 1970 as well as fellows, news letter editors, section chairman, and other appointed officers, are given in the Proceedings issues of the Journal of the Arizona Academy of Science. The recipients of the Awards were sometimes omitted from these proceedings, therefore the following lists should be interesting to Aca­ demy members.

1. The OUtstanding Science Teacher Awardees 2. The Arizona Science Talent Search Awardees 3. The Annual meeting addresses --- titles 4. The Retiring Presidents addresses --- titles 5. Scholarship Recipients 6. Titles of Symposia

LIST OF AWARDEES OF THE 'OUTSTANDING SCIENCE TEACHER1 FOR THE YEARS SHOWN BY THE ARIZONA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

1960 George Bazetta, Tucson High School, Tucson; Charles McCormick, Flagstaff High School, Flagstaff; Frank Gilleland, North High School, Phoenix, Arizona.

1961 Lester Taylor, Winslow High School, Winslow; Lorenzo Lisonbee, Camelback High School, Phoenix; Marion Whiting, Tucson High School, Tucson, Arizona.

1962 Thomas Thorpe, West High Schook, Phoenix; Arnold Bereit, Camelback High School, Phoenix, Arizona.

1963 Don Lil1ywhite, Mesa High School, Mesa; David T. Smith, Tucson, Arizona.

1964 Norbert Konzal, Alhambra High School, Phoenix; Kenneth Torgerson, Doolan Jr. High, Tucson; Ed Kuhn, Catalina high School, Tucson; Arnold Kelm, Rincon High School, Tucson, Arizona.

1965 Tom Shaffer, Round Valley High School, Springerville; Mrs. Eleanor Davey, Xavier High School, Phoenix; Ray Brandiff, Miami High School, Miami, Arizona.

1966 John Hindman, Casa Grande High School, Casa Grande; Crawford A. Brown, North High, Phoenix; Francis B. Rickert, Rincon High School, Tucson, Arizona.

178 1967 Dr. Thomas Thorpe, West High School, Phoenix; C1etus Miller, Mesa High School, Mesa; E. Carl Humphreys, Central High School, Phoenix, Arizona.

1968 J. Walter Derrick, Nogales High School, Nogales; Dr. Harold D. Taylor, Amphitheater High School, Tucson; John O. Hall, Tucson High School, Tucson, Arizona.

1969 Leon Jordon, Camelback High School, Phoenix; John Ewart, Central High School Phoenix; George and Sis Bradt, Huachuca City, Arizona.

1970 Donald Galen, East High School, Phoenix, Arizona.

1971 Bill Musgrove, Kingman High School, Kingman, Arizona.

1972 Robert Stonoff, East High School, Phoenix, Arizona.

1973 John Leach, Agua Fria High School, Avondale, Arizona.

1974 Joseph T. Galusky, Morenci High School, Morenci, Arizona.

1975 Dorothy Engel, Sahuaro High School, Tucson; Shirley Johnson, Dysart High School, Peoria, Arizona.

SCIENCE TALENT SEARCH WINNERS

1963 Ronald Royce, North H.S., Phoenix

1964 (Records Incomplete)

1965 Gerri Deckter, Alhambra H.S., Phoenix Connie Green, West H.S., Phoenix Connie Weeks, Palo Verde H.S., Tucson Daniel Powell, Sunnys10pe H.S., Phoenix Mike Sinclair, North H.S., Phoenix

1966 Cynthis Laura Lee, Norht H.S. Phoenix John Alfred Stevenson, North H.S., Phoenix Mary Ingrid Jennett, Xavier H.S., Phoenix

1967 Phillip Chilton Jackson, Yuma H.S., Yuma Ronald Clot, West H.S., Phoenix

1968 John Terah Smiley, Catalina H.S., Tucson Kathy Ann Vaubel, Xavier H.S., Phoenix Jamie Lee Gustatson, Xavier H.S., Phoenix

1969 Colim Christy Manoil, Central H. S., Phoenix Sabina Farr, Tucson H.S., Tucson Linda Joyce Ruprecht, Arcadia H.S., Phoenix

1970

1971 Sharon LaForge, Xavier H.S., Phoenix Roy Whitman, Prescott H.S., Honorable Mention

179 1972 Nancy Anne Peters, Xavier H.S., Phoenix

1973 Joseph Louis Deimer, Sa1pointe H.S., Tucson

1974 Laura Isabel Ruiz, Xavier H.S., Phoenix John Philip Dulin, Maryva1e H.S., Phoenix

1975 Pulora WOjciehousici

ANNUAL ARIZONA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE ADDRESS

1962 "Infrared Spectroscopy of the Earth and Its Environment: Arthur Adel, Professor of Physics and Director of the Atmospheric Research Observatory, Arizona State College, Flagstaff.

1963 "The Physi cs of Baseba 1111 James E. McDonald, Professor of Physics, University of Arizona.

1964 IIA Glass of Waterll Gordon L. Bender, Professor of Zoology, Arizona State University.

1966 "A New Approach to Atomic Spectroscopy" Stanley Bashkin, Professor of Physics and Director of the Van de Graaff Laboratory, University of Arizona.

1967 "Inborn Errors of Metabolism" Charles M. Woolf, Department of Zoology, Arizona State University

1968 "Snake Town Revisited" Emil Haury, Department of Anthropology, University of Arizona.

1969 "One Manis Poison is Another Manis Meat" A. Richard Kassander, Jr. Water Resources Reasearch Center, University of Arizona.

ADDRESS OF RETIRING PRESIDENT

1957 IIBeyond our Constitution - What?1I Alan T. Wager

1958 "Pacific Science in Thailand" Albert Mead

1959 "Science in the Glen Canyon Area" Edward B. Danson

1960 (Records incomplete) John 1. Ye 11 ott

1961 IIVoyage to Galapagos" W. H. Woodin

II 1962 Sci ence and its Cha 11 enqe" J. Smith Decker

1963 (Records incomplete) Robert C. Euler

II 1964 El ementary School Sci ence - A Cha 11 enge to All Scientists: Edwin B. Kurtz, Jr.

180 1965 "Ga1ileo, Darwin, And Mr. Moorell Lorenzo K. Lisonbee

1966 IIFaster than Light" Arthur A. Hoag

1967 "Astronomy from Aerobeesll Russell A. Nidey

1968 "Foes, Friends and the Future" Chester R. Leathers

1969 "Model s for Di scovery" James R. Wick

SCHOLARSHIP RECIPIENTS

1959 Joseph Britt, Flagstaff H.S., Flagstaff

1960 Michael H. Heard (Records incomplete)

1961 Kathleen Kruetter, Glendale H.S., Glendale (Declined) Natalie Friedman, South Mountain H.S., Phoenix John N. Pritchard, Tempe Union H.S., Tempe

1962 David H. Orr, III, Morenci H.S., Morenci (Declined) Michael J. Priser, Flagstaff H.S., Flagstaff Sondra Johnson, Rincon H.S., Tucson

1963 Lewis H. Kepera, North H.S., Phoenix Jeffrey I. Chapman, Washington H.S., Phoenix (declined) Denise Jo-Anne Marie Bibeau, St. Mary's H.S., Phoenix

1964 William Floyd Jessee, Yuma H.S., Yuma (Declined) Kenneth Walter Ehler, Benson H.S., Benson Nancy Grace Arnold, Camelback H.S., Phoenix

1965 Shirley Ann Mi1inisch, Tempe H.S., Tempe (Declined) Terry George Muench, Phoenix Union H.S., Phoenix Dennis F. Beaugureau, Mesa H.S., Mesa

1966 Darrell K. Evans, Morenci H.S., Morenci Patricia Lee Keserauskis, Central H.S., Phoenix

1967 First Scholarship designated as the Alan T. W.ager Memorial Scholarship

1967 Mark Keith Leavitt, Tucson H.S., Tucson Jennie Tom, Flowing Wells H.S., Tucson Barbara Jane Garrison, Camelback H.S., Phoenix

1968 Rebecca Li1lywhite, Mesa H.S., Mesa Larry G. t�aGill, Washington H.S. Phoenix

1969 Sabina Farr, Tucson H.S., Tucson David Bruce, Seidel, Flagstaff H.S., Flagstaff

181 SYMPOSIA

(Host Section, if any given in parentheses)

1957 Cenozoic Geology of Arizona (Geology Section) Species: Modern Concepts (Biology Section)

1958 Arizona Botanical Gardens and the Saguaro (Biology Section)

1959 Current Anthropology in Arizona (Anthropology Section) Cenozoic Geochronology in the Western States (Geology Section) Hydrology of Arid Lands (Geology Section)

1961 Arizona's Population Growth and its Effect on Native Plants and Animals (Biology Section) Pioneers in Southwestern Anthropology (Anthropology Section)

1962 New and Important Information Resulting from Research in Arizona and the Southwest (Anthropology Section) Image Tubes in Astronomy (Astronomy Section)

1963 Cultural Change and Diversity in Arizona: Ecological Diversity and Cultural Change (Anthropology Section)

1966 The Teaching of Astronomy in Arizona (Astronomy and Science Education Sections)

1967 Science and Society: 1. Unidentified Flying Objects, A Problem for Today; 2. Grand Canyon, A problem of History; 3. Air Pollution, A Problem of the Future

1968 Arizona Water Resources Controversy: A Forum

1969 Food for a Starving World

182 ARIZONA JUNIOR ACADEMY OFrl�tK�

Year Advisors President President-elect Secretary Treasurer 195T=i958 Frank Gilleland, Jr. Maurice White John Kennedy Betty Glass Albert Andrews 1961 - 1962 *Panos Kokoropoulous James Peterson David Price Amy Apperson *Frank Gilleland, Jr. 1962 - 1963 David T. Smith *Francis B. Richards 1963 - 1964 David T. Smith Bille Jessee James McCallum Kathy Putnam Jim Christman *Char1es W. McCormich Nancy Wheeler 1964 - 1965 David T. Smith James McCallum Hank Tanz Betty Hi 11 �1i ke Fe 11 ows *Cl etus Mi 11 er Gerry Keckter 1965 - 1966 David T. Smi th Hank Tanz Earnest Nicely Charlene Coe Rich Bradley *Howard E. Herst Carol Wendelin 1966 - 1967 David T. Smith Earnest Nicely Larry Nudelman Lis Wolfe Larry Allen *Bi11 O'Donald Rex Bolin 1967 - 1968 Davi d T. Smith Larry Nudelman Robert Turley Judy Yee Larry Cooper *Pat Graham Anne Cerf 1968 - 1969 David T. Smith Robert Turley Jamie CLouse Marguerite Lindsay Steve Weber *Burt Konza 1 Pat Weaver 1969 - 1979 David T. Smith Jamie Clouse Richard Robertson Marguerite Lindsay Peter Si�pson *Pat Graham Cathy Ronstadt 1970 - 1971 David T. Smith Richard Robertson David Robertson Cathy Ronstadt Karen Hosterman *B;11 O'Donald Sherry Sa.ilor 1971 - 1972 David T. Smith David Robertson Brad Clark Judy Hauser Cathy Ronstadt *Burt Konzal Terry Trammel 1972 - 1973 David T. Smith Brad Clark Robert Robertson Laura Ruiz Lynn Thorn *Burt Konzal Patricia Lopez 1973 - 1974 *Burt Konzal Robert Robertson Ruth Ann Philipps Laura Ruiz Ch}"i s Roto 10 Lynn Thom

* These people served as advisors to David T. Smith during the years indicated.

183